YOKOGAWA AXF series User Manual

User’s

AXF

Manual

Magnetic Flowmeter Integral Flowmeter/ Remote Flowtube [Hardware Edition]

IM 01E20D01-01E

Yokogawa Electric Corporation

IM 01E20D01-01E

12th Edition

1. INTRODUCTION

This instrument has been adjusted at the factory before shipment.

To ensure correct use of the instrument, please read this manual thoroughly and fully understand how to operate the instrument before operating it.

NOTE

This manual describes the hardware configuration of integral flowmeter and remote flowtube of the AXF magnetic flowmeters.

For details of the “basic operating procedures”, “parameter description”, “operation via BRAIN terminal (BT200)”, “operation via HART communicator”, and “actual operation” for the AXF integral flowmeter, see the user’s manual of the AXF Integral Flowmeter [Software Edition] (IM 01E20C02-01E). For FOUNDATION Fieldbus protocol (Converter Output Signal and Communication suffix code; F), please refer to IM 01E20F02-01E. For PROFIBUS PA protocol (Converter Output Signal and Communication suffix code; -G), please refer to IM 01E20F12-01E.

 Regarding This User’s Manual

• This manual should be provided to the end user.

• Before use, read this manual thoroughly to comprehend its contents.

• The contents of this manual may be changed without prior notice.

• All rights are reserved. No part of this manual may be reproduced in any form without Yokogawa's written permission.

• Yokogawa makes no warranty of any kind with regard to this material, including, but not limited to, implied warranties of merchantability and suitability for a particular purpose.

• All reasonable effort has been made to ensure the accuracy of the contents of this manual. However, if any errors or omissions are found, please inform Yokogawa.

• Yokogawa assumes no responsibilities for this product except as stated in the warranty.

• Please note that this user's manual may not be revised for any specification changes, construction changes or operating part changes that are not considered to affect function or performance.

• If the customer or any third party is harmed by the use of this product, Yokogawa assumes no responsibility for any such harm owing to any defects in the product which were not predictable, or for any indirect damages.

For details of the AXFA11G magnetic flowmeter converter, see the IM 01E20C01-01E instruction manual. For details on the AXFA14G/C magnetic flowmeter converter, see the IM 01E20C02-01E instruction manual.

 Safety and Modification Precautions

• The following general safety precautions must be observed during all phases of operation, service, and repair of this instrument. Failure to comply with these precautions or with specific WARNINGS given elsewhere in this manual violates safety standards of design, manufacture, and intended use of the instrument. Yokogawa assumes no liability for the customer's failure to comply with these requirements. If this instrument is used in a manner not specified in this manual, the protection provided by this instrument may be impaired.

• Yokogawa will not be liable for malfunctions or damage resulting from any modification made to this instrument by the customer.

• The following safety symbol marks are used in this user's manual and instrument.

WARNING

A WARNING sign denotes a hazard. It calls attention to procedure, practice, condition or the like, which, if not correctly performed or adhered to, could result in injury or death of personnel.

CAUTION

A CAUTION sign denotes a hazard. It calls attention to procedure, practice, condition or the like, which, if not correctly performed or adhered to, could result in damage to or destruction of part or all of the product.

1-1

IM 01E20D01-01E

1. INTRODUCTION

IMPORTANT

An IMPORTANT sign denotes that attention is required to avoid damage to the instrument or system failure.

NOTE

A NOTE sign denotes information necessary for essential understanding of operation and features.

Protective grounding terminal

Functional grounding terminal (This terminal should not be used as a protective grounding terminal.)

Alternating current

Direct current

• All procedures relating to installation must comply with the electrical code of the country where it is used.

(2) Wiring

WARNING

• The wiring of the magnetic flowmeter must be performed by expert engineer or skilled personnel. No operator shall be permitted to perform procedures relating to wiring.

• When connecting the wiring, check that the supply voltage is within the range of the voltage specified for this instrument before connecting the power cable. In addition, check that no voltage is applied to the power cable before connecting the wiring.

• The protective grounding must be connected securely at the terminal with the mark to avoid danger to personnel.

1.1 Using the Magnetic Flowmeter Safely

(1) Installation

WARNING

• Installation of the magnetic flowmeter must be performed by expert engineer or skilled personnel. No operator shall be permitted to perform procedures relating to installation.

• The magnetic flowmeter must be installed within the specification conditions.

• The magnetic flowmeter is a heavy instrument. Be careful that no damage is caused to personnel through accidentally dropping it, or by exerting excessive force on the magnetic flowmeter. When moving the magnetic flowmeter, always use a trolley and have at least two people carry it.

• When the magnetic flowmeter is processing hot fluids, the instrument itself may become extremely hot. Take sufficient care not to get burnt.

• Where the fluid being processed is a toxic substance, avoid contact with the fluid and avoid inhaling any residual gas, even after the instrument has been taken off the piping line for maintenance and so forth.

• Do not apply excessive weight, for example, a person stepping on the magnetic flowmeter.

(3) Operation

WARNING

• When opening the cover, wait for more than 10 minutes after turning off the power. Only expert engineer or skilled personnel are permitted to open the cover.

• Do not open the cover in wet weather or humid environment. When the cover is open, stated enclosure protection is not applicable.

• Be sure to set parameters as “Protect” on the write protect function after finish of parameter setting work. Under extremely rare case, the infra-red switches may respond unexpectedly in such conditions as sticking ball of water or extraneous substances on the surface of display panel glass according to the principle of infra-red switch operation. Its probability rises in such cases as sticking rain water by storm or other similar situation and washing up work near flowmeter installation place. Either to illuminate or stop illuminating the infrared switches by the flashlight may cause the malfunction. Refer to “Parameter Description” in the manual IM 01E20C02-01E and Subsection 5.5.2 reading the write protect function in detail.

1-2

IM 01E20D01-01E

1. INTRODUCTION

(4) Maintenance

WARNING

• Maintenance of the magnetic flowmeter should be performed by the trained personnel having knowledge of safety standard. No operator shall be permitted to perform any operations relating to maintenance.

• When opening the cover, wait for more than 10 minutes after turning off the power.

• Do not open the cover in wet weather or humid environment. When the cover is open, stated enclosure protection is not applicable.

• Always conform to maintenance procedures outlined in this manual. If necessary, contact Yokogawa.

• Care should be taken to prevent the buildup of dirt, dust or other substances on the display panel glass or name plate. If these surfaces do get dirty, wipe them clean with a soft dry cloth.

(5) Explosion Protected Type Instrument

WARNING

(6) European Pressure Equipment Directive

(PED)

WARNING

• When using the instrument in compliance with PED, be sure to read Chapter 7 before use.

1.2 Warranty

• The terms of this instrument that are guaranteed are described in the quotation. We will make any repairs that may become necessary during the guaranteed term free of charge.

• Please contact our sales office if this instrument requires repair.

• If the instrument is faulty, contact us with concrete details about the problem and the length of time it has been faulty, and state the model and serial number. We would appreciate the inclusion of drawings or additional information.

• The results of our examination will determine whether the meter will be repaired free of charge or on an at-cost basis.

•Magnetic flowmeters with the model name AXFC are products which have been certified as explosion proof type instruments. Strict limitations are applied to the structures, installation locations, external wiring work, maintenance and repairs, etc. of these instruments. Sufficient care must be taken, as any violation of the limitations may cause dangerous situations. Be sure to read Chapter 8 before handling the instruments. The description in Chapter 8 is prior to the other description in this user’s manual. For TIIS flameproof type instruments, be sure to read “INSTALLATION AND OPERATING PRECAUTIONS FOR TIIS FLAMEPROOF EQUIPMENT” at the end of this manual.

• Only trained persons use this instrument in the industrial location.

• The protective grounding must be connected to a suitable IS grounding system.

• Take care not to generate mechanical spark when access to the instrument and peripheral devices in hazardous locations.

 The guarantee will not apply in the following

cases:

• Damage due to negligence or insufficient maintenance on the part of the customer.

• Problems or damage resulting from handling, operation or storage that violates the intended use and specifications.

• Problems that result from using or performing maintenance on the instrument in a location that does not comply with the installation location specified by Yokogawa.

• Problems or damage resulting from repairs or modifications not performed by Yokogawa or someone authorized by Yokogawa.

• Problems or damage resulting from inappropriate reinstallation after delivery.

• Problems or damage resulting from disasters such as fires, earthquakes, storms, floods, or lightning strikes and external causes.

 Trademarks:

ADMAG, AXF and ADMAG AXF are registered

trademarks of Yokogawa Electric Corporation.

Company names and product names used in this material are registered trademarks or trademarks of their respective owners.

1-3

IM 01E20D01-01E

1.3 Combination Remote Converters

IMPORTANT

• The AXF remote flowtube should be used in combination with one of the following converters:

- AXFA11 remote converter

- AXFA14 remote converter Contact Yokogawa before using it in combination with converters other than those listed above.

• In case of TIIS Flameproof type, a remote flowtube is available for combined use with the AXFA14 remote converter only.

• If the converter combined with the AXF magnetic flowmeter’s remote flowtube is changed from the AXFA11 to AXFA14 or vice versa, the meter factor of the remote flowtube must be readjusted according to its flow calibration.

1. INTRODUCTION

1-4

IM 01E20D01-01E

1.4 ATEX Documentation

This is only applicable to the countries in European Union.

1. INTRODUCTION

1-5

IM 01E20D01-01E

2. HANDLING PRECAUTIONS

This instrument has been inspected carefully at the factory before shipment. When the instrument is delivered, visually check that no damage has occurred during transportation and check that mounting parts are attached.

Read this section carefully as it contains important information on handling this instrument. Refer to the relevant sections for information not contained in this section. If you have any problems or questions, please contact Yokogawa sales office.

2.1 Checking Model and Specifications

The model code and specifications are found on the name plate located on the outside of the case. Check that the model code and specifications match what you have ordered.

Be sure you have your model number and serial number available when contacting Yokogawa.

0038

*1)

0038

F0202.EPS

Figure 2.1.2 Name Plate (Remote Flowtube Type)

*1) In case of the sizes of 2.5 to 25 mm (0.1 to 1.0 in.) ,

“0038” is not described because it is outside the scope of CE Marking for PED.

F0201.EPS

Figure 2.1.1 Name Plate (Integral Flowmeter Type)

*1) In case of the sizes of 2.5 to 25 mm (0.1 to 1.0 in.) ,

“0038” is not described because it is outside the scope of CE Marking for PED.

2.2 Accessories

Check that the parts shown below are included in the package:

• Centering device (wafer type only): 1 pc.

• Hexagonal wrench: 2 pcs. (one each of 1.5 mm and 3 mm nominal sizes)

2-1

IM 01E20D01-01E

2. HANDLING PRECAUTIONS

2.3 Storage Precautions

If the instrument is to be stored for a long period of time after delivery, observe the following points.

 The instrument should be stored in its original

packing condition in the storage location.

 Select a storage location that fulfils the following

conditions:

• A place where it will not be exposed to rain or water

• A place subject to minimal vibrations or shocks

• Temperature and humidity levels should be as follows:

Temperature: -30 to 70°C Humidity: 5 to 80% RH (no condensation)

The preferred ambient temperature and humidity levels are 25°C and approximately 65% RH.

 If the AXF magnetic flowmeter is transferred to the

installation site and stored without being installed, its performance may be impaired due to the infiltration of rainwater and so forth. Be sure to install and wire the AXF magnetic flowmeter as soon as possible after transferring it to the installation location.

 Explosion protected type:

Explosion protect types can be installed in hazardous areas according to the types of gases for which they are certified. See the description in Chapter 8 and “INSTALLATION AND OPERATING PRECAUTIONS FOR TIIS FLAMEPROOF EQUIPMENT” in this user's manual.

2.4 Installation Location Precautions

Select the installation location with consideration to the following items to ensure long-term stable operation of the instrument.

 Ambient Temperature:

Avoid installing the instrument in locations with constantly fluctuating temperatures. If the location is subject to radiant heat from the plant, provide heat insulation or improve ventilation.

 Atmospheric Condition:

Avoid installing the instrument in a corrosive atmosphere. In situations where this is unavoidable, consider ways to improve ventilation and to prevent rainwater from entering and being retained in the conduit pipes.

 Vibrations or Shocks:

Avoid installing the instrument in a place subject to shocks or vibrations.

2-2

IM 01E20D01-01E

3. INSTALLATION

3.1 Piping Design Precautions

WARNING

Installation of the magnetic flowmeter must be performed by expert engineer or skilled personnel. No operator shall be permitted to perform procedures relating to installation.

IMPORTANT

Design piping correctly, referring to the following to prevent damage to flowtube and to assure accurate measuring.

NOTE

This chapter describes the remote flowtube as an example. The same attention must be paid to the integral flowmeter.

(1) Location

IMPORTANT

Install the flowmeter in a location where it is not exposed to direct sunlight. The minimum ambient temperature is limited by the minimum fluid temperature of the flowtube (the lining). For more information, refer to Chapter 6. The flowmeter may be used in an ambient humidity where the relative humidity ranges from 0 to 100%. However, avoid long-term continuous operation at relative humidity above 95%.

Based on JIS B 7554 and our piping condition test data, we recommend the piping conditions as shown in the following figures.

When installing two or more magnetic flowmeters on a single pipe, provide a run of at least 10D between them.

Gate valve fully open

5D or more

Tee

Figure 3.1.1 Required Lengths of Straight Runs

or more

0 is allowable.5D or more 0 is allowable.5D or more

Reducer pipe

2D

0 is allowable. 0 is allowable.

90-degree bent

Various valves

Expander pipe

10D or more

D: Flowtube Size

2D or more

2D

or more

F08.EPS

*1: Do not install anything in the vicinity that may

interfere with the magnetic field, induced signal voltages, or flow velocity distributions of the flowmeter.

*2: A straight run may not be required on the

downstream side of the flowmeter. However, if a downstream valve or other fitting causes irregularity or deviation in flows, provide a straight run of 2D to 3D on the downstream side.

*3: The valves shall be mounted on the down-

stream side so that deviated flows do not occur in the flowtube and to avoid startup from an empty condition.

(4) Maintaining Stable Fluid Conductivity

IMPORTANT

(2) Noise Avoidance

IMPORTANT

The flowmeter should be installed away from electrical motors, transformers, and other power sources in order to avoid interference with measurement.

(3) Required Lengths of Straight Runs

To maintain accurate measurement, see JIS B 7554 which explains the requirements for upstream piping conditions of magnetic flowmeters.

Do not install the flowmeter where fluid conductivity tends to become uneven. If chemicals are fed near the upstream side of a magnetic flowmeter, they may affect the flow rate’s indications. To avoid this situation, it is recommended that the chemical feed ports be located on the downstream side of the flowmeter. If it is unavoidable that chemicals must be fed on the upstream side, provide a sufficient length of straight run (approximately 50D) to ensure the proper mixture of fluids.

3-1

IM 01E20D01-01E

3. INSTALLATION

(Incorrect) Upstream side

Figure 3.1.2 Chemical Injection

(Correct) Downstream side

F0302.EPS

(5) Precautions for Use of Liquid Sealing

Compounds

IMPORTANT

Care must be taken in using liquid sealing compounds on the piping, as it may have a negative influence on the flow indications by flowing out and covering the surfaces of an electrode or grounding ring. In particular, care must be taken if a liquid sealing compound is used in the case of vertical piping.

(6) Service Area

Select locations where there is adequate space to service installing, wiring, overhauling, etc.

(9) Mounting Positions

• Pipes must be fully filled with liquids.

IMPORTANT

It is essential that pipes remain fully filled at all times, otherwise flow rate indications may be affected and measurement errors may be caused.

Piping shall be designed so as to maintain the interior of the flowtube filled with fluids.

Vertical mounting is effective in such cases as when fluids tend to separate or solid matter may be precipitated. When employing vertical mounting, direct the fluids from the bottom to the top to ensure that the pipes remain fully filled.

(Correct)

Figure 3.1.4 Mounting Positions

(Incorrect)

h

h>0

(Correct)

h>0

(Incorrect)

h

F0304.EPS

(7) Bypass Line

It is recommended to install a bypass line to facilitate maintenance and zero adjustment.

Bypass valve

Block valve

Figure 3.1.3 Bypass Line

F0303.EPS

(8) Supporting the Flowmeter

CAUTION

Do not secure the flowmeter separately to prevent the vibrations, shocks, and expansion and contraction forces of the piping from affecting it. Fix the pipes first, then support the flowmeter with the pipes. With extra small-sized flowmeters (size 2.5 to 10 mm (0.1 to 1.0 in.)), in particular, fix the flowmeter in parallel with the piping on a mounting base.

• Avoid air bubbles.

IMPORTANT

If air bubbles enter a measurement pipe, flow rate indications may be affected and measurement errors may be caused.

In cases where fluids contain air bubbles, piping must be designed to prevent them from accumulating in the measurement pipe of a flowtube.

If a valve exists near the flowmeter, try to mount the flowmeter on the valve’s upstream side in order to prevent a possible reduction of pressure inside the pipe, thereby avoiding the possibility of air bubbles.

(Correct)

(Incorrect)

Figure 3.1.5 Avoiding Air Bubbles

(Correct)

(Incorrect)

Val ve

F10.EPS

3-2

IM 01E20D01-01E

3. INSTALLATION

• Mounting orientation

IMPORTANT

If electrodes are perpendicular to the ground, air bubbles near the top or precipitates at the bottom may cause measurement errors. Ensure that the terminal box of a remote flowtube and converter of an integral flowmeter are mounted above the piping to prevent water from entering them.

Correct

Incorrect

Electrode

Figure 3.1.6 Mounting Orientation

Electrode

Air bubble

Precipitate

Incorrect

Water can seep into the terminal box.

F0306.EPS

CAUTION

In order to lift a magnetic flowmeter that is fitted with eyebolts, proceed as in Figure 3.2.1. Never lift it using a bar passed through the flowtube as this damages the liner severely. When lifting the magnetic flowmeter in vertical position, eyebolts (or eyenuts and bolts) are necessary. Attach them to the flange bolt holes, and then lift the magnetic flowmeter.

Horizontal position

Figure 3.2.1 Lifting Flowmeter

Vertical position

F0307.EPS

3.2 Handling Precautions

WARNING

The magnetic flowmeter is a heavy instrument. Be careful that no damage is caused to personnel through accidentally dropping it, or by exerting excessive force on the magnetic flowmeter. When moving the magnetic flowmeter, always use a trolley and have at least two people carry it.

NOTE

This chapter describes the remote flowtube as an example. The same attention must be paid to the integral flowmeter.

3.2.1 General Precautions

(2) Avoid Shocks from Impact

CAUTION

Care should be taken not to drop the flowmeter or expose it to excessive shock. In particular, be careful not to subject the flange surface to shock. This may lead to liner damage which will result in inaccurate readings.

(3) Flange Protection Covers

IMPORTANT

Keep the protective covering (i.e. the corrugated cardboard or other cushioning material) in place over the flange except when mounting the flowmeter to the pipe.

(1) Precaution during Transportation

The magnetic flowmeter is packed tightly. When it is unpacked, pay attention to prevent damaging the flowmeter. To prevent accidents while it is being transported to the installing location, transport it to the site in its original packing.

3-3

IM 01E20D01-01E

3. INSTALLATION

NOTE

(4) Terminal Box Cover

IMPORTANT

As it is possible that the insulation will deteriorate, do not open the terminal box cover until it is time to wire it.

(5) Long-term Non-use

IMPORTANT

It is not desirable to leave the flowmeter unused for a long term after installation. If this situation is unavoidable, take care of the flowmeter by observing the following.

• Confirmation of sealing conditions for the flowmeter

Confirm that the terminal box screw and wiring ports are well sealed. Equip the conduit piping with drain plugs or waterproof glands to prevent moisture or water from penetrating into the flowmeter through the conduit.

• Regular inspections

Inspect the sealing conditions as mentioned above, and the inside of the terminal box at least once a year. Also, due to rain, etc. when it is suspected that water may have penetrated into the inside flowmeter perform supplementary inspections.

3.2.2 Flowmeter Piping

CAUTION

Misaligned or slanted piping can lead to leakage and damage to the flanges.

(1) Correct any misaligned or slanted piping, and any

gaps that may exist between mounting flanges before installing the flowmeter (refer to Figure

3.2.2).

(2) Inside a newly installed pipeline, there may be

some foreign substances such as residue from welding or wood chips. Remove them by flushing the piping before mounting the flowmeter. This prevents the lining from being damaged, as well as the occurrence of erroneous measured signals resulting from foreign substances passing through the flowtube during measurement.

3.3 Mounting Procedures

IMPORTANT

Do not forget to insert gaskets from Yokogawa between pipes and flowmeter, which shall be supplied when the flowmeter has ceramics lining with no grounding rings. In case of grounding rings to be supplied and attached later, these gaskets shall be inserted between grounding rings and flowmeter.

• The tightening torque value to which gaskets must be tightened varies depending on the type and external dimensions of the lining and the gasket. In this section, the tables indicating tightening torque values include the corresponding gasket types. The internal diameters of the gaskets are close to those of the grounding rings.

• For fluids capable of potentially permeating PFA linings (such as nitric acid, hydrofluoric acid, or sodium hydrate at high temperatures), different tightening torque values must be applied. The tables of these torque values is indicated in this section.

• For replacement models for the earlier ADMAG or ADMAG AE, the tightening torque values in the tables can be applied if their process connections, the lining types, and the nominal sizes are the same.

Slanted

Figure 3.2.2 Slanted and Misaligned Flowmeter Piping

Misaligned

F0308.EPS

3.3.1 Nominal Diameter 2.5 mm (0.1 in.) to 10 mm (0.4 in.), Union Joint Type

Ceramics linings with diameters of 2.5, 5 or 10 mm (0.1, 0.2 or 0.4 in.) are connected using union joints. Weld or screw the connecting fittings in Table 3.3.1 onto the piping. The external dimensions of the fittings are shown in the Table 3.3.1.

3-4

IM 01E20D01-01E

3. INSTALLATION

Table 3.3.1 Fitting Dimensions

Screw joint (process connection codes: GUR and GUN)

C

R1/4

R3/8

T0301.EPS

Unit: mm (inch)

0

-0.1

D

A

11.5(0.45)

4

(0.16)

Size Code A B CD

GUR

2.5

(0.1)

GUN

GUR

5

(0.2)

GUN

GUR

10

(0.4)

GUN

22

(0.87)

22

(0.87)

22

(0.87)

22

(0.87)

25

(0.98)

25

(0.98)

30(1.18)

8

(0.31)

8

(0.31)

8

(0.31)

8

(0.31)

10

(0.39)

10

(0.39)

18.5

(0.73)

18.5

(0.73)

18.5

(0.73)

18.5

(0.73)

22.5

(0.89)

22.5

(0.89)

B

NPT1/4

NPT3/8

Weld joint (process connection code: GUW)

Unit: mm (inch)

(2) Connecting Process Piping

Weld or screw the connection fittings to the process piping.

IMPORTANT

• Be sure to pass the connection fittings through the union joint nuts in advance.

• When welding the fittings, pay attention to the edge preparation, level differences between the fittings and the piping, and the welding current to avoid deforming the piping or causing stagnation portion of the fluid.

(3) Positioning the Flowmeter

Install the flowmeter on a mounting base and position it so that the center axis of the flowtube is aligned with that of the process piping. Then screw the union joint nuts to the connecting ports of the flowmeter.

+0.3

0

A

B

4

(0.16)

Size

2.5 (0.1) 5 (0.2)

10 (0.4)

Code

GUW GUW GUW

35(1.38)



A

22(0.87) 22(0.87) 25(0.98)

10(0.39)



B

8(0.31) 8(0.31)

10(0.39)



C

14.3(0.56)

17.8(0.70)

C

-0.1

D



D

18.5(0.73)

22.5(0.89)

T0302.EPS

(1) Mounting Direction

Mount the flowmeter so that the flow direction of the fluid to be measured is in line with the direction of the arrow mark on the flowmeter.

IMPORTANT

If it is impossible to match the direction of the arrow mark, the direction of the electrical connection can be changed. Refer to Section 5.1 to do this properly. In case the fluid being measured flows against the arrow direction, refer to the parameter J20: Flow Direction in the user’s manual of the AXFA11 Magnetic Flowmeter Remote Converter (IM 01E20C01-01E) or the AXFA14 Magnetic Flowmeter Remote Converter/AXF Integral Flowmeter [Software Edition] (IM 01E20C0201E).

CAUTION

Ceramics pipes may be damaged if the nuts are tightened when the center axes are not properly aligned.

(4) Tightening Nuts

Use a torque wrench to tighten the union joint nuts.

CAUTION

Tighten the nuts according to the torque values in Table 3.3.2 when the gaskets are Valqua #7020 (standard) or alkali-resistant gaskets for the metal piping (optional code GF). For permeable fluid (such as nitric acid, hydrofluoric acid or sodium hydrate at high temperature), tighten the nuts according to the torque values in Table

3.3.3. As the gasket material is fluorocarbon PTFE, it is possible that the nuts may loosen as time passes. Retighten the nuts if this is the case. Be sure to use the gasket (thickness is 1.5 mm) which comes with the flowmeter.

3-5

IM 01E20D01-01E

3. INSTALLATION

3.3.2 Nominal Diameter 2.5 mm (0.1 in.) to 40 mm (1.5 in.), Wafer Type

*Mounting base

Gasket

Connecting fitting

*: To be provided by user

Horizontal mounting

Union joint nut

*Piping

F0309b.EPS

F0309a.EPS

IMPORTANT

Use bolts and nuts in compliance with the flange ratings. When stud-type through-bolts are used, be sure the outside diameter of the shank is smaller than that of the thread ridge. Be sure to choose a gasket with inner and outer diameters that does not protrude inside the piping (refer to Table 3.3.16). If the inner diameter of the gasket is too large, or outer diameter of the gasket is too small, fluid leakage may result.

(1) Mounting Direction

Mount the flowmeter so that the flow direction of the fluid to be measured is in line with the direction of the arrow mark on the flowmeter.

IMPORTANT

If it is impossible to match the direction of the arrow mark, the direction of the electrical connection can be changed. Refer to Section 5.1 to do this properly. In case the fluid being measured flows against the arrow direction, refer to the parameter J20: Flow Direction in the user’s manual of the AXFA11 Magnetic Flowmeter Remote Converter (IM 01E20C01-01E) or the AXFA14 Magnetic Flowmeter Remote Converter/AXF Integral Flowmeter [Software Edition] (IM 01E20C0201E).

Vertical mounting

Figure 3.3.1 Mounting Procedure for Union Joint Type

(size: 2.5 mm (0.1 in.) to 10 mm (0.4 in.))

Table 3.3.2 Tightening torque values for Union Joint

Type

Size mm (inch)

2.5 (0.1)

5 (0.2)

10 (0.4)

Table 3.3.3 Tightening torque values for Union Joint

Type and Permeable Fluids

Size mm (inch)

2.5 (0.1)

5 (0.2)

10 (0.4)

Torque (N-m / {kgf-cm} / [in-lbf])

9 to 12 / {91.77 to 122.4} / [79.66 to 106.2]

14 to 18 / {142.8 to 183.5} / [123.9 to 159.3]

Torque (N-m / {kgf-cm} / [in-lbf])

11 to 15 / {112.2 to 153} / [97.36 to 132.8]

17 to 23 / {173.4 to 234.5} / [150.5 to 203.6]

F0309c.EPS

T0303.EPS

T0304.EPS

(2) Mounting Centering Devices

To maintain concentricity of the flowmeter with the pipes, install centering devices on the Mini-flanges of the flowmeter. Use the appropriate centering devices according to the nominal diameter and the flange ratings.

(3) Positioning the Flowmeter

Pass two through-bolts through the adjacent holes of both flanges and position the flowmeter so that the Mini-flanges and the centering devices come in close contact with each other. Pass the other through-bolts through the other holes (refer to Figure 3.3.2 and Figure 3.3.3). In case stud-type through-bolts are used, position them in such a way that the centering devices come in contact with the bolt threads.

3-6

IM 01E20D01-01E

3. INSTALLATION

(4) Tightening Nuts

Tighten the nuts according to the torque values for metal piping in Table 3.3.4. For PVC piping, select an optional code of GA, GC, or GD, use rubber gaskets and tighten the nuts to the torque values for PVC piping in Table 3.3.5. For permeable fluids (such as nitric acid, hydrofluoric acid, or sodium hydrate at high temperatures), tighten the nuts according to the torque values in Table 3.3.6.

*Through-bolt (four units)

*Nut (eight units)

Horizontal mounting

F0310b.EPS

*Gasket (two units)

CAUTION

For a flowmeter with fluorocarbon PFA lining, it is possible that the nuts may loosen as time passes, so tighten them regularly. Be sure to tighten the nuts according to the prescribed torque values. Tighten them diagonally with the same torque values, step by step up to the prescribed torque value.

*: These items can be ordered optionally.

If they are provided by the user, choose nuts and bolts in compliance with the flange ratings.

Centering device (two units)

Mini-flange

Piping-side flange

F0310a.EPS

Vertical mounting

F0310c.EPS

Figure 3.3.2 Mounting Procedure for Wafer Type (size: 2.5 mm (0.1 in.) to 15 mm (0.5 in.))

*Nut (eight units)

*Through-bolt (four units)

Piping-side flange

Mini-flange

Horizontal mounting

F0311b.EPS

*: These items can be ordered optionally.

If they are provided by the user, choose nuts and bolts in compliance with the flange ratings.

Centering device (two units)

*Gasket (two units)

F0311a.EPS

Vertical mounting

F0311c.EPS

Figure 3.3.3 Mounting Procedure for Wafer Type (size: 25 mm (1.0 in.), 32 mm (1.25 in.), and 40 mm (1.5 in.))

3-7

IM 01E20D01-01E

Table 3.3.4 Wafer Type Tightening Torque Values for Metal Piping

Tightening torque values for PFA/Polyurethane Rubber lining type (N-m / {kgf-cm} / [in-lbf])

Gasket types

within flowtube

Gasket types

for user’s flange

Flange ratings Size mm (inch)

2.5 (0.1)

5 (0.2)

10 (0.4)

15 (0.5)

25 (1.0)

32 (1.25)

40 (1.5)

Non-asbestos fiber gasket, PTFE-sheathed non-asbestos gasket (optional codes BCF and BSF), or the equivalent in hardness

JIS 10K, ANSI Class 150, and DIN PN10 JIS 20K, ANSI Class 300, and DIN PN16 DIN PN40

7.2 to 8.4 / {73.42 to 85.66} / [63.72 to 74.35]

23.5 to 27.3 / {239.6 to 278.4} / [208 to 241.6]

26.2 to 30.5 / {267.2 to 311} / [231.9 to 269.9]

36.2 to 42.4 / {369.1 to 432.4} / [320.4 to 375.3]

23.7 to 27.3 / {241.7 to 278.4} / [209.8 to 241.6]

36.9 to 42.4 / {376.3 to 432.4} / [326.6 to 375.3]

No gasket (standard)

7.3 to 8.4 / {74.44 to 85.66} / [64.61 to 74.35]

26.6 to 30.5 / {271.2 to 311} / [235.4 to 269.9]

3. INSTALLATION

7.6 to 8.4 / {77.5 to 85.66} / [67.26 to 74.35]

22.3 to 27.3 / {227.4 to 278.4} / [197.4 to 241.6]

28.0 to 30.5 / {285.5 to 311} / [247.8 to 269.9]

39.1 to 42.4 / {398.7 to 432.4} / [346.1 to 375.3]

Tightening torque values for Ceramics lining type

Gasket types

within flowtube

Gasket types

for user’s flange

Flange ratings Size mm (inch)

15 (0.5)

25 (1.0)

40 (1.5)

Fluororesin with ceramic fillers (Valqua #7020) (standard) gasket, or fluororesin with carbon gasket (optional code GF)

Non-asbestos gasket, PTFE-sheathed non-asbestos gasket (optional codes BCF and BSF), or the equivalent in hardness

JIS 10K, ANSI Class 150, and DIN PN10 JIS 20K, ANSI Class 300, and DIN PN16 DIN PN40

6.8 to 11.0 / {69.3 to 112.2} / [60.2 to 97.4]

18.9 to 24.5 / {192.7 to 249.8} / [167.3 to 216.8]

34.5 to 45.7 / {351.8 to 466.0} / [305.4 to 404.5]

6.8 to 11.0 / {69.3 to 112.2} / [60.2 to 97.4]

19.1 to 24.5 / {194.8 to 249.8} / [169.0 to 216.8]

41.7 to 57.4 / {425.2 to 585.3} / [369.1 to 508.0]

Table 3.3.5 Wafer Type Tightening Torque Values for PVC Piping

Tightening torque values for PFA lining type (N-m / {kgf-cm} / [in-lbf])

Gasket types

within flowtube

Gasket types

for user’s flange

Flange ratings Size mm (inch)

2.5 (0.1)

5 (0.2)

10 (0.4)

15 (0.5)

25 (1.0)

32 (1.25)

40 (1.5)

Fluororubber gasket, chloroprene rubber gasket (optional codes BSC and BCC), or the equivalent in hardness

JIS 10K, ANSI Class 150, and DIN PN10 JIS 20K, ANSI Class 300, and DIN PN16 DIN PN40

1.5 to 2.5 / {15.3 to 25.49} / [13.28 to 22.13]

4.9 to 8.1 / {49.97 to 82.6} / [43.37 to 71.69]

5.5 to 9.2 / {56.08 to 93.81} / [48.68 to 81.43]

7.7 to 12.9 / {78.52 to 131.5} / [68.15 to 114.2]

Fluororubber gasket (optional codes GA, GC, and GD)

1.5 to 2.5 / {15.3 to 25.49} / [13.28 to 22.13]

5.0 to 8.3 / {50.99 to84.64 } / [44.25 to 73.46]

5.7 to 9.5 / {58.12 to 96.87} / [50.45 to 84.08]

8.1 to 13.4 / {82.6 to 136.6} / [71.69 to 118.6]

(N-m / {kgf-cm} / [in-lbf])

6.6 to 11.0 / {67.3 to 112.2} / [58.4 to 97.4]

14.7 to 24.5 / {149.9 to 249.8} / [130.1 to 216.8]

34.5 to 57.4 / {351.8 to 585.3} / [305.4 to 508.0]

T0305.EPS

1.5 to 2.4 / {15.3 to 24.47} / [13.28 to 21.24]

4.3 to 7.2 / {43.85 to 73.42} / [38.06 to 63.72]

5.4 to 8.9 / {55.06 to 90.75} / [47.79 to 78.77]

7.5 to 12.5 / {76.48 to 127.5} / [66.38 to 110.6]

Gasket types

within flowtube

Gasket types

for user’s flange

Flange ratings Size mm (inch)

15 (0.5)

25 (1.0)

40 (1.5)

Tightening torque values for Ceramics lining type

Fluororubber gasket (optional codes GA, GC, and GD)

Fluororubber gasket, chloroprene rubber gasket (optional codes BSC and BCC), or the equivalent in hardness

JIS 10K, ANSI Class 150, and DIN PN10 JIS 20K, ANSI Class 300, and DIN PN16 DIN PN40

0.8 to 1.4 / {8.2 to 14.3} / [7.1 to 12.4]

2.3 to 3.1 / {23.5 to 31.6} / [20.4 to 27.4]

4.4 to 6.0 / {44.9 to 61.2} / [38.9 to 53.1]

0.8 to 1.4 / {8.2 to 14.3} / [7.1 to 12.4]

2.4 to 3.1 / {24.5 to 31.6} / [21.2 to 27.4]

5.2 to 7.3 / {53.0 to 74.4} / [46.0 to 64.6]

(N-m / {kgf-cm} / [in-lbf])

0.8 to 1.4 / {8.2 to 14.3} / [7.1 to 12.4]

1.9 to 3.1 / {19.4 to 31.6} / [16.8 to 27.4]

4.4 to 7.3 / {44.9 to 74.4} / [38.9 to 64.6]

3-8

T0306.EPS

IM 01E20D01-01E

Table 3.3.6 Wafer Type Tightening Torque Values for Metal Piping and Permeable Fluids

Tightening torque values for PFA lining type (N-m / {kgf-cm} / [in-lbf])

Gasket types

within flowtube

Gasket types

for user’s flange

Flange ratings Size mm (inch)

2.5 (0.1)

5 (0.2)

10 (0.4)

15 (0.5)

25 (1.0)

32 (1.25)

40 (1.5)

PTFE-sheathed non-asbestos gasket (optional codes BCF and BSF), or the equivalent in hardness

JIS 10K, ANSI Class 150, and DIN PN10 JIS 20K, ANSI Class 300, and DIN PN16 DIN PN40

10.8 to 12.4 / {110.1 to 126.4} / [95.59 to 109.7]

34.9 to 40.1 / {355.9 to 408.9} / [308.9 to 354.9]

38.8 to 44.6 / {395.6 to 454.8} / [343.4 to 394.7]

53.5 to 61.5 / {545.5 to 627.1} / [473.5 to 544.3]

10.8 to 12.4 / {110.1 to 126.4} / [95.59 to 109.7]

35.2 to 40.1 / {358.9 to 408.9} / [311.5 to 354.9]

39.2 to 44.6 / {399.7 to 454.8} / [346.9 to 394.7]

54.2 to 61.5 / {552.7 to 627.1} / [479.7 to 544.3]

No gasket (standard)

3. INSTALLATION

11.1 to 12.4 / {113.2 to 126.4} / [98.24 to 109.7]

32.3 to 37.1 / {329.4 to 378.3} / [285.9 to 328.4]

40.6 to 46.7 / {414.0 to 476.2} / [359.3 to 413.3]

56.4 to 61.5 / {575.1 to 627.1} / [499.2 to 544.3]

Gasket types

within flowtube

Gasket types

for user’s flange

Flange ratings Size mm (inch)

15 (0.5)

25 (1.0)

40 (1.5)

Tightening torque values for Ceramics lining type

Fluororesin with ceramic fillers (Valqua #7020) gasket (standard), or fluororesin with carbon gasket (optional code GF)

PTFE-sheathed non-asbestos gasket (optional codes BCF and BSF), or the equivalent in hardness

JIS 10K, ANSI Class 150, and DIN PN10 JIS 20K, ANSI Class 300, and DIN PN16 DIN PN40

8.1 to 13.1 / {82.6 to 133.6} / [71.7 to 115.9]

22.5 to 29.0 / {229.4 to 295.7} / [199.1 to 256.7]

40.6 to 53.8 / {414.0 to 548.6} / [359.3 to 476.2]

8.1 to 13.1 / {82.6 to 133.6} / [71.7 to 115.9]

22.7 to 29.0 / {231.5 to 295.7} / [200.9 to 256.7]

49.3 to 67.7 / {502.7 to 690.3} / [436.3 to 599.2]

(N-m / {kgf-cm} / [in-lbf])

7.9 to 13.1 / {80.6 to 133.6} / [69.9 to 115.9]

17.4 to 29.0 / {177.4 to 295.7} / [154.0 to 256.7]

40.6 to 67.7 / {414.0 to 690.3} / [359.3 to 599.2]

T0307.EPS

3-9

IM 01E20D01-01E

3. INSTALLATION

NOTE

3.3.3 Nominal Diameter 50 mm (2.0 in.) to 300 mm (12.0 in.), Wafer Type

IMPORTANT

Use bolts and nuts in compliance with the flange ratings. When stud-type through-bolts are used, be sure the outside diameter of the shank is smaller than that of the thread ridge. Be sure to choose a gasket with inner and outer diameters that does not protrude inside the piping (refer to Table 3.3.16). If the inner diameter of the gasket is too large, or outer diameter of the gasket is too small, fluid leakage may result.

(1) Mounting Direction

Mount the flowmeter so that the flow direction of the fluid to be measured is in line with the direction of the arrow mark on the flowmeter.

IMPORTANT

If it is impossible to match the direction of the arrow mark, the direction of the electrical connection can be changed. Refer to Section 5.1 to do this properly. In case the fluid being measured flows against the arrow direction, refer to the parameter J20: Flow Direction in the user’s manual of the AXFA11 Magnetic Flowmeter Remote Converter (IM 01E20C01-01E) or the AXFA14 Magnetic Flowmeter Remote Converter/AXF Integral Flowmeter [Software Edition] (IM 01E20C0201E).

(2) Mounting Centering Devices

To maintain concentricity of the flowmeter with the pipes, install centering devices. From the process piping side, pass two through-bolts through the four centering devices (two for each bolt) and the adjacent two holes (the lower two holes for horizontal mounting) of both of the flanges (refer to Figure 3.3.4). Use the appropriate centering devices according to the nominal diameter and the flange ratings. The centering devices are engraved with an identifying character. Use the appropriate ones which meet the required specifications by referring to Table 3.3.10 and Table 3.3.11 (AXF standard models) and Table 3.3.12 (replacement models for the earlier ADMAG or ADMAG AE).

(3) Positioning the Flowmeter

Position the flowmeter so that the Mini-flanges and the centering devices come in close contact with each other. Be careful to prevent the four centering devices from coming into contact with the housing. If stud-type through-bolts are used, position them in such a way that the four centering devices come in contact with the bolt threads (refer to Figure 3.3.4). Pass the other through-bolts through from the process piping side.

Precautions for size 125 mm (5 in.), 150 mm (6 in.), replaceable electrode type

When installing this type of flowmeter with JIS F12 (JIS 75M) flanges, turn the flowmeter slightly because the cover of the electrode chambers will interfere with the bolts.

(4) Tightening Nuts

Tighten the nuts according to the torque values for metal piping in Table 3.3.7. For PVC piping, select an optional code of GA, GC, or GD, use rubber gaskets and tighten the nuts to the torque values for PVC piping in Table 3.3.8. For permeable fluids (such as nitric acid, hydrofluoric acid, or sodium hydrate at high temperatures), tighten the nuts according to the torque values in Table 3.3.9.

CAUTION

For a flowmeter with fluorocarbon PFA lining, it is possible that the nuts may loosen as time passes, so tighten them regularly. Be sure to tighten the nuts according to the prescribed torque values. Tighten them diagonally with the same torque values, step by step up to the prescribed torque value.

3-10

IM 01E20D01-01E

Horizontal mounting

F0312c.EPS

*Nut

*Through-bolt

Piping-side flange

*Gasket (two units)

Miniflange

Centering device (four units)

3. INSTALLATION

*: These items can be ordered optionally.

If they are provided by the user, choose nuts and bolts in compliance with the flange ratings.

Housing

F0312a.EPS

Ver tical mounting

F0312b.EPS

Figure 3.3.4 Mounting Procedure for Wafer Type (size: 50 mm (2 in.) to 300 mm (12 in.))

Table 3.3.7 Wafer Type Tightening Torque Values for Metal Piping

Tightening torque values for PFA/Polyurethane Rubber/Natural Soft Rubber/EPDM Rubber lining type

Gasket types

within flowtube

Gasket types

for user’s flange

Flange ratings Size mm (inch)

50 (2.0)

65 (2.5)

80 (3.0)

100 (4.0)

125 (5.0)

150 (6.0)

200 (8.0)

250 (10)

300 (12)

Gasket types

within flowtube

Gasket types

for user’s flange

Flange ratings Size mm (inch)

50 (2.0)

80 (3.0)

100 (4.0)

150 (6.0)

200 (8.0)

Non-asbestos fiber gasket, PTFE-sheathed non-asbestos gasket

(optional codes BCF and BSF), or the equivalent in hardness

JIS 10K

45.0 to 56.8

{458.9 to 579.2}

[398.3 to 502.7]

61.3 to 70.5

{625.1 to 718.9}

[542.5 to 624.0]

35.0 to 40.3

{356.9 to 410.9}

[309.8 to 356.7]

46.1 to 53

{470.1 to 540.5}

[408.0 to 469.1]

73.7 to 84.8

{751.5 to 864.7}

[652.3 to 750.5]

85.4 to 98.2

{870.8 to 1001}

[755.8 to 869.1]

78.8 to 90.6

{803.5 to 923.9}

[697.4 to 801.8]

119.4 to 137.3

{1218 to 1400}

[1057 to 1215]

83.0 to 99.2

{846.4 to 1012}

[734.6 to 878]

ANSI Class 150

45.0 to 56.8

{458.9 to 579.2}

[398.3 to 502.7]

61.3 to 70.5

{625.1 to 718.9}

[542.5 to 624.0]

76.0 to 80.9

{775.0 to 825.0}

[672.6 to 716.0]

46.1 to 53

{470.1 to 540.5}

[408.0 to 469.1]

73.7 to 84.8

{751.5 to 864.7}

[652.3 to 750.5]

85.4 to 98.2

{870.8 to 1001}

[755.8 to 869.1]

113.6 to 135.8

{1158 to 1385}

[1005 to 1202]

119.4 to 137.3

{1218 to 1400}

[1057 to 1215]

105.2 to 121.0 {1073 to 1234} [931.1 to 1071]

DIN PN10

—

113.6 to 135.8

{1158 to 1385}

{1005 to 1202]

119.4 to 137.3

{1218 to 1400}

{1057 to 1215]

105.2 to 121.0 {1073 to 1234} {931.1 to 1071]

Tightening torque values for Ceramics lining type

Fluororesin with ceramic fillers (Valqua #7020) gasket (standard), or fluororesin with carbon gasket (optional code GF)

Non-asbestos gasket, PTFE-sheathed non-asbestos gasket (optional codes BCF and BSF), or the equivalent in hardness

JIS 10K

48.2 to 80.3

{491.5 to 818.8}

[426.6 to 710.7]

31.5 to 52.4

{321.2 to 534.3}

[278.8 to 463.8]

36.0 to 59.9

{367.1 to 610.8}

[318.6 to 530.2]

75.5 to 125.9

{769.9 to 1283.8}

[668.2 to 1114.3]

72.9 to 121.6

{743.4 to 1240.0}

[645.2 to 1076.3]

ANSI Class 150

48.6 to 81.0

{495.6 to 826.0}

[430.1 to 716.9]

64.2 to 107.0

{654.7 to 1091.1}

[568.2 to 947.0]

36.3 to 60.4

{370.2 to 615.9}

[321.3 to 534.6]

74.4 to 123.9

{758.7 to 1263.4}

[658.5 to 1096.6]

109.1 to 181.8

{1112.5 to 1853.8}

[965.6 to 1609.1]

DIN PN10

—

110.9 to 184.9

{1130.9 to 1885.5}

[981.5 to 1636.5]

No gasket (standard)

JIS20K

22.5 to 25.9

{229.4 to 264.1}

[199.1 to 229.2]

30.8 to 35.4

{314.1 to 361.0}

[272.6 to 313.3]

39.9 to 45.9

{406.9 to 468.1}

[353.1 to 406.2]

52.9 to 60.8

{539.4 to 620.0}

[468.2 to 538.1]

80.5 to 92.6

{820.9 to 944.3}

[712.5 to 819.5]

61.0 to 70.2

{622.0 to 715.8}

[539.9 to 621.3]

87.5 to 100.6 {892.3 to 1026} [774.4 to 890.3]

—

JIS20K

23.5 to 39.1

{239.6 to 398.7}

[208.0 to 346.1]

38.8 to 64.7

{395.6 to 659.8}

[343.4 to 572.6]

44.3 to 73.8

{451.7 to 752.6}

[392.1 to 653.2]

53.4 to 89.1

{544.5 to 908.6}

[472.6 to 788.6]

79.0 to 131.6

{805.6 to 1341.9}

[699.2 to 1164.8]

ANSI Class 300

22.5 to 25.9

{229.4 to 264.1}

[199.1 to 229.2]

30.8 to 35.4

{314.1 to 361.0}

[272.6 to 313.3]

39.9 to 45.9

{406.9 to 468.1}

[353.1 to 406.2]

52.9 to 60.8

{539.4 to 620.0}

[468.2 to 538.1]

80.5 to 92.6

{820.9 to 944.3}

[712.5 to 819.5]

61.0 to 70.2

{622.0 to 715.8}

[539.9 to 621.3]

87.5 to 100.6 {892.3 to 1026} [774.4 to 890.3]

—

ANSI Class 300

23.7 to 39.5

{241.7 to 402.8}

[209.8 to 349.6]

38.2 to 63.7

{389.5 to 649.6}

[338.1 to 563.8]

43.6 to 72.7

{444.6 to 741.3}

[385.9 to 643.4]

48.8 to 81.3

{497.6 to 829.0}

[431.9 to 719.6]

80.0 to 133.3

{815.8 to 1359.3}

[708.1 to 1179.8]

DIN PN16

—

56.1 to 70.8

{572.1 to 722.0}

[496.5 to 626.6]

39.9 to 45.9

{406.9 to 468.1}

[353.1 to 406.2]

52.9 to 60.8

{539.4 to 620.0}

[468.2 to 538.1]

80.5 to 92.6

{820.9 to 944.3}

[712.5 to 819.5]

91.2 to 96.3

{930.0 to 982.0}

[807.2 to 852.3]

87.5 to 100.6 {892.3 to 1026} [774.4 to 890.3]

—

DIN PN16

—

31.5 to 52.4

{321.2 to 534.3}

[278.8 to 463.8]

36.0 to 59.9

{367.1 to 610.8}

[318.6 to 530.2]

75.5 to 125.9

{769.9 to 1283.8}

[668.2 to 1114.3]

72.9 to 121.6

{743.4 to 1240.0}

[645.2 to 1076.3]

DIN PN40

50.0 to 57.5 {509.9 to 586.3} [442.5 to 508.9}

—

DIN PN40

48.2 to 80.3 {491.5 to 818.8}

[426.6 to 710.7]

—

N-m

{kgf-cm}

Unit:

[in-lbf]

JIS F12

(JIS 75M)

—

68.4 to 78.7

{697.5 to 802.5}

[605.4 to 696.5]

88.6 to 101.9 {903.5 to 1039} [784.1 to 901.9]

75.1 to 86.4

{765.8 to 881.0}

[664.7 to 764.7]

86.3 to 99.2 {880.0 to 1012} [763.8 to 878.0]

88.6 to 101.9 {903.5 to 1039} [784.1 to 901.9]

158.1 to 181.8

{1612 to 1854}

[1399 to 1609]

146.6 to 168.6

{1495 to 1719}

[1297 to 1492]

N-m

Unit:

{kgf-cm}

[in-lbf]

JIS F12

(JIS 75M)

—

63.7 to 106.2

{649.6 to 1082.9}

[563.8 to 939.9]

73.0 to 121.6

{744.4 to 1240.0}

[646.1 to 1076.3]

82.3 to 137.1

{839.2 to 1398.0}

[728.4 to 1213.4]

89.7 to 149.5

{914.7 to 1524.5}

[793.9 to 1323.2]

T0308.EPS

3-11

IM 01E20D01-01E

Table 3.3.8 Wafer Type Tightening Torque Values for PVC Piping

Tightening torque values for PFA lining type

Gasket types

within flowtube

Gasket types

for user’s flange

Flange ratings Size mm (inch)

50 (2.0)

65 (2.5)

80 (3.0)

100 (4.0)

125 (5.0)

150 (6.0)

200 (8.0)

Gasket types

within flowtube

Gasket types

for user’s flange

Flange ratings Size mm (inch)

50 (2.0)

80 (3.0)

100 (4.0)

150 (6.0)

200 (8.0)

Fluororubber gasket, chloroprene rubber gasket (optional codes BSC and BCC), or the equivalent in hardness

JIS 10K

9.9 to 16.5

{101.0 to 168.3}

[87.6 to 146.0]

14.2 to 23.7

{144.8 to 241.7}

[125.7 to 209.8]

8.0 to 13.3

{81.6 to 135.6}

[70.8 to 117.7]

11.3 to 18.8

{115.2 to 191.7}

[100.0 to 166.4]

18.8 to 31.3

{191.7 to 319.2}

[166.4 to 277.0]

22.5 to 37.6

{229.4 to 383.4}

[199.1 to 332.8]

22.1 to 36.9

{225.4 to 376.3}

[195.6 to 326.6]

ANSI Class 150

9.9 to 16.5

{101.0 to 168.3}

[87.6 to 146.0]

14.2 to 23.7

{144.8 to 241.7}

[125.7 to 209.8]

17.4 to 26.7

{177.4 to 272.3}

[154.0 to 236.3]

11.3 to 18.8

{115.2 to 191.7}

[100.0 to 166.4]

18.8 to 31.3

{191.7 to 319.2}

[166.4 to 277.0]

22.5 to 37.6

{229.4 to 383.4}

[199.1 to 332.8]

31.9 to 55.3

{325.3 to 563.9}

[282.3 to 489.4]

Fluororubber gasket, chloroprene rubber gasket (optional codes BSC and BCC), or the equivalent in hardness

JIS 10K

6.2 to 10.4

{63.2 to 106.1}

[54.9 to 92.0]

4.4 to 7.3

{44.9 to 74.4}

[38.9 to 64.6]

5.2 to 8.6

{53.0 to 87.7}

[46.0 to 76.1]

10.7 to 17.8

{109.1 to 181.5}

[94.7 to 157.5]

10.2 to 17.1

{104.0 to 174.4}

[90.3 to 151.3]

ANSI Class 150

6.3 to 10.5

{64.2 to 107.1}

[55.8 to 92.9]

10.6 to 17.7

{108.1 to 180.5}

[93.8 to 156.7]

5.7 to 9.5

{58.1 to 96.9}

[50.4 to 84.1]

11.6 to 19.3

{118.3 to 196.8}

[102.7 to 170.8]

18.9 to 31.5

{192.7 to 321.2}

[167.3 to 278.8]

Fluororubber gasket (optional codes GA, GC, and GD)

DIN PN10

—

31.9 to 55.3

{325.3 to 563.9}

[282.3 to 489.4]

JIS20K

10.6 to 17.6

{108.1 to 179.5}

[93.8 to 155.8]

15.5 to 25.9

{158.1 to 264.1}

[137.2 to 229.2]

9.7 to 16.1

{98.9 to 164.2}

[85.8 to 142.5]

14.2 to 23.6

{144.8 to 240.7}

[125.7 to 208.9]

22.3 to 37.2

{227.4 to 379.3}

[197.4 to 329.2]

27.2 to 45.3

{277.4 to 461.9}

[240.7 to 400.9]

27.3 to 45.3

{278.4 to 461.9}

[241.6 to 400.9]

Tightening torque values for Ceramics lining type

Fluororubber gasket (optional codes GA, GC, and GD)

DIN PN10

—

18.7 to 31.2

{190.7 to 318.2}

[165.5 to 276.1]

JIS20K

2.9 to 4.9

{29.6 to 50.0}

[25.7 to 43.4]

5.3 to 8.8

{54.0 to 89.7}

[46.9 to 77.9]

6.0 to 10.0

{61.2 to 102.0}

[53.1 to 88.5]

7.0 to 11.6

{71.4 to 118.3}

[62.0 to 102.7]

10.6 to 17.7

{108.1 to 180.5}

[93.8 to 156.7]

ANSI Class 300

10.6 to 17.6

{108.1 to 179.5}

[93.8 to 155.8]

15.5 to 25.9

{158.1 to 264.1}

[137.2 to 229.2]

9.7 to 16.1

{98.9 to 164.2}

[85.8 to 142.5]

14.2 to 23.6

{144.8 to 240.7}

[125.7 to 208.9]

22.3 to 37.2

{227.4 to 379.3}

[197.4 to 329.2]

27.2 to 45.3

{277.4 to 461.9}

[240.7 to 400.9]

27.3 to 45.3

{278.4 to 461.9}

[241.6 to 400.9]

ANSI Class 300

2.9 to 4.9

{29.6 to 50.0}

[25.7 to 43.4]

5.2 to 8.7

{53.0 to 88.7}

[46.0 to 77.0]

6.0 to 10.0

{61.2 to 102.0}

[53.1 to 88.5]

6.6 to 11.0

{67.3 to 112.2}

[58.4 to 97.4]

10.8 to 18.0

{110.1 to 183.5}

[95.6 to 159.3]

DIN PN16

—

28.2 to 51.8

{287.6 to 528.2}

[249.6 to 458.4]

9.7 to 16.1

{98.9 to 164.2}

[85.8 to 142.5]

14.2 to 23.6

{144.8 to 240.7}

[125.7 to 208.9]

22.3 to 37.2

{227.4 to 379.3}

[197.4 to 329.2]

40.7 to 62.1

{415.0 to 633.2}

[360.2 to 549.6]

27.3 to 45.3

{278.4 to 461.9}

[241.6 to 400.9]

DIN PN16

—

4.4 to 7.3

{44.9 to 74.4}

[38.9 to 64.6]

5.2 to 8.6

{53.0 to 87.7}

[46.0 to 76.1]

10.7 to 17.8

{109.1 to 181.5}

[94.7 to 157.5]

10.2 to 17.1

{104.0 to 174.4}

[90.3 to 151.3]

3. INSTALLATION

DIN PN40

9.5 to 15.9

{96.9 to 162.1}

[84.1 to 140.7]

—

DIN PN40

6.2 to 10.4

{63.2 to 106.1}

[54.9 to 92.0]

—

N-m

Unit:

{kgf-cm}

[in-lbf]

JIS F12

(JIS 75M)

—

15.4 to 25.6

{157.0 to 261.0}

[136.3 to 226.6]

21.1 to 35.1

{215.2 to 357.9}

[186.7 to 310.6]

18.5 to 30.8

{188.6 to 314.1}

[163.7 to 272.6]

21.8 to 36.3

{222.3 to 370.2}

[192.9 to 321.3]

23.8 to 39.6

{242.7 to 403.8}

[210.6 to 350.5]

N-m

{kgf-cm}

Unit:

[in-lbf]

JIS F12

(JIS 75M)

—

9.6 to 16.0

{97.9 to 163.2}

[85.0 to 141.6]

11.7 to 19.5

{119.3 to 198.8}

[103.6 to 172.6]

13.3 to 22.2

{135.6 to 226.4}

[117.7 to 196.5]

15.3 to 25.5

{156.0 to 260.0}

[135.4 to 225.7]

T0309.EPS

3-12

IM 01E20D01-01E

Table 3.3.9 Wafer Type Tightening Torque Values for Metal Piping and Permeable Fluids

Tightening torque values for PFA lining type

Gasket types

within flowtube

Gasket types

for user’s flange

Flange ratings Size mm (inch)

50 (2.0)

65 (2.5)

80 (3.0)

100 (4.0)

125 (5.0)

150 (6.0)

200 (8.0)

250 (10)

300 (12)

Gasket types

within flowtube

Gasket types

for user’s flange

Flange ratings Size mm (inch)

50 (2.0)

80 (3.0)

100 (4.0)

150 (6.0)

200 (8.0)

PTFE-sheathed non-asbestos gasket (optional codes BCF and BSF), or the equivalent in hardness

JIS 10K

66.2 to 76.1 {675.1 to 776.0} [585.9 to 673.5]

89.5 to 102.9 {912.6 to 1049} [792.1 to 910.7]

51.3 to 59.0 {523.1 to 601.6} [454.0 to 522.2]

66.7 to 76.7 {680.2 to 782.1} [590.3 to 678.8]

106.1 to 122.0 {1082 to 1244} [939.0 to 1080]

122.2 to 140.5 {1246 to 1433}

[1082 to 1243]

111.6 to 128.3 {1138 to 1308} [987.7 to 1136]

167.7 to 192.9 {1710 to 1967}

[1484 to 1707]

115.2 to 137.6 {1175 to 1403}

[1020 to 1218]

ANSI Class 150

66.2 to 76.1

{675.1 to 776.0}

[585.9 to 673.5]

89.5 to 102.9 {912.6 to 1049} [792.1 to 910.7]

111.3 to 118.4 {1135 to 1207} [985.0 to 1048]

66.7 to 76.7

{680.2 to 782.1}

[590.3 to 678.8]

106.1 to 122.0 {1082 to 1244} [939.0 to 1080]

122.2 to 140.5 {1246 to 1433}

[1082 to 1243]

161.0 to 192.3 {1642 to 1961}

[1425 to 1702]

167.7 to 192.9 {1710 to 1967}

[1484 to 1707]

146.0 to 167.9 {1489 to 1712}

[1292 to 1486]

DIN PN10

—

161.0 to 192.3

{1642 to 1961}

[1425 to 1702]

167.7 to 192.9

{1710 to 1967}

[1484 to 1707]

146.0 to 167.9

{1489 to 1712}

[1292 to 1486]

Tightening torque values for Ceramics lining type

Fluororesin with ceramic fillers (Valqua #7020) gasket (standard), or fluororesin with carbon gasket (optional code GF)

PTFE-sheathed non-asbestos gasket (optional codes BCF and BSF), or the equivalent in hardness

JIS 10K

56.5 to 94.2 {576.1 to 960.6} [500.1 to 833.7]

37.3 to 62.2 {380.4 to 634.3} [330.1 to 550.5]

42.2 to 70.3 {430.3 to 716.9} [373.5 to 622.2]

87.8 to 146.4

{895.3 to 1492.9}

[777.1 to 1295.7]

84.0 to 140.1

{856.6 to 1428.6}

[743.5 to 1240.0]

ANSI Class 150

57.0 to 95.0

{581.2 to 968.7}

[504.5 to 840.8]

76.0 to 126.7

{775.0 to 1292.0}

[672.7 to 1121.4]

42.5 to 70.8

{433.4 to 722.0}

[376.2 to 626.6]

86.4 to 144.0

{881.0 to 1468.4}

[764.7 to 1274.5]

125.4 to 209.1

{1278.7 to 2132.2}

[1109.9 to 1850.7]

DIN PN10

—

127.6 to 212.7

{1301.2 to 2168.9}

[1129.4 to 1882.6]

No gasket (standard)

JIS20K

33.1 to 38.0 {337.5 to 387.5} [292.9 to 336.3]

44.9 to 51.6 {457.9 to 526.2} [397.4 to 456.7]

58.1 to 66.8 {592.5 to 681.2} [514.2 to 591.2]

76.1 to 87.5 {776.0 to 892.3} [673.5 to 774.4]

114.5 to 131.7

{1168 to 1343}

[1013 to 1166]

86.8 to 99.8 {885.1 to 1018} [768.2 to 883.3]

122.0 to 140.3

{1244 to 1431}

[1080 to 1242]

JIS20K

27.7 to 46.1 {282.5 to 470.1} [245.2 to 408.0]

46.2 to 77.0 {471.1 to 788.2} [408.9 to 681.5]

52.0 to 86.7 {530.3 to 884.1} [460.2 to 767.4]

62.4 to 104.0

{636.3 to 1060.5}

[552.3 to 920.5]

91.1 to 151.9

{929.0 to 1548.9}

[806.3 to 1344.4]

ANSI Class 300

—

ANSI Class 300

33.1 to 38.0

{337.5 to 387.5}

[292.9 to 336.3]

44.9 to 51.6

{457.9 to 526.2}

[397.4 to 456.7]

58.1 to 66.8

{592.5 to 681.2}

[514.2 to 591.2]

76.1 to 87.5

{776.0 to 892.3}

[673.5 to 774.4]

114.5 to 131.7

{1168 to 1343}

[1013 to 1166]

86.8 to 99.8

{885.1 to 1018}

[768.2 to 883.3]

122.0 to 140.3

{1244 to 1431}

[1080 to 1242]

—

27.9 to 46.5

{284.5 to 474.2}

[246.9 to 411.6]

45.4 to 75.7

{463.0 to 771.9}

[401.8 to 670.0]

51.2 to 85.3

{522.1 to 869.8}

[453.2 to 755.0]

56.8 to 94.7

{579.2 to 965.7}

[502.7 to 838.2]

92.3 to 153.8

{941.3 to 1568.3}

[816.9 to 1361.2]

{834.1 to 1052} {724.0 to 913.4]

{592.5 to 681.2} {514.2 to 591.2]

{776.0 to 892.3} {673.5 to 774.4]

{1168 to 1343} {1013 to 1166]

{1324 to 1396} {1149 to 1212]

{1244 to 1431} {1080 to 1242]

{380.4 to 634.3}

[330.1 to 550.5]

{430.3 to 716.9}

[373.5 to 622.2]

{895.3 to 1492.9} [777.1 to 1295.7]

{856.6 to 1428.6} [743.5 to 1240.0]

DIN PN16

—

81.8 to 103.2

58.1 to 66.8

76.1 to 87.5

114.5 to 131.7

129.8 to 136.9

122.0 to 140.3

—

DIN PN16

—

37.3 to 62.2

42.2 to 70.3

87.8 to 146.4

84.0 to 140.1

3. INSTALLATION

DIN PN40

71.2 to 118.6

{726.0 to 1209}

[630.1 to 1050]

—

DIN PN40

56.5 to 94.2 {576.1 to 960.6} [500.1 to 833.7]

—

N-m

{kgf-cm}

Unit:

[in-lbf]

JIS F12

(JIS 75M)

—

100.8 to 115.9 {1028 to 1182} [892.1 to 1026]

129.8 to 149.3 {1324 to 1522} [1149 to 1321]

109.6 to 126.0 {1118 to 1285} [970.0 to 1115]

125.6 to 144.4 {1281 to 1472} [1112 to 1278]

128.0 to 147.2 {1305 to 1501} [1133 to 1303]

227.6 to 261.7 {2321 to 2669} [2014 to 2316]

209.1 to 240.5 {2132 to 2452} [1851 to 2129]

N-m

Unit:

{kgf-cm}

[in-lbf]

JIS F12

(JIS 75M)

—

75.5 to 125.8 {769.9 to 1282.8} [668.2 to 1113.4]

85.4 to 142.3 {870.8 to 1451.1} [755.9 to 1259.5]

95.4 to 159.0 {972.8 to 1621.3} [844.4 to 1407.3]

103.0 to 171.7

{1050.3 to 1750.9}

[911.6 to 1519.7]

T0310.EPS

3-13

IM 01E20D01-01E

3. INSTALLATION

Table 3.3.10 Centering Device Identification (AXF Standard Models, PFA/Polyurethane Rubber/Natural Soft Rubber/EPDM

Rubber lining)

Flange ratings

Size mm (inch)

50 (2.0)

65 (2.5)

80 (3.0)

100 (4.0)

125 (5.0)

150 (6.0)

200 (8.0)

250 (10)

300 (12)

*: Each centering device is engraved with a character as identification.

10K

B

C

JIS

20K

B

F

C

D

—

F12 (75M)

—

H

C

D

150

G

C

D

N

P

B

F

C

ANSI

300

F

G

C

H

D

E

—

PN10

—

C

DIN

PN16

—

F

G

F

C

PN40

F

—

T0311.EPS

Table 3.3.11 Centering Device Identification (AXF Standard Models, Ceramics lining)

Flange ratings

Size mm (inch)

50 (2.0)

80 (3.0)

100 (4.0)

150 (6.0)

200 (8.0)

*: Each centering device is engraved with a character as identification.

10K

B

JIS

20K

B

F

C

F12(75M)

—

H

G

C

150

B

F

C

B

G

ANSI

300

PN10

F

C

H

D

J

—

B

DIN

PN16

—

G

F

B

PN40

F

—

T0312-1.EPS

Table 3.3.12 Centering Device Identification (Replacement Models, PFA/Polyurethane Rubber lining)

Size mm (inch)

50 (2.0)

80 (3.0)

100 (4.0)

150 (6.0)

200 (8.0)

Flange

ratings

10K

B

C

JIS

20K

B

F

D

F12(75M)

—

H

D

150

B

F

C

D

ANSI

300

*: Each centering device is engraved with a character as identification.

PN10

F

C

H

E

—

C

DIN

PN16

—

G

F

C

PN40

F

—

T0312-2.EPS

3-14

IM 01E20D01-01E

3. INSTALLATION

3.3.4 Nominal Diameter 2.5 mm (0.1 in.) to 400 mm (16 in.), Flange Type

IMPORTANT

Use bolts and nuts in compliance with the flange ratings. Be sure to choose a gasket with inner and outer diameters that does not protrude inside the piping (refer to Table 3.3.16). If the inner diameter of the gasket is too large, or outer diameter of the gasket is too small, fluid leakage may result.

(1) Mounting Direction

Mount the flowmeter so that the flow direction of the fluid to be measured is in line with the direction of the arrow mark on the flowmeter.

IMPORTANT

CAUTION

For a flowmeter with fluorocarbon PFA lining, it is possible that the nuts may loosen as time passes, so tighten them regularly. Be sure to tighten the nuts according to the prescribed torque values. Tighten them diagonally with the same torque values, step by step up to the prescribed torque value.

If it is impossible to match the direction of the arrow mark, the direction of the electrical connection can be changed. Refer to Section 5.1 to do this properly. In case the fluid being measured flows against the arrow direction, refer to the parameter J20: Flow Direction in the user’s manual of the AXFA11 Magnetic Flowmeter Remote Converter (IM 01E20C01-01E) or the AXFA14 Magnetic Flowmeter Remote Converter/AXF Integral Flowmeter [Software Edition] (IM 01E20C0201E).

(2) Tightening Nuts

Tighten the bolts according to the torque values for the metal piping in Table 3.3.13. For PVC piping, select an optional code of GA, GC, or GD, use rubber gaskets and tighten the nuts to the torque values for the PVC piping in Table 3.3.14. For permeable fluids (such as nitric acid, hydrofluoric acid, or sodium hydrate at high temperatures), tighten the nuts according to the torque values in Table 3.3.15.

3-15

IM 01E20D01-01E

*Piping-side flange

*Gasket (two units)

Flowmeter-side flange

*Bolt

*Nut

Figure 3.3.5 Mounting Procedure for Flange Type (size: 2.5 mm (0.1 in.) to 400 mm (16 in.))

Table 3.3.13 Flange Type Tightening Torque Values for Metal Piping

Tightening torque values for PFA/Polyurethane Rubber/Natural Soft Rubber/EPDM Rubber lining type

Gasket types

within flowtube

Gasket types

for user’s flange

Flange ratings Size mm (inch)

2.5 (0.1)

(with 10-mm flanges)

2.5 (0.1)

(with 15-mm flanges)

5 (0.2)

(with 10-mm flanges)

5 (0.2)

(with 15-mm flanges)

10 (0.4)

(with 10-mm flanges)

10 (0.4)

(with 15-mm flanges)

15 (0.5)

25 (1.0)

32 (1.25)

40 (1.5)

50 (2.0)

65 (2.5)

80 (3.0)

100 (4.0)

125 (5.0)

150 (6.0)

200 (8.0)

250 (10)

300 (12)

350 (14)

400 (16)

JIS 10K

3.8 to 6.3

{38.75 to 64.24}

[33.63 to 55.76]

4.6 to 7.7

{46.91 to 78.52}

[40.71 to 68.15]

3.8 to 6.3

{38.75 to 64.24}

[33.63 to 55.76]

4.6 to 7.7

{46.91 to 78.52}

[40.71 to 68.15]

3.8 to 6.3

{38.75 to 64.24}

[33.63 to 55.76]

4.6 to 7.7

{46.91 to 78.52}

[40.71 to 68.15]

4.6 to 7.7

{46.91 to 78.52}

[40.71 to 68.15]

13.1 to 15.1

{133.6 to 154.0}

[115.9 to 133.6]

14.4 to 15.6

{146.8 to 159.1}

[127.4 to138.1]

21.9 to 25.2

{223.3 to 257.0}

[193.8 to 223.0]

28.0 to 32.2

{285.5 to 328.3}

[247.8 to 285.0]

41.6 to 47.8

{424.2 to 487.4}

[368.2 to 423.0]

23.2 to 26.7

{236.6 to 272.3}

[205.3 to 236.3]

30.9 to 35.5

{315.1 to 362.0}

[273.5 to 314.2]

45.6 to 52.4

{465.0 to 534.3}

[403.6 to 463.8]

64.5 to 74.2

{657.7 to 756.6}

[570.8 to 656.7]

59.2 to 68.1

{603.7 to 694.4}

[523.9 to 602.7]

144.0 to 165.6

{1468 to 1689}

[1274 to 1466]

119.3 to 137.2

{1217 to 1399}

[1056 to 1214]

164.7 to 189.4

{1679 to 1931}

[1458 to 1676]

225.2 to 258.9

{2296 to 2640}

[1993 to 2291]

Non-asbestos gasket, PTFE-sheathed non-asbestos gasket, or the equivalent in hardness

ANSI Class 150

3.8 to 6.3

{38.75 to 64.24}

[33.63 to 55.76]

4.6 to 7.7

{46.91 to 78.52}

[40.71 to 68.15]

3.8 to 6.3

{38.75 to 64.24}

[33.63 to 55.76]

4.6 to 7.7

{46.91 to 78.52}

[40.71 to 68.15]

3.8 to 6.3

{38.75 to 64.24}

[33.63 to 55.76]

4.6 to 7.7

{46.91 to 78.52}

[40.71 to 68.15]

4.6 to 7.7

{46.91 to 78.52}

[40.71 to 68.15]

13.1 to 15.1

{133.6 to 154.0}

[115.9 to 133.6]

14.4 to 15.6

{146.8 to 159.1}

[127.4 to138.1]

21.9 to 25.2

{223.3 to 257.0}

[193.8 to 223.0]

28.0 to 32.2

{285.5 to 328.3}

[247.8 to 285.0]

41.6 to 47.8

{424.2 to 487.4}

[368.2 to 423.0]

52.7 to 53.6

{536.9 to 546.2}

[466.0 to 474.1]

30.9 to 35.5

{315.1 to 362.0}

[273.5 to 314.2]

45.6 to 52.4

{465.0 to 534.3}

[403.6 to 463.8]

64.5 to 74.2

{657.7 to 756.6}

[570.8 to 656.7]

100.3 to 102.1 {1023 to 1041} [887.8 to 903.3]

144.0 to 165.6 {1468 to 1689}

[1274 to 1466]

163.1 to 197.4 {1663 to 2013}

[1443 to 1747]

256.4 to 293.3 {2615 to 2991}

[2269 to 2596]

225.2 to 258.9 {2296 to 2640}

[1993 to 2291]

DIN PN10 JIS20K

—

100.3 to 102.1 {1023 to 1041} [887.8 to 903.3]

144.0 to 165.6 {1468 to 1689}

[1274 to 1466]

163.1 to 197.4 {1663 to 2013}

[1443 to 1747]

164.7 to 189.4 {1679 to 1931}

[1458 to 1676]

225.2 to 258.9 {2296 to 2640}

[1993 to 2291]

No gasket (standard)

3.8 to 6.3

{38.75 to 64.24}

[33.63 to 55.76]

4.7 to 7.8

{47.93 to 79.54}

[41.6 to 69.03]

3.8 to 6.3

{38.75 to 64.24}

[33.63 to 55.76]

4.7 to 7.8

{47.93 to 79.54}

[41.6 to 69.03]

3.8 to 6.3

{38.75 to 64.24}

[33.63 to 55.76]

4.7 to 7.8

{47.93 to 79.54}

[41.6 to 69.03]

4.7 to 7.8

{47.93 to 79.54}

[41.6 to 69.03]

13.2 to 15.2

{134.6 to 155.0}

[116.8 to 134.5]

14.6 to 16.8

{148.9 to 171.3}

[129.2 to 148.7]

22.2 to 25.5

{226.4 to 260.0}

[196.5 to 225.7]

27.8 to 32.0

{283.5 to 326.3}

[246.0 to 283.2]

19.5 to 28.5

{198.8 to 290.6}

[172.6 to 252.2]

26.1 to 30.0

{266.1 to 305.9}

[231.0 to 265.5]

34.8 to 40.0

{354.9 to 407.9}

[308.0 to 354.0]

48.6 to 55.9

{495.6 to 570.0}

[430.1 to 494.7]

44.8 to 51.5

{456.8 to 525.2}

[396.5 to 455.8]

63.6 to 73.1

{648.5 to 745.4}

[562.9 to 647.0]

156.3 to 179.7

{1594 to 1832}

[1383 to 1590]

123.1 to 136.3

{1255 to 1390}

[1089 to 1206]

—

*: These items must be provided by the user. Choose nuts and bolts in compliance with the flange ratings.

F0313.EPS

ANSI Class 300

3.8 to 6.3

{38.75 to 64.24}

[33.63 to 55.76]

4.7 to 7.8

{47.93 to 79.54}

[41.6 to 69.03]

3.8 to 6.3

{38.75 to 64.24}

[33.63 to 55.76]

4.7 to 7.8

{47.93 to 79.54}

[41.6 to 69.03]

3.8 to 6.3

{38.75 to 64.24}

[33.63 to 55.76]

4.7 to 7.8

{47.93 to 79.54}

[41.6 to 69.03]

4.7 to 7.8

{47.93 to 79.54}

[41.6 to 69.03]

13.2 to 15.2

{134.6 to 155.0}

[116.8 to 134.5]

14.6 to 16.8

{148.9 to 171.3}

[129.2 to 148.7]

22.2 to 25.5

{226.4 to 260.0}

[196.5 to 225.7]

27.8 to 32.0

{283.5 to 326.3}

[246.0 to 283.2]

19.5 to 28.5

{198.8 to 290.6}

[172.6 to 252.2]

26.1 to 30.0

{266.1 to 305.9}

[231.0 to 265.5]

34.8 to 40.0

{354.9 to 407.9}

[308.0 to 354.0]

48.6 to 55.9

{495.6 to 570.0}

[430.1 to 494.7]

44.8 to 51.5

{456.8 to 525.2}

[396.5 to 455.8]

63.6 to 73.1

{648.5 to 745.4}

[562.9 to 647.0]

127.2 to 148.8

{1297 to 1517}

[1126 to 1317]

152.3 to 169.4

{1553 to 1727}

[1348 to 1499]

—

DIN PN16 DIN PN40

—

41.4 to 47.6

{422.2 to 485.4}

[366.4 to 421.3]

26.1 to 30.0

{266.1 to 305.9}

[231.0 to 265.5]

34.8 to 40.0

{354.9 to 407.9}

[308.0 to 354.0]

48.6 to 55.9

{495.6 to 570.0}

[430.1 to 494.7]

66.7 to 80.8

{680.2 to 823.9}

[590.3 to 715.1]

63.6 to 73.1

{648.5 to 745.4}

[562.9 to 647.0]

156.3 to 179.7

{1594 to 1832}

[1383 to 1590]

173.3 to 199.3

{1767 to 2032}

[1534 to 1764]

—

3.8 to 6.4

{38.75 to 65.26}

[33.63 to 56.64]

4.7 to 7.9

{47.93 to 80.56}

[41.6 to 69.92]

3.8 to 6.4

{38.75 to 65.26}

[33.63 to 56.64]

4.7 to 7.9

{47.93 to 80.56}

[41.6 to 69.92]

3.8 to 6.4

{38.75 to 65.26}

[33.63 to 56.64]

4.7 to 7.9

{47.93 to 80.56}

[41.6 to 69.92]

4.7 to 7.9

{47.93 to 80.56}

[41.6 to 69.92]

11.9 to 13.7

{121.3 to 139.7}

[105.3 to 121.3]

15.0 to 17.3

{153.0 to 176.4}

[132.8 to 153.1]

23.2 to 26.7

{236.6 to 272.3}

[205.3 to 236.3]

28.8 to 33.1

{293.7 to 337.5}

[254.9 to 293.0]

—

3. INSTALLATION

N-m

Unit:

{kgf-cm}

[in-lbf]

JIS F12

(JIS 75M)

—

46.0 to 52.9

{469.1 to 539.4}

[407.1 to 468.2]

60.9 to 70.0

{621.0 to 713.8}

[539.0 to 619.5]

48.1 to 55.3

{490.5 to 563.9}

[425.7 to 489.4]

67.5 to 77.6

{688.3 to 791.3}

[597.4 to 686.8]

69.9 to 80.4

{712.8 to 819.9}

[618.6 to 711.6]

190.5 to 219.1

{1943 to 2234}

[1686 to 1939]

168.0 to 193.2

{1713 to 1970}

[1487 to 1710]

238.6 to 274.4

{2433 to 2798}

[2112 to 2429]

305.8 to 351.7

{3118 to 3586}

[2706 to 3113]

T0314.EPS

3-16

IM 01E20D01-01E

Table 3.3.14 Flange Type Tightening Torque Values for PVC Piping

Tightening torque values for PFA lining type

Gasket types

within flowtube

Gasket types

for user’s flange

Flange ratings Size mm (inch)

2.5 (0.1)

(with 10-mm flanges)

2.5 (0.1)

(with 15-mm flanges)

5 (0.2)

(with 10-mm flanges)

5 (0.2)

(with 15-mm flanges)

10 (0.4)

(with 10-mm flanges)

10 (0.4)

(with 15-mm flanges)

15 (0.5)

25 (1.0)

32 (1.25)

40 (1.5)

50 (2.0)

65 (2.5)

80 (3.0)

100 (4.0)

125 (5.0)

150 (6.0)

200 (8.0)

JIS 10K

0.8 to 1.3

{8.158 to 13.26}

[7.08 to 11.51]

0.9 to 1.6

{9.177 to 16.32}

[7.966 to 14.16]

0.8 to 1.3

{8.158 to 13.26}

[7.08 to 11.51]

0.9 to 1.6

{9.177 to 16.32}

[7.966 to 14.16]

0.8 to 1.3

{8.158 to 13.26}

[7.08 to 11.51]

0.9 to 1.6

{9.177 to 16.32}

[7.966 to 14.16]

0.9 to 1.6

{9.177 to 16.32}

[7.966 to 14.16]

2.7 to 4.5

{27.53 to 45.89}

[23.9 to 39.83]

3.0 to 4.9

{30.59 to 49.97}

[26.55 to 43.37]

4.5 to 7.6 {45.89 to 77.5} [39.83 to 67.26]

5.9 to 9.8

{60.16 to 99.93}

[52.22 to 86.74]

9.0 to 15.0

{91.8 to 153.0}

[79.7 to 132.8]

4.9 to 8.1

{50.0 to 82.6}

[43.4 to 71.7]

6.7 to 11.2

{68.3 to 114.2}

[59.3 to 99.1]

9.9 to 16.5

{101.0 to 168.3}

[87.6 to 146.0]

14.4 to 24.0

{146.8 to 244.7}

[127.4 to 212.4]

13.4 to 22.3

{136.6 to 227.4}

[118.6 to 197.4]

Fluororubber gasket, chloroprene rubber gasket, or the equivalent in hardness

ANSI Class 150

0.8 to 1.3

{8.158 to 13.26}

[7.08 to 11.51]

0.9 to 1.6

{9.177 to 16.32}

[7.966 to 14.16]

0.8 to 1.3

{8.158 to 13.26}

[7.08 to 11.51]

0.9 to 1.6

{9.177 to 16.32}

[7.966 to 14.16]

0.8 to 1.3

{8.158 to 13.26}

[7.08 to 11.51]

0.9 to 1.6

{9.177 to 16.32}

[7.966 to 14.16]

0.9 to 1.6

{9.177 to 16.32}

[7.966 to 14.16]

2.7 to 4.5

{27.53 to 45.89}

[23.9 to 39.83]

3.0 to 4.9

{30.59 to 49.97}

[26.55 to 43.37]

4.5 to 7.6 {45.89 to 77.5} [39.83 to 67.26]

5.9 to 9.8

{60.16 to 99.93}

[52.22 to 86.74]

9.0 to 15.0

{91.8 to 153.0}

[79.7 to 132.8]

11.1 to 16.3

{113.2 to 166.2}

[98.2 to 144.3]

6.7 to 11.2

{68.3 to 114.2}

[59.3 to 99.1]

9.9 to 16.5

{101.0 to 168.3}

[87.6 to 146.0]

14.4 to 24.0

{146.8 to 244.7}

[127.4 to 212.4]

22.7 to 33.4

{231.5 to 340.6}

[200.9 to 295.6]

Fluororubber gasket (optional codes GA, GC, and GD)

DIN PN10 JIS20K

—

22.7 to 33.4

{231.5 to 340.6}

[200.9 to 295.6]

0.8 to 1.3

{8.158 to 13.26}

[7.08 to 11.51]

0.9 to 1.6

{9.177 to 16.32}

[7.966 to 14.16]

0.8 to 1.3

{8.158 to 13.26}

[7.08 to 11.51]

0.9 to 1.6

{9.177 to 16.32}

[7.966 to 14.16]

0.8 to 1.3

{8.158 to 13.26}

[7.08 to 11.51]

0.9 to 1.6

{9.177 to 16.32}

[7.966 to 14.16]

0.9 to 1.6

{9.177 to 16.32}

[7.966 to 14.16]

2.7 to 4.5

{27.53 to 45.89}

[23.9 to 39.83]

3.0 to 5.0

{30.59 to 50.99}

[26.55 to 44.25]

4.7 to 7.8

{47.93 to 79.54}

[41.6 to 69.03]

2.9 to 4.8

{29.57 to 48.95 }

[25.67 to 42.48]

2.1 to 4.4

{21.4 to 44.9}

[18.6 to 38.9]

5.5 to 9.1

{56.1 to 92.8}

[48.7 to 80.5]

7.5 to 12.6

{76.5 to 128.5}

[66.4 to 111.5]

10.7 to 17.8

{109.1 to 181.5}

[94.7 to 157.5]

9.8 to 16.3

{99.9 to 166.2}

[86.7 to 144.3]

14.6 to 24.3

{148.9 to 247.8}

[129.2 to 215.1]

ANSI Class 300

0.8 to 1.3

{8.158 to 13.26}

[7.08 to 11.51]

0.9 to 1.6

{9.177 to 16.32}

[7.966 to 14.16]

0.8 to 1.3

{8.158 to 13.26}

[7.08 to 11.51]

0.9 to 1.6

{9.177 to 16.32}

[7.966 to 14.16]

0.8 to 1.3

{8.158 to 13.26}

[7.08 to 11.51]

0.9 to 1.6

{9.177 to 16.32}

[7.966 to 14.16]

0.9 to 1.6

{9.177 to 16.32}

[7.966 to 14.16]

2.7 to 4.5

{27.53 to 45.89}

[23.9 to 39.83]

3.0 to 5.0

{30.59 to 50.99}

[26.55 to 44.25]

4.7 to 7.8

{47.93 to 79.54}

[41.6 to 69.03]

2.9 to 4.8

{29.57 to 48.95 }

[25.67 to 42.48]

2.1 to 4.4

{21.4 to 44.9}

[18.6 to 38.9]

5.5 to 9.1

{56.1 to 92.8}

[48.7 to 80.5]

7.5 to 12.6

{76.5 to 128.5}

[66.4 to 111.5]

10.7 to 17.8

{109.1 to 181.5}

[94.7 to 157.5]

9.8 to 16.3

{99.9 to 166.2}

[86.7 to 144.3]

14.6 to 24.3

{148.9 to 247.8}

[129.2 to 215.1]

DIN PN16 DIN PN40

—

4.4 to 7.3

{44.9 to 74.4}

[38.9 to 64.6]

5.5 to 9.1

{56.1 to 92.8}

[48.7 to 80.5]

7.5 to 12.6

{76.5 to 128.5}

[66.4 to 111.5]

10.7 to 17.8

{109.1 to 181.5}

[94.7 to 157.5]

14.6 to 25.6

{148.9 to 261.0}

[129.2 to 226.6]

14.6 to 24.3

{148.9 to 247.8}

[129.2 to 215.1]

0.8 to 1.3

{8.158 to 13.26}

[7.08 to 11.51]

0.9 to 1.6

{9.177 to 16.32}

[7.966 to 14.16]

0.8 to 1.3

{8.158 to 13.26}

[7.08 to 11.51]

0.9 to 1.6

{9.177 to 16.32}

[7.966 to 14.16]

0.8 to 1.3

{8.158 to 13.26}

[7.08 to 11.51]

0.9 to 1.6

{9.177 to 16.32}

[7.966 to 14.16]

0.9 to 1.6

{9.177 to 16.32}

[7.966 to 14.16]

2.3 to 3.9

{23.45 to 39.77}

[20.36 to 34.52]

2.9 to 4.9

{29.57 to 49.97}

[25.67 to 43.37]

4.4 to 7.4

{44.87 to 75.46}

[38.94 to 65.49]

5.5 to 9.2

{56.08 to 93.81 }

[48.68 to 81.43]

—

3. INSTALLATION

N-m

Unit:

{kgf-cm}

[in-lbf]

JIS F12

(JIS 75M)

—

9.7 to 12.2

{98.9 to 124.4}

[85.8 to 108.0]

13.3 to 22.2

{135.6 to 226.4}

[117.7 to 196.5]

10.5 to 17.6

{107.1 to 179.5}

[92.9 to 155.8]

15.2 to 25.3

{155.0 to 258.0}

[134.5 to 223.9]

16.1 to 26.9

{164.2 to 274.3}

[142.5 to 238.1]

T0315.EPS

3-17

IM 01E20D01-01E

Table 3.3.15 Flange Type Tightening Torque Values for Metal Piping and Permeable Fluids

Tightening torque values for PFA lining type

Gasket types

within flowtube

Gasket types

for user’s flange

Flange ratings Size mm (inch)

2.5 (0.1)

(with 10-mm flanges)

2.5 (0.1)

(with 15-mm flanges)

5 (0.2)

(with 10-mm flanges)

5 (0.2)

(with 15-mm flanges)

10 (0.4)

(with 10-mm flanges)

10 (0.4)

(with 15-mm flanges)

15 (0.5)

25 (1.0)

32 (1.25)

40 (1.5)

50 (2.0)

65 (2.5)

80 (3.0)

100 (4.0)

125 (5.0)

150 (6.0)

200 (8.0)

250 (10)

300 (12)

350 (14)

400 (16)

JIS 10K

5.7 to 6.6 {58.12 to 67.3} [50.45 to 58.41]

6.9 to 7.9

{70.36 to 80.56}

[61.07 to 69.92]

5.7 to 6.6 {58.12 to 67.3} [50.45 to 58.41]

6.9 to 7.9

{70.36 to 80.56}

[61.07 to 69.92]

5.7 to 6.6 {58.12 to 67.3} [50.45 to 58.41]

6.9 to 7.9

{70.36 to 80.56}

[61.07 to 69.92]

6.9 to 7.9

{70.36 to 80.56}

[61.07 to 69.92]

19.6 to 22.5

{199.9 to 229.4}

[173.5 to 199.1]

21.5 to 24.7

{219.2 to 251.9}

[190.3 to 218.6]

32.5 to 37.4

{331.4 to 381.4}

[287.6 to 331.0]

41.3 to 47.5

{421.1 to 484.4}

[365.5 to 420.4]

61.2 to 70.4

{624.1 to 717.9}

[541.6 to 623.1]

34.2 to 39.3

{348.7 to 400.7}

[302.7 to 347.8]

45.2 to 52.0

{460.9 to 530.3}

[400.0 to 460.2]

66.8 to 76.8

{681.2 to 783.1}

[591.2 to 679.7]

93.9 to 108.8

{957.5 to 1109}

[831.1 to 962.9]

85.8 to 98.7

{874.9 to 1006}

[759.4 to 873.5]

207.8 to 239.0

{2119 to 2437}

[1839 to 2115]

171.0 to 196.7

{1744 to 2006}

[1513 to 1741]

234.7 to 269.9

{2393 to 2752}

[2077 to 2389]

320.0 to 368.0

{3263 to 3753}

[2832 to 3257]

Non-asbestos gasket, PTFE-sheathed non-asbestos gasket, or the equivalent in hardness

ANSI Class 150

5.7 to 6.6 {58.12 to 67.3} [50.45 to 58.41]

6.9 to 7.9

{70.36 to 80.56}

[61.07 to 69.92]

5.7 to 6.6 {58.12 to 67.3} [50.45 to 58.41]

6.9 to 7.9

{70.36 to 80.56}

[61.07 to 69.92]

5.7 to 6.6 {58.12 to 67.3} [50.45 to 58.41]

6.9 to 7.9

{70.36 to 80.56}

[61.07 to 69.92]

6.9 to 7.9

{70.36 to 80.56}

[61.07 to 69.92]

19.6 to 22.5

{199.9 to 229.4}

[173.5 to 199.1]

21.5 to 24.7

{219.2 to 251.9}

[190.3 to 218.6]

32.5 to 37.4

{331.4 to 381.4}

[287.6 to 331.0]

41.3 to 47.5

{421.1 to 484.4}

[365.5 to 420.4]

61.2 to 70.4

{624.1 to 717.9}

[541.6 to 623.1]

77.6 to 78.8

{791.3 to 803.5}

[686.8 to 697.4]

45.2 to 52.0

{460.9 to 530.3}

[400.0 to 460.2]

66.8 to 76.8

{681.2 to 783.1}

[591.2 to 679.7]

93.9 to 108.8

{957.5 to 1109}

[831.1 to 962.9]

145.4 to 147.9

{1483 to 1508}

[1287 to 1309]

207.8 to 239.0

{2119 to 2437}

[1839 to 2115]

233.7 to 283.0

{2383 to 2886}

[2068 to 2505]

365.4 to 418.0

{3726 to 4262}

[3234 to 3699]

320.0 to 368.0

{3263 to 3753}

[2832 to 3257]

DIN PN10 JIS20K

—

145.4 to 147.9

{1483 to 1508}

{1287 to 1309]

207.8 to 239.0

{2119 to 2437}

{1839 to 2115]

233.7 to 283.0

{2383 to 2886}

{2068 to 2505]

234.7 to 269.9

{2393 to 2752}

{2077 to 2389]

320.0 to 368.0

{3263 to 3753}

{2832 to 3257]

No gasket (standard)

ANSI Class 300

5.7 to 6.6 {58.12 to 67.3} [50.45 to 58.41]

7.0 to 8.1 {71.38 to 82.6} [61.95 to 71.69]

5.7 to 6.6 {58.12 to 67.3} [50.45 to 58.41]

7.0 to 8.1 {71.38 to 82.6} [61.95 to 71.69]

5.7 to 6.6 {58.12 to 67.3} [50.45 to 58.41]

7.0 to 8.1 {71.38 to 82.6} [61.95 to 71.69]

19.7 to 22.7

{200.9 to 231.5}

[174.4 to 200.9]

21.6 to 24.8

{220.3 to 252.9}

[191.2 to 219.5]

32.8 to 37.7

{334.5 to 384.4}

[290.3 to 333.7]

20.6 to 23.7

{210.1 to 241.7}

[182.3 to 209.8]

14.3 to 21.0

{145.8 to 214.1}

[126.6 to 185.9]

38.5 to 44.3

{392.6 to 451.7}

[340.7 to 392.1]

51.0 to 58.7

{520.1 to 598.6}

[451.4 to 519.5]

70.8 to 81.4

{722.0 to 830.1}

[626.6 to 720.4]

65.4 to 75.2

{666.9 to 766.8}

[578.8 to 665.5]

91.5 to 105.2 {933.0 to 1073} [809.8 to 931.1]

222.9 to 256.3

{2273 to 2614}

[1973 to 2268]

130.7 to 144.8

{1333 to 1477}

[1157 to 1282]

—

{58.12 to 67.3} [50.45 to 58.41]

{71.38 to 82.6} [61.95 to 71.69]

{58.12 to 67.3} [50.45 to 58.41]

{71.38 to 82.6} [61.95 to 71.69]

{58.12 to 67.3} [50.45 to 58.41]

{71.38 to 82.6} [61.95 to 71.69]

{200.9 to 231.5}

[174.4 to 200.9]

{220.3 to 252.9}

[191.2 to 219.5]

{334.5 to 384.4}

[290.3 to 333.7]

{210.1 to 241.7}

[182.3 to 209.8]

{145.8 to 214.1}

[126.6 to 185.9]

{392.6 to 451.7}

[340.7 to 392.1]

{520.1 to 598.6}

[451.4 to 519.5]

{722.0 to 830.1}

[626.6 to 720.4]

{666.9 to 766.8}

[578.8 to 665.5]

{933.0 to 1073} [809.8 to 931.1]

{1850 to 2164}

{1650 to 1835}

5.7 to 6.6

7.0 to 8.1

5.7 to 6.6

7.0 to 8.1

5.7 to 6.6

7.0 to 8.1

19.7 to 22.7

21.6 to 24.8

32.8 to 37.7

20.6 to 23.7

14.3 to 21.0

38.5 to 44.3

51.0 to 58.7

70.8 to 81.4

65.4 to 75.2

91.5 to 105.2

181.4 to 212.2

[1605 to 1878]

161.8 to 180.0

[1432 to 1593]

—

DIN PN16 DIN PN40

30.5 to 35.1

{311.0 to 357.9}

[269.9 to 310.6]

38.5 to 44.3

{392.6 to 451.7}

[340.7 to 392.1]

51.0 to 58.7

{520.1 to 598.6}

[451.4 to 519.5]

70.8 to 81.4

{722.0 to 830.1}

[626.6 to 720.4]

97.3 to 118.0 {992.2 to 1203} [861.1 to 1044]

91.5 to 105.2 {933.0 to 1073} [809.8 to 931.1]

222.9 to 256.3

{2273 to 2614}

[1973 to 2268]

184.1 to 211.7

{1877 to 2159}

[1629 to 1874]

3. INSTALLATION

N-m

Unit:

{kgf-cm}

[in-lbf]

JIS F12

—

5.7 to 6.6 {58.12 to 67.3} [50.45 to 58.41]

7.0 to 8.1 {71.38 to 82.6} [61.95 to 71.69]

5.7 to 6.6 {58.12 to 67.3} [50.45 to 58.41]

7.0 to 8.1 {71.38 to 82.6} [61.95 to 71.69]

5.7 to 6.6 {58.12 to 67.3} [50.45 to 58.41]

7.0 to 8.1 {71.38 to 82.6} [61.95 to 71.69]

17.5 to 20.1

{178.5 to 205.0}

[154.9 to 177.9]

22.1 to 25.4

{225.4 to 259.0}

[195.6 to 224.8]

33.8 to 38.9

{344.7 to 396.7}

[229.2 to 344.3]

42.2 to 48.5

{430.3 to 494.6}

[373.5 to 429.3]

—

(JIS 75M)

—

68.1 to 78.3

{694.4 to 798.4}

[602.7 to 693.0]

89.6 to 103.0 {913.7 to 1050} [793.0 to 911.6]

70.7 to 81.3

{720.9 to 829.0}

[625.7 to 719.5]

98.8 to 113.6 {1007 to 1158} [874.4 to 1005]

101.8 to 117.1 {1038 to 1194} [901.0 to 1036]

277.9 to 319.6 {2834 to 3259}

[2460 to 2829]

243.8 to 280.4 {2486 to 2859}

[2158 to 2482]

350.6 to 403.2 {3575 to 4112}

[3103 to 3568]

448.3 to 515.5 {4571 to 5257}

[3968 to 4562]

T0316.EPS

3-18

IM 01E20D01-01E

3. INSTALLATION

3.3.5 Gaskets Size

Be sure to choose a gasket with an inner and outer diameter that does not protrude inside the piping.

If the inner diameter of the gasket is too large, or outer diameter of the gasket is too small, fluid leakage may result.

Table 3.3.16 Inner Diameter of Grounding Ring, Outer Diameter for Effective Sealing and Recommended Inner Diameter of Gasket

AXF Standard:

Inner Diameter

Size

of Grounding

2.5 (0.1)

15 (0.59)

5 (0.2)

15 (0.59)

10 (0.4)

15 (0.59)

15 (0.5)

15 (0.59)

25 (1.0)

28 (1.10)

32 (1.25)

34 (1.34)

40 (1.5)

41 (1.61)

50 (2.0)

53 (2.09)

65 (2.5)

66 (2.60)

80 (3.0)

77 (3.03)

100 (4.0)

102 (4.02)

125 (5.0)

128 (5.04)

150 (6.0)

146.1 (5.75)

200 (8.0)

193.6 (7.62)

250 (10)

243.7 (9.59)

300 (12)

294.7 (11.60)

350 (14)

400 (16)

Ring [øA]

–

Outer Diameter

for Effective

Sealing

[øB]

38 (1.50)

53 (2.09)

58 (2.28)

71 (2.80)

84 (3.31)

103 (4.06)

114 (4.49)

140 (5.51)

165 (6.50)

190 (7.48)

240 (9.45)

300 (11.81)

348 (13.70)

–

PFA/ Polyurethane Rubber/ Natural Soft Rubber/ EPDM Rubber

Water

Recommended Inner

Diameter of Gasket

[øC]

17 (0.67)

sheathed

asbestos

22 (0.87)

35 (1.38)

43 (1.69)

49 (1.93)

61 (2.40)

84 (3.31)

90 (3.54)

115 (4.53)

141 (5.55)

167 (6.57)

218 (8.58)

270 (10.63)

321 (12.64)

–

Flat Gasket

PTFE-

Non-

Gasket

[øD]

22 (0.87)

Inner Diameter of

Grounding Ring

[øA]

15 (0.59) [12 (0.47)] *1

15 (0.59)

28 (1.10)

34 (1.34)

41 (1.61)

53 (2.09)

66 (2.60)

77 (3.03)

102 (4.02)

128 (5.04)

146.1 (5.75)

193.6 (7.62)

243 (9.57)

291.3 (11.47)

323.4 (12.73)

373.5 (14.70)

Outer

Diameter

for Effective

Sealing

[øB]

30 (1.18)

34 (1.34)

53 (2.09)

58 (2.28)

71 (2.80)

84 (3.31)

103 (4.06)

114 (4.49)

140 (5.51)

165 (6.50)

190 (7.48)

240 (9.45)

315 (12.40)

360 (14.17)

405 (15.94)

465 (18.31)

*1: The inner diameter of the process connection code: DD4, DJ, DJ2 is values in brackets [ ].

Flange

Recommended Inner Diameter of Gasket

Flat Gasket

[øC]

17 (0.67) [15 (0.59)]*1

PTFE-sheathed

Non-asbestos

22 (0.87) [19 (0.75)]*1

22 (0.87)

35 (1.38)

43 (1.69)

49 (1.93)

61 (2.40)

84 (3.31)

90 (3.54)

115 (4.53)

141 (5.55)

167 (6.57)

218 (8.58)

270 (10.63)

321 (12.64)

359 (14.13)

410 (16.14)

Gasket

[øD]

Inner

Diameter of

Grounding

Ring [øA]

–

15 (0.59)

27 (1.06)

–

40 (1.57)

52 (2.05)

–

81 (3.19)

98 (3.86)

–

144 (5.67)

192 (7.56)

–

Outer

Diameter for

Effective

Sealing

[øB]

–

33 (1.30)

50 (1.97)

–

68 (2.68)

82 (3.23)

–

112 (4.41)

134 (5.28)

–

188 (7.40)

240 (9.45)

–

Ceramics

Unit : mm (in.)

Recommended Inner

Diameter of Gasket

PTFE-

[øC]

sheathed

asbestos

–

22 (0.87)

35 (1.38)

–

49 (1.93)

61 (2.40)

–

90 (3.54)

115 (4.53)

–

167 (6.57)

218 (8.58)

–

Gasket

[øD]

Flat Gasket

Non-

T25.EPS

Replacement Model for earlier ADMAG or ADMAG AE:

Water

Size

2.5 (0.1)

5 (0.2)

10 (0.4)

15 (0.5)

25 (1.0)

40 (1.5)

50 (2.0)

80 (3.0)

100 (4.0)

150 (6.0)

200 (8.0)

250 (10)

Inner Diameter

of Grounding

140.7 (5.54)

188.9 (7.44)

Ring [øA]

15 (0.59)

27 (1.06)

40 (1.57)

52 (2.05)

81 (3.19)

98 (3.86)

–

Outer Diameter

for Effective

Sealing

[øB]

38 (1.50)

56 (2.20)

71 (2.80)

85 (3.35)

115 (4.53)

144 (5.67)

190 (7.48)

240 (9.45)

–

PFA/ Polyurethane Rubber

Recommended Inner

Diameter of Gasket

Flat Gasket

17 (0.67)

[øC]

sheathed

asbestos

22 (0.87)

35 (1.38)

49 (1.93)

61 (2.40)

90 (3.54)

115 (4.53)

167 (6.57)

218 (8.58)

–

PTFE-

Non-

Gasket

[øD]

Inner Diameter of

Grounding Ring

[øA]

–

140.7 (5.54)

188.9 (7.44)

243 (9.57)

Outer

Diameter

for Effective

Sealing

[øB]

–

205 (8.07)

255 (10.04)

315 (12.40)

Unit : mm (in.)

Flange

Recommended Inner Diameter of Gasket

PTFE-sheathed

Flat Gasket

[øC]

Non-asbestos

–

167 (6.57)

218 (8.58)

270 (10.63)

Gasket

[øD]

Size of Inner Diameter of Grounding Ring, Outer Diameter for Effective Sealing and Recommended Inner Diameter of Gasket:

øB

Grounding Ring

Flat Gasket

T16-3.EPS

øCøD

øA*2

PTFE-sheathed Non-asbestos Gasket

*2: Do not have this length be smaller than

the inner diameter of grounding ring (øA).

AXF Flowtube

Lining

3-19

IM 01E20D01-01E

3. INSTALLATION

NOTE

3.3.6 Nominal Diameter 15 mm (0.5 in.) to 125 mm (5.0 in.), Sanitary Type

The sanitary type can be mounted to the piping using a clamps, a unions, or a welded joints.

NOTE

This section describes the remote flowtube as an example. The same procedure also applies to the integral flowmeter.

Sanitary adapters are engraved with character as identification.

Table 3.3.17 Sanitary Adapter Identification

Material for AdapterIdentification Character

No mark

F

L

FL

(1) Mounting Direction

Mount the flowmeter so that the flow direction of the fluid to be measured is in line with the direction of the arrow mark on the flowmeter.

IMPORTANT

If it is impossible to match the direction of the arrow mark, the direction of the electrical connection can be changed. Refer to Section 5.1 to do this properly. In case the fluid being measured flows against the arrow direction, refer to the parameter J20: Flow Direction in the user’s manual of the AXFA11 Magnetic Flowmeter Remote Converter (IM 01E20C01-01E) or the AXFA14 Magnetic Flowmeter Remote Converter/AXF Integral Flowmeter [Software Edition] (IM 01E20C0201E).

SUS304

SUSF304

SUS316L

SUSF316L

T3.3.20.EPS

(2) Mounting Procedure

(a) Clamp type

(process connection codes: HAB, HDB, and HKB)

1) Welding ferrule

Weld a ferrule to the piping.

IMPORTANT

When welding the ferrule, pay attention to the edge preparation, level differences between the ferrule and the piping, and the welding current to avoid deforming the piping or causing stagnation portion of the fluid.

2) Installing gasket

Install a gasket for clamp to fit in the groove on the ferrule.

3) Positioning flowmeter

Position the flowmeter between the two ferrules.

4) Tightening clamp

Install a clamp to cover the tapered parts of the flowmeter-side adapter and the ferrule, and tighten the clamp screw.

5) Confirmation of adapter mounting screw

After installation of the magnetic flowmeter, be sure to retighten the adapter mounting screw according to Table 3.3.18 or Table 3.3.19. Be sure to confirm that leakage from adapter connection point does not occur by filling the pipe of the flowtube with fluid.

The ferrule, clamp, and gasket are not provided with the flowmeter, and must be provided by the user.

Adapter for clamp connection

Clamp

Adapter mounting screw

Figure 3.3.6 Mounting Procedure for Clamp Connection

Type

3-20

IM 01E20D01-01E

Gasket

Ferrule

F0314.EPS

(b) Union type

(process connection codes: JDB, JKB, and JSB)

1) Welding sleeve

Pass the piping through a nut and then weld a sleeve to the piping.

3. INSTALLATION

Adapter for union connection

IMPORTANT

• Be sure to weld the sleeve after passing the piping through the nut.

• When welding the sleeve, pay attention to the edge preparation, level differences between the sleeve and the piping, and the welding current to avoid deforming the piping or causing stagnation of some of the fluid.

2) Installing gasket

Install a gasket for union to fit in the groove on the sleeve.

3) Positioning flowmeter

Move the nut closer to the piping temporarily and position the flowmeter between the two sleeves.

4) Tightening nut

Install the nut to cover the tapered parts of the flowmeter-side adapter and the sleeve, and tighten it using a wrench.

Gasket

Sleeve

Nut

Adapter mounting screw

F0315.EPS

Figure 3.3.7 Mounting Procedure for Union Connection

Type

(c) Butt weld adapter type

(process connection codes: KDB and KKB)

1) Removing adapter

Remove the butt weld adapter by loosening the mounting screws.

2) Welding ferrule or sleeve

Weld a ferrule, a sleeve, or an alternative (provided by the user) to the butt weld adapter.

IMPORTANT

5) Confirmation of adapter mounting screw

After installation of the magnetic flowmeter, be sure to retighten the adapter mounting screw according to Table 3.3.18 or Table 3.3.19. Be sure to confirm that leakage from adapter connection point does not occur by filling the pipe of the flowtube with fluid.

NOTE

The sleeve, nut, and gasket are not provided with the flowmeter, and must be provided by the user.

• Be sure to weld the ferrule, the sleeve, or the alternative after removing the butt weld adapter from the flowmeter itself.

• When welding the ferrule, the sleeve, or the alternative, pay attention to the edge preparation, level differences between them and the piping, and the welding current to avoid deforming the piping or causing stagnation portion of the fluid.

3) Installing butt weld adapter

Install a gasket to fit in the groove of the butt weld adapter, and tighten the mounting screws.

3-21

IM 01E20D01-01E

CAUTION

• In case of standard gasket (EPDM rubber), tighten the adapter mounting screw according to the torque values in Table 3.3.18.

• In case that optional code GH (Silicon rubber) is selected, tighten the adapter mounting screw according to the torque values in Table 3.3.19.

• Tighten the adapter mounting screw in diagonal order step by step.

• After tightening of screw, confirm that gaskets protrude inside adapter. Protruding of gasket is necessary to keep the sanitary requirements.

Table 3.3.18 Tightening Torque Values of adapter for

EPDM rubber gasket

Tightening torque values (N-m / {kgf-cm} / [in-lbf])

Size mm (inch)

15 (0.5), 25 (1.0), 32 (1.25), 40 (1.5)

50 (2.0), 65 (2.5)

80 (3.0)

100 (4.0), 125 (5.0)

Gasket type

3.0 to 3.5 / {30.59 to 35.69} / [26.55 to 30.98]

4.5 to 5.0 / {45.89 to 50.99} / [39.83 to 44.25]

8.0 to 9.0 / {81.58 to 91.78} / [70.81 to 79.65]

10 to 11 / {102.0 to 112.2} / [88.50 to 97.35]

EPDM rubber

(standard)

T0502.EPS

3. INSTALLATION

Mini-flange

Gasket

Butt weld adapter

Adapter mounting screw

F0316.EPS

Figure 3.3.8 Mounting Procedure for Weld Joint Adapter

Type

(3) Maintenance of Sanitary Type

Refer to Section 5.3.

Table 3.3.19 Tightening Torque Values of adapter for

silicon rubber gasket

Tightening torque values (N-m / {kgf-cm} / [in-lbf])

Size mm (inch)

15 (0.5), 25 (1.0), 32 (1.25), 40 (1.5)

50 (2.0), 65 (2.5), 80 (3.0)

100 (4.0), 125 (5.0)

Gasket type

2.0 to 2.5 / {20.39 to 25.49} / [17.70 to 22.13]

4.0 to 4.5 / {40.79 to 45.89} / [35.40 to 39.83]

6.0 to 6.5 / {61.18 to 66.28} / [53.10 to 57.53]

Silicon rubber

(optional code GH)

T0503.EPS

4) Mounting flowmeter to piping

Connect the flowmeter to the piping in a manner appropriate to the ferrule, the sleeve, or the alternative that has been welded to the adapter.

5) Confirmation of adapter mounting screw

After installation of the magnetic flowmeter, be sure to retighten the adapter mounting screw according to Table 3.3.18 or Table 3.3.19. Be sure to confirm that leakage from adapter connection point does not occur by filling the pipe of the flowtube with fluid.

3-22

IM 01E20D01-01E

4. WIRING

4.1 Wiring the Integral Flowmeter

This section describes the wiring of the integral flowmeter.

WARNING

The wiring of the magnetic flowmeter must be performed by expert engineer or skilled personnel. No operator shall be permitted to perform procedures relating to wiring.

CAUTION

Once all wiring is complete, check the connections before applying power to the instrument. Improper arrangements or wiring may cause a unit malfunction or damage.

4.1.1 Wiring Precautions

Be sure to observe the following precautions when wiring:

• When waterproof glands or union equipped waterproof glands are used, avoid tightening the glands with an excessive torque.

• When the power supply voltage is 24V and electrical connection is a JIS G1/2 female, it comes with a blanking plug. Use this plug to cover the unused wiring port when wiring the instrument with only one, four-core cable.

• Be sure to turn the power off before opening the terminal box cover.

• Before turning the power on, tighten the terminal box cover securely.

• The terminal box cover is locked by the special screw. In case of opening the terminal box cover, use the hexagonal wrench attached. For handling the locking screw, refer to Figure

4.1.5.

• Be sure to lock the cover by the special screw using the hexagonal wrench attached after installing the cover. For handling the locking screw, refer to Figure 4.1.15.

• Explosion protected types must be wired in accordance with specific requirement (and, in certain countries, legal regulations) in order to preserve the effectiveness of their explosion protected features.

CAUTION

• In cases where the ambient temperature exceeds 50°C (122°F), use external heatresistant wiring with a maximum allowable temperature of 70°C (158°F) or above.

• Do not connect cables outdoors in wet weather in order to prevent damage from condensation and to protect the insulation, e.g. inside the terminal box of the flowmeter.

• All the cable ends must be provided with round crimp-on terminals and be securely wired.

• The signal cables must be routed in separate steel conduit tubes 16 (JIS C 8305) or flexible conduit tubes 15 (JIS C 8309).

• Always route the power and output signal cables in separate steel conduit tubes, except when the power supply voltage is 24V and fourcore cables are used for wiring. Keep conduits or flexible tubes watertight using sealing tape.

4.1.2 Power Cable/Output Cable

JIS C 3401 control cable equivalent JIS C 3312 power cable equivalent 14 AWG Belden 8720 equivalent

Outer Diameter:

With no gland option:

6.5 to 12 mm (0.26 to 0.47 in.)

With gland options EG, EU:

10.5 or 11.5 mm (0.41 to 0.45 in.)

With gland options EP:

6 to 12 mm (0.24 to 0.47 in.)

Nominal Cross Section:

Single wire; 0.5 to 2.5 mm Stranded wire; 0.5 to 1.5 mm

In case of power cable, Green/Yellow covered conductor shall be used only for connection to PROTECTIVE CONDUCTOR TERMINALS. Conform to IEC227, IEC245 or equivalent national authorization.

2

4-1

IM 01E20D01-01E

4. WIRING

F0402.EPS

Gasket

Washer

Tightening gland

When working on conduit pipes or flexible pipes (G1/2 only)

Cable

G1/2

NOTE

• For power cables, always use a crimp terminal with an insulation cover.

• Use crimp tools from the manufacturer of the crimp terminal you want to use to connect the crimp terminal and cable.

• Use crimp tools that are appropriate for the diameter of the cable to be connected.

4.1.3 Wiring Ports

This instrument is of watertight construction as stipulated in JIS C 0920. It is shipped with a wiring bracket (waterproof gland or waterproof gland with union) or a plastic gland attached, only in cases where an optional specification is selected for the wiring port. In case of the explosion proof type, refer to Chapter 8.

IMPORTANT

The wiring port is sealed with a cap (not waterproof). Do not remove the cap from the unused wiring port. If waterproof property is necessary, apply a blanking plug to the unused wiring port. The blanking plug may not be attached depending on the specification. If it is necessary, contact YOKOGAWA.

For working on the electric wire tubes or the flexible tubes (G1/2), remove the waterproof gland and attach them directly to the wiring port.

Washer

Gasket

Waterproof gland

Cable

Figure 4.1.1 Waterproof Gland (Optional code EG)

F0401.EPS

(1) When waterproof property is unnecessary

(When there are no particular optional specifications)

The wiring port is sealed with a cap (not water-proof) that must be removed before wiring. At this time, handle the wiring port in accordance with the JIS C 0920 mentioned above. Do not remove the cap from the unused wiring port.

(2) When waterproof property is necessary

(Wiring using waterproof glands)

IMPORTANT

To prevent water or condensation from entering the converter housing, waterproof glands are recommended. Do not over-tighten the glands or damage to the cables may result. Tightness of the gland can be checked by confirming that the cable is held firmly in place.

Figure 4.1.2 Waterproof Gland with Union Joint

(Optional code EU)

Gasket

Plastic gland

Figure 4.1.3 Plastic Gland (Optional code EP)

F0403.EPS

4-2

IM 01E20D01-01E

4. WIRING

(3) Conduit Wiring

When wiring the conduits, pass the conduit through the wiring connection port, and utilize the waterproof gland to prevent water from flowing in. Place the conduit pipe on an angle as shown in Figure 4.1.4. Install a drain valve at the low end of the vertical pipe, and open the valve regularly.

Drain valve

F0404.EPS

Figure 4.1.4 Conduit Wiring

(2) Terminal Configuration

When the cover is removed, the connection terminals will be visible.

-

/

POWE

+

SUPPLY

/

LN

++

I

-

D

-

+

DIO

-

Te r minal Label (Back side)

F0406.EPS

Figure 4.1.6 Terminal Configuration

The description of the terminal symbols is shown in Table 4.1.1.

4.1.4 Wiring Connections

(1) Removing Cover

Loosen cover locking screw 2 clockwise using a hexagonal wrench (nominal size 3) to unlock the cover. (Upon shipment from the manufacturing plant, the cover is unlocked.) Hold the flowmeter with your hand and remove the cover by turning it in the direction of the arrow as shown below.

1

Cover locking screws

2

For FOUNDATION Fieldbus protocol, please refer to IM 01E20F02-01E.

For PROFIBUS PA protocol, please refer to IM 01E20F12-01E.

Table 4.1.1 Terminal Symbols

Te rminal Symbols

-

N/

+

L/

+

I

-

I

+

DO

-

DO DIO DIO

+

-

Description

Functional grounding

Power supply

Current output 4 to 20mA DC

Pulse output/Alarm output/ Status output

Alarm output/Status output Status input

Protective grounding (Outside of the terminal)

T0401.EPS

(3) Precautions for Wiring of Power Supply

Cables

When connecting to the power supply, observe the points below. Failure to comply with these warnings may result in an electric shock or damage to the instrument.

Figure 4.1.5 Removing the Terminal Box Cover

F0405.EPS

4-3

IM 01E20D01-01E

4. WIRING

WARNING

• Ensure that the power supply is OFF in order to prevent electric shocks.

• Ensure the protective grounding terminal is grounded before turning the power on.

• Use insulating sleeve crimp terminals (for 4-mm screws) for the power supply wiring and protective grounding wiring.

• Install an external switch or circuit breaker as a means to turn the power off (capacitance; 15A, conforming to IEC60947-1 and IEC60947-3). Locate this switch either near the instrument or in other places facilitating easy operation. Affix a “Power Off Equipment” label to this external switch or circuit breaker.

Wiring Procedure

1. Turn the instrument's power off.

2. Wire the power supply cable and the functional grounding cable to the power supply terminals.

Functional grounding cable

-

/

POWE

+

SUPPLY

/

LN

++

I

-

D

-

+

DIO

-

Figure 4.1.7 Electric Cable Wiring

Power supply cable

F0407.EPS

2) Required Power Supply Voltages

IMPORTANT

When using a 24 V power supply, the specification for the supply voltage is 24 V (–15% to +20%), but the input voltage of the converter drops due to cable resistance therefore it must be used within the following ranges.

Supply Voltage and Cable Length

796 (2610)

600 (1970)

446 (1460)

200 ( 660)

Allowable cable length m(ft)

0

20.4 22 24 26 28.8 Usable range E (V)

Cable cross section area: 1.25 mm Cable cross section area: 2 mm

2

F0408.EPS

3) Setting Power Supply Frequency

IMPORTANT

Set the local commercial power frequency in order to eliminate the effect of induction noise from the power supply. Refer to “Chapter 6: Parameter Description” in the user’s manual of the AXF Integral Flowmeter [Software Edition] (IM 01E20C02-01E). Parameter No.: J30 and J31

2

(4) DC Power Connection

When using DC power as the power supply for the converter, give attention to the following points.

1) Connecting Power Supply

IMPORTANT

Do not connect power supply with reversed polarities.

L/+ terminal: connect + N/– terminal: connect

IMPORTANT

–

Do not connect power supply with 100 to 240 V AC or 100 to 120 V DC in the case of a 24 V power supply version (power supply code 2). It will give a damage to the converter.

(5) Grounding

CAUTION

Be sure to connect the protective grounding of the AXF integral flowmeter with a cable of 2mm or larger cross section in order to avoid electrical shock to the operators and maintenance engineers and to prevent the influence of external noise. Connect the grounding wire to the mark. The grounding should satisfy Class D requirements (ground resistance, 100  or less). In case of TIIS Flameproof type, the grounding should satisfy Class C requirements (ground resistance, 10  or less) or class A requirements (ground resistance, 10  or less). For explosion proof type except TIIS, follow the domestic electrical requirements as regulated in each country.

4-4

IM 01E20D01-01E

2

IMPORTANT

When optional code A (lighting protector) is selected, the ground should satisfy Class C requirements (grounding resistance, 10  or less).

• The protective grounding terminals are located on the inside and outside of the terminal area. Either terminal may be used.

• Use 600 V vinyl insulation wires as the grounding wires.

600 V vinyl-insulated cable

2

or larger)

(2 mm

• Class D requirements (ground resistance, 100  or less). Optional code A (lighting protector): Class C requirements (ground resistance, 10  or less).

• TIIS Flameproof type: Class C requirements (ground resistance, 10  or less) or class A requirements (ground resistance, 10  or less).

• Explosion proof type except TIIS: Domestic electrical requirements as regulated in each country.

4. WIRING

grounding ring

Protective grounding terminals

F0409.EPS

Figure 4.1.8 Protective Grounding Terminal Location

IMPORTANT

Improper grounding can have an adverse effect on the flow measurement. Ensure that the instrument is properly grounded.

The electromotive force of the magnetic flowmeter is minute and it is easily affected by noise, and the reference electric potential is the same as that of the measuring fluid. Therefore, the reference electric potential (terminal potential) of the flowtube and converter also need to be the same as that of the measuring fluid. Moreover, the potential must be the same as the ground. The magnetic flowmeter is equipped with an grounding ring that makes a connection with the charge of the measured fluid for grounding and protects the lining. Be sure to ground the flowmeter according to Figure 4.1.9.

In case grounding rings are used.

Figure 4.1.9 Grounding

In case grounding rings are not used. (Available only for metal piping)

F0410.EPS

(6) Connecting to External Instruments

WARNING

Before wiring with external instruments, be sure to turn off the magnetic flowmeter and any external instruments.

4-5

IM 01E20D01-01E

Connect the AXF integral flowmeter terminal to

NOTE

external instruments, giving attention to the following points. For F

OUNDATION Fieldbus protocol, please refer

to IM 01E20F02-01E. For PROFIBUS PA protocol, please refer to IM 01E20F12-01E.

䊉 4 to 20 mA DC Current Output

4. WIRING

For pulse output from the DO terminals, parameters must be set. Refer to “Parameter Description” in the user’s manual of the AXF Integral Flowmeter [Software Edition] (IM 01E20C0201E).

AXF integral flowmeter

Figure 4.1.10 4 to 20 mA DC Output Connection

l+

Receiver

l-

Resistive load max. 750 Ω

Instrument

Communication

BRAIN

HART

Resistive load

250 to 450 250 to 600

F0411.EPS

Ω Ω

䊉 Pulse Output

IMPORTANT

• As this is a transistor contact (insulated type), give attention to proper voltage and polarity when wiring.

• Do not apply a voltage larger than 30V DC or a current larger than 0.2A in order to prevent damage to the instrument.

• When input filter constant of the electronic counter is large in relation to the pulse width, the signal will decrease and the count will not be accurate.

• If the input impedance of the electronic counter is large, an induction noise from the power supply may result in inaccurate counts. Use a shield cable or sufficiently reduce the input impedance of the electronic counter within the magnetic flowmeter pulse output specification range.

• The active pulse output (Optional code EM) cannot be used in conjunction with the standard pulse output.

• When the active pulse output (Optional code EM) is selected, do not be short-circuit between the DO+ and DO– terminals to avoid damaging the instrument.

• When the active pulse output (Optional code EM) is selected, the range of pulse rate must be set to 2 pps maximum.

• To avoid communication (BRAIN/ HART) failure, it is recommended to use the shield cable.

AXF integral flowmeter

PULSE OUT

AXF integral flowmeter

PULSE OUT

Figure 4.1.11 Pulse Output Connection

AXF integral flowmeter

PULSE OUT

AXF integral flowmeter

PULSE OUT

Output voltage: 24 V DC 20%

Current: 150 mA or less Pulse rate: 0.0001 to 2 pps Pulse width: 20, 33, 50, 100 ms

Figure 4.1.12 Active Pulse Output Connection

(Optional code EM)

DO+

DO-

DO+

DO-

DO+

DO-

DO+

DO-

Load

Protective diode

Mechanical Counter

Electronic Counter

30V DC, 0.2A. max

Protective diode

Mechanical Counter

Electronic Counter

F0412.EPS

F0413.EPS

4-6

IM 01E20D01-01E

䊉 Status Input

NOTE

AXF integral flowmeter

DO+ (or DIO+)

4. WIRING

Protective diode

IMPORTANT

Status inputs are designed for use with novoltage (dry) contacts. Be careful not to connect the status to any signal source carrying voltage. Applying voltage may damage the input circuit.

Closed: Less than 200 Ω Open: More than 100 kΩ

DIO+

DIO

-

No-voltage status input

Figure 4.1.13 Status Input Connection

AXF integral flowmeter

F0414.EPS

NOTE

For status input to the DIO terminals, parameters must be set. Refer to “Parameter Description” in the user’s manual of the AXF Integral Flowmeter [Software Edition] (IM 01E20C02-01E).

䊉 Status Output / Alarm Output

DO

AXF integral flowmeter

Figure 4.1.14 Status Output/Alarm Output Connection

DO+ (or DIO+)

DO

Load

-

(or DIO-)

This connection is not possible.

-

(or DIO-)

External power supply 30V DC, 0.2A. max

Relay

Electromagnetic

AC power supply

valve

F0415.EPS

For status and alarm outputs from the DO or DIO terminals, parameters must be set. Refer to “Parameter Description” in the user’s manual of the AXF Integral Flowmeter [Software Edition] (IM 01E20C02-01E).

(7) Installing the Cover

Install the cover to the flowmeter by turning it in the direction of the arrow as shown below. Tighten cover locking screw 2 counterclockwise using a hexagonal wrench (nominal size 3) to lock the cover.

IMPORTANT

Since this is an isolated transistor output, be careful of voltage and polarity when wiring. Do not apply a voltage larger than 30V DC or a current larger than 0.2A in order to prevent damage to the instrument. This output cannot switch an AC load. To switch an AC load, an intermediate relay must be inserted as shown in Figure 4.1.14. *The alarm output operates from open (normal) to closed (alarm occurrence) in the default value (as setup upon plant shipment). Changes can be made via the parameter settings.

1

Cover locking screws

Figure 4.1.15 Installing the Terminal Box Cover

2

F0416.EPS

4-7

IM 01E20D01-01E

4. WIRING

4.2 Wiring the Remote Flowtube

This section describes the wiring of the remote flowtube only. For information relating to the wiring of the converter, refer to the user’s manual of the AXFA11 Magnetic Flowmeter Remote Converter (IM 01E20C01-01E) or the AXFA14 Magnetic Flowmeter Remote Converter (IM 01E20C02-01E).

WARNING

The wiring of the magnetic flowmeter must be performed by expert engineer or skilled personnel. No operator shall be permitted to perform procedures relating to wiring.

CAUTION

Once all wiring is complete, check the connections before applying power to the instrument. Improper arrangements or wiring may cause a unit malfunction or damage.

4.2.1 Wiring Precautions

Be sure to observe the following precautions when wiring:

CAUTION

• Ground the remote flowtube and the converter separately.

• Cover each shield of the signal cable with vinyl tube or vinyl tape to avoid contact between two shields or between a shield and a case.

• When waterproof glands or union equipped waterproof glands are used, avoid tightening the glands with an excessive torque.

• Be sure to turn the power off before opening the terminal box cover.

• Before turning the power on, tighten the terminal box cover securely.

• The terminal box cover is locked by the special screw. In case of opening the terminal box cover, use the hexagonal wrench attached. For handling the locking screw, refer to Figure

4.2.8.

• Be sure to lock the cover by the special screw using the hexagonal wrench attached after installing the cover. For handling the locking screw, refer to Figure 4.2.16.

• Explosion protected types must be wired in accordance with specific requirement (and, in certain countries, legal regulations) in order to preserve the effectiveness of their explosion protected features.

• When submersible type or optional code DHC is selected, waterproof glands, signal and excitation cables are attached. In order to preserve the effectiveness of waterproof features, the terminal box cover and waterproof glands must not be detached from flowmeter.

• In cases where the ambient temperature exceeds 50°C (122°F), use external heatresistant wiring with a maximum allowable temperature of 70°C (158°F) or above.

• Do not connect cables outdoors in wet weather in order to prevent damage from condensation and to protect the insulation, e.g. inside the terminal box of the flowtube.

• Do not splice the cable between the flowtube terminal and the converter if it is too short. Replace the short cable with a cable that is the appropriate length.

• All the cable ends must be provided with round crimp-on terminals and be securely wired.

• The signal cables must be routed in separate steel conduit tubes 16 (JIS C 8305) or flexible conduit tubes 15 (JIS C 8309).

• Keep conduits or flexible tubes watertight using sealing tape.

IMPORTANT

Prepare the signal cable and the excitation cable almost the same length. It is recommended to lay them together closely.

4-8

IM 01E20D01-01E

4. WIRING

NOTE

4.2.2 Cables

(1) Dedicated Signal Cable (AXFC)

Conductors (A and B)

Shields (SA and SB)

Tape

Outer jacket

Shield (C)

Insulation

Figure 4.2.1 Dedicated Signal Cable AXFC

The flow signal is transmitted via this dedicated cable. The cable is constructed with double shielding over the two conductors, and heat-resistant vinyl is used for the outer jacket material.

Finished diameter: 10.5 mm (0.413") Maximum length:

Combination with the AXFA11 converter:

200 m (660 ft)

Combination with the AXFA14 converter:

100 m (330 ft)

Maximum temperature: 80°C (176°F)

IMPORTANT

If the cable is longer than required, cut off any extra length rather than coiling it up, and terminate the conductors as shown in Figure 4.2.2. Avoid using junction terminal boards to extend the cable length, as this will interrupt the shielding.

ACB

SA

25 (0.98)

50 (1.97)

White Black

SB

60 (2.36)

70 (2.76)

Red

10.5 (0.413")

F0417.EPS

Unit : mm

(approx. inch)

ACB

90 (3.54)

White Black Red

55 (2.17)

90 (3.54)

CAUTION

• As crimp terminals A, B, SA, SB and C have their own electrical potentials, securely insulate them so as not to come in contact with one another.

• To prevent a shield from coming in contact with another shield or the case, cover each shield with a vinyl tube or wrap it in vinyl tape.

Conductors A and B carry the signal from the electrodes, and C is at the potential of the liquid (signal common). Shields SA and SB are kept at the same potentials as the individual electrodes (these are actively driven shields). This is done to reduce the effect of the distributed capacitance of the cable at long cable length. Note that, since the signals from the individual electrodes are impedance converted inside the converter, errors will result if they come in contact with any other component. Great care must be taken in the cable end treatment.

(2) Excitation Cable

JIS C 3401 control cable equivalent JIS C 3312 power cable equivalent 14 AWG Belder 8720 equivalent

Outer Diameter:

With no gland option:

6.5 to 12 mm (0.26 to 0.47 in.)

With gland options EG, EU and EW:

10.5 or 11.5 mm (0.41 to 0.45 in.)

With gland options EP:

6 to 12 mm (0.24 to 0.47 in.)

Nominal Cross Section:

Single wire; 0.5 to 2.5 mm Stranded wire; 0.5 to 1.5 mm

2

5

8(0.3) max.

(5.9)

On the converter side

150

L (Specified Dimensions)

20 (0.8)

AXFC

Figure 4.2.2 Treatment of Dedicated Signal Cables

8 (0.3) max.

5

150

10.5 (0.4)

(5.9)

On the flowtube side

F0418.EPS

4-9

IM 01E20D01-01E

4. WIRING

Unit : mm

(approx. inch)

Crimp terminal

EX2

EX1

85 (3.35)

On the converter side

Figure 4.2.3 End Treatment of Excitation Cable

85 (3.35)

On the flowtube side

EX1

NOTE

• For excitation cables, always use a crimp terminal with an insulation cover.

• Use crimp tools from the manufacturer of the crimp terminal you want to use to connect the crimp terminal and cable.

• Use crimp tools that are appropriate for the diameter of the cable to be connected.

EX2

F0419.EPS

4.2.3 Wiring Ports

This instrument is of watertight construction as stipulated in JIS C 0920. It is shipped with a wiring bracket (waterproof gland or waterproof gland with union) or a plastic gland attached, only in cases where an optional specification is selected for the wiring port. In case of the explosion proof type, refer to Chapter 8.

IMPORTANT

The wiring port is sealed with a cap (not waterproof). Do not remove the cap from the unused wiring port. If waterproof property is necessary apply a blanking plug to the unused wiring port. The blanking plug may not be attached depending on the specification. If it is necessary, contact YOKOGAWA.

(1) When waterproof property is unnecessary

(When there are no particular optional specifications)

The wiring port is sealed with a cap (not water-proof) that must be removed before wiring. At this time, handle the wiring port in accordance with the JIS C 0920 mentioned above. Do not remove the cap from the unused wiring port.

(2) When waterproof property is necessary

(Wiring using waterproof glands)

IMPORTANT

To prevent water or condensation from entering the converter housing, waterproof glands are recommended. Do not over-tighten the glands or damage to the cables may result. Tightness of the gland can be checked by confirming that the cable is held firmly in place.

For working on the electric wire tubes or the flexible tubes (G1/2), remove the waterproof gland and attach them directly to the wiring port.

Washer

Gasket

Waterproof gland

Cable

F0420.EPS

Figure 4.2.4 Waterproof Gland (Optional code EG)

4-10

IM 01E20D01-01E

Gasket

4. WIRING

4.2.4 Wiring Connections

WARNING

G1/2

Washer

Tightening gland

Cable

When working on conduit pipes or flexible pipes (G1/2 only)

F0421.EPS

Figure 4.2.5 Waterproof Gland with Union Joint

(Optional code EU)

Gasket

Plastic gland

Figure 4.2.6 Plastic Gland (Optional code EP)

F0422.EPS

(3) Conduit Wiring

When wiring the conduits, pass the conduit through the wiring connection port, and utilize the waterproof gland to prevent water from flowing in. Place the conduit pipe on an angle as shown in Figure 4.2.7. Install a drain valve at the low end of the vertical pipe, and open the valve regularly.

Before wiring, be sure that the power supply for AXFA11 or AXFA14 converter has been turned off to prevent an electrical shock.

(1) Removing Cover

Loosen the cover locking screw clockwise using a hexagonal wrench (nominal size 3) to unlock the cover. (Upon shipment from the manufacturing plant, the cover is unlocked.) Hold the flowtube with your hand and remove the cover by turning it in the direction of the arrow as shown below.

Figure 4.2.7 Conduit Wiring

Drain valve

F0423.EPS

F0424.EPS

Figure 4.2.8 Removing the Terminal Box Cover (Remote

Flowtube)

(2) Terminal Configuration

When the cover is removed, the connection terminals will be visible.

Te rminal Symbols

A B

C EX1 EX2

Figure 4.2.9 Terminal Configuration (General-Purpose

Use, Submersible Type, Sanitary Type)

Description

Flow signal output

Excitation current input

Protective grounding (Outside of the terminal)

F0425.EPS

4-11

IM 01E20D01-01E

Te rminal Symbols

Description

A B

Flow signal output

C EX1 EX2

Excitation current input

Functional grounding (Only for explosion proof type)

Protective grounding (Oitside of the terminal)

F042401.EPS

Figure 4.2.10 Terminal Configuration (Explosion proof

Type)

4. WIRING

(3) Wiring the Remote Flowtube (General-

Purpose Use, Submersible Type, Sanitary Type with Converters

1) Connection with the AXFA11 converter

Connect wiring as shown in the figure below.

SO1+ COMSO2+

I+ I–

CURRENT OUT

FUSE

2.5A 250V

N/– L/+

POWER SUPPLY

A

B

C

Figure 4.2.11 Wiring Diagram

AL+ AL– C SA A B SB

STATUS OUT

ALARM OUT

EX2EX1

P– SI1+ SI2+ COMP+

EXCIT ATION

PULSE OUT STATUS IN

Excitation cable

EX2

EX1

Remote flowtube

SIGNAL

AXFA11 converter

AXFC dedicated signal cable

Converter

SA

A B

SB

C EX1 EX2

* Individually tape and insulate the

shields corresponding to SA and SB on the remote flowtube side.

Remote flowtube

Taping*

A

B

C

EX1

EX2

F0426.EPS

2) Connection with the AXFA14 converter

Connect wiring as shown in the figure below.

AXFA14 converter

Excitation cable

AXFC dedicated signal cable

Remote

flowtube

Taping*

A

EX2

B

C

EX1

Remote flowtube

Figure 4.2.12 Wiring Diagram

Converter

SA

A B

SB

C EX1 EX2

* Individually tape and insulate the

shields corresponding to SA and SB on the remote flowtube side.

A

B

C

EX1

EX2

F0427.EPS

EX1

EX2

C

SA

A

B

SB

4-12

IM 01E20D01-01E

4. WIRING

(4) Wiring the Remote Flowtube (Explosion

Proof Type) with Converters

IMPORTANT

In case of TIIS Flameproof type, a remote flowtube is available for combined use with AXFA14 converter only.

1) Connection with the AXFA11 converter

In case of explosion proof type for ATEX, FM, CSA and IECEx certification, connect wiring as shown in the figure below.

In case of the explosion proof type, the protective grounding of remote flowtube must be connected to a suitable IS grounding system. In that case, (functional grounding terminal) need not be connected.

I+ I–

CURRENT OUT

FUSE

2.5A 250V

N/– L/+

POWER SUPPLY

A

B

C

AL+ AL– C SA A B SB

SO1+ COMSO2+

ALARM OUT

STATUS OUT

EX2EX1

P– SI1+ SI2+ COMP+

EXCIT ATION

PULSE OUT STATUS IN

Excitation cable

EX1

Remote flowtube

EX2

SIGNAL

AXFA11 converter

AXFC dedicated signal cable

Converter

SA

A B

SB

C EX1 EX2

* Individually tape and insulate the

shields corresponding to SA and SB on the remote flowtube side.

Remote flowtube

Taping*

A

B

Taping*

C

EX1

EX2

F0428.EPS

2) Connection with the AXFA14 converter

In case of explosion proof type for ATEX, FM, CSA, IECEx and TIIS certification, connect wiring as shown in the figure below.

In case of the explosion proof type, the protective grounding of remote flowtube must be connected to a suitable IS grounding system. In that case, (functional grounding terminal) need not be connected.

AXFA14 converter

Excitation cable

AXFC dedicated signal cable

A

B

C

EX2

EX1

Remote flowtube

Figure 4.2.14 Wiring Diagram

Converter

SA

A B

SB

C EX1 EX2

* Individually tape and insulate the

shields corresponding to SA and SB on the remote flowtube side.

Remote

flowtube

Taping*

A

B

Taping*

C

EX1

EX2

F0429.EPS

EX1

EX2

C

SA

A

B

SB

Figure 4.2.13 Wiring Diagram

4-13

IM 01E20D01-01E

4. WIRING

(5) Grounding

CAUTION

Be sure to connect the protective grounding of the AXF remote flowtube with a cable of 2mm or larger cross section in order to avoid electrical shock to the operators and maintenance engineers and to prevent the influence of external noise. Connect the grounding wire to the mark. The grounding should satisfy Class D requirements (ground resistance, 100  or less). In case of TIIS Flameproof type, the grounding should satisfy Class C requirements (ground resistance, 10  or less) or class A requirements (ground resistance, 10  or less). For explosion proof type except TIIS, follow the domestic electrical requirements as regulated in each country.

600 V vinyl insulated electric cable

2

or larger)

(2 mm

2

Grounding ring

• Class D requirements (ground resistance. 100  or less).

• TIIS Flameproof type: Class C requirements (ground resistance, 10  or less) or Class A requirements (ground resistance, 10  or less)

• Explosion proof type except TIIS: Domestic electrical requirements as regulated in each country.

IMPORTANT

Improper grounding can have an adverse effect on the flow measurement. Ensure that the instrument is properly grounded.

The electromotive force of the magnetic flowmeter is minute and it is easy to be affected by noise. And also that reference electric potential is the same as the measuring fluid potential. Therefore, the reference electric potential (terminal potential) of the flowtube and the converter also need to be the same as the measuring fluid. Moreover, that the potential must be the same with ground. The magnetic flowmeter is equipped with an grounding ring that makes a connection with the charge of the measured fluid for grounding and protects the lining.

Be sure to ground according to Figure 4.2.15.

In case grounding rings are used.

Figure 4.2.15 Protective Grounding Terminal Location

In case grounding rings are not used. (Available only for metal piping)

F0430.EPS

(6) Installing the Cover

Install the cover to the flowtube by turning it in the direction of the arrow as shown below. Tighten the cover locking screw counterclockwise using a hexagonal wrench (nominal size 3) to lock the cover.

F0431.EPS

Figure 4.2.16 Installing the Terminal Box Cover (Remote

Flowtube)

4-14

IM 01E20D01-01E

5. MAINTENANCE

NOTE

WARNING

• Maintenance work must be carried out by the trained personnel having knowledge of safety standard and not by operators.

• When opening the cover, wait for more than 10 minutes after turning off the power. Furthermore, opening of the cover must also be carried out by the trained personnel having knowledge of safety standard.

CAUTION

• Explosion protected type must be, as a rule, removed to a non-hazardous area for maintenance and be disassembled and reassembled to the original state.

• The cover is locked by the special screw. In case of opening the cover, use the hexagonal wrench attached.

• Be sure to lock the cover by the special screw using the hexagonal wrench attached after installing the cover.

5.1 Changing Direction of

5. MAINTENANCE

F0501.EPS

(4) Using the hexagonal wrench, loosen the screw in

the neck.

(5) Turn the converter or the terminal box in the

desired direction.

The converter and the terminal box can be turned –140 degree to +180 degree from the arrow mark indicating the flow direction. Do not exceed these angle.

Electrical Connection

IMPORTANT

The following types can not be changed direction of electrical connection after delivery.

• Submersible Type.

• Optional code DHC (for district heating and cooling or condensation-proof).

(1) The following tools are required to change the

direction of the electrical connection:

• Hexagonal wrench (nominal size 1.5): Comes with the instrument.

• Wrench

(2) Turn off the power to the flowmeter.

(3) Using the wrench, loosen the hexagonal nut at the

neck of the instrument.

(6) Using the hexagonal wrench, retighten the neck

screw.

F0502.EPS

(7) Using the wrench, retighten the hexagonal nut at

the neck. After that, check that the converter or terminal box is fixed.

5-1

IM 01E20D01-01E

5. MAINTENANCE

NOTE

5.2 Removing, Cleaning, and Installing Replaceable Electrodes (General-Purpose Use Type Only)

5.2.1 Removing Replaceable Electrodes

(1) The following tools are required to replace the

electrodes:

• Special tool for removing and installing electrodes (F9807SK): Optional

• Torque wrench or torque driver (nominal size 12)

• Phillips screwdriver

(4) Using end A of the tool, open the electrode cover.

End A

End B

F0504.EPS

(5) Hold down the electrode lead wire and terminal

lug and remove the mounting screw using the Phillips screwdriver.

F9807SK

F0503.EPS

(2) Turn off the power to the flowmeter.

(3) Drain the fluid from the interior of the flowtube.

WARNING

• Never fail to drain the fluid from the interior of the flowtube.

• If the fluid is at a high temperature, the instrument itself may also be hot. Be careful not to get burned when removing the electrodes.

• When the process fluid is hazardous to humans, exercise caution to avoid coming into contact with it, and avoid inhaling any residual gas.

Electrode lead wire:

Red: Electrode A White: Electrode B

F0505.EPS

Always hold down the lead wire and terminal lug when removing the mounting screw.

5-2

IM 01E20D01-01E

5. MAINTENANCE

NOTE

(6) Move aside the electrode lead wire and avoiding

the screw, insert end A of the tool to the electrode and loosen the electrode holder using the torque driver.

End A

Torque driver

F0506.EPS

(7) Screw end B of the tool into the screw block of the

electrode, and pull the tool straight out to remove the electrode holder.

5.2.2 Cleaning Replaceable Electrodes

(1) Clean the electrode surface (wetted part) with

alcohol or other cleaning agents.

O-ring

Electrode surface

Electrode holde

F0508.EPS

End B

The screw threads are coated with an antiseizing compound. Do not let the compound come in contact with the electrode.

(2) Clean the surface of the lining seal with an alcohol

moistened swab.

F0507.EPS

Lining seal surface

F0509.EPS

5-3

IM 01E20D01-01E

5. MAINTENANCE

NOTE

5.2.3 Installing Replaceable Electrodes

NOTE

It is recommended to replace the O-ring when reinstalling the replaceable electrode. Use the Oring specified by Yokogawa (G9303SE: material is fluororubber).

NOTE

Precautions for storage of O-rings:

• Keep them in a cool, dark place.

• Wrap them well.

• Do not use O-rings after one year since their purchase.

(1) Push the electrode holder with end B of the tool

screwed into it, straight into the flowtube.

Electrode lead wire:

Red: Electrode A White: Electrode B

(2) Using end A of the tool, tighten the electrode

holder.

Torque driver

F0511.EPS

Using the torque wrench or torque driver, tighten the electrode holder to the following torque values:

PFA lining:

8.0 N·m ±1 N·m (80 kgf·cm ±10 kgf·cm)

Polyurethane rubber lining:

3.0 N·m ±0.5 N·m (30 kgf·cm ±5 kgf·cm)

WARNING

Electrode holder: (Electrode A is engraved with "A" and electrode B has no markings.)

F0510.EPS

NOTE

• Check that the O-ring has not come off.

• Do not interchange electrodes A and B when installing them. Install electrode A to the electrode boss with the red lead wire and electrode B to the one with the white lead wire.

If the electrode holder was not tightened to its specified torque value, fluid leakage from the electrode may result. Should fluid spill over the electrode block, wipe it dry and check that the O-ring has not come off.

(3) Fill the interior of the flowtube with the fluid and

check that there is no leakage from the electrode.

(4) Hold down the lead wire and terminal lug and

screw the mounting screw into the electrode using the Phillips screwdriver.

5-4

Electrode mounting screw

F0512.EPS

IM 01E20D01-01E

5. MAINTENANCE

NOTE

Always hold down the lead wire and terminal lug when adjusting the mounting screw.

(5) Put the lead wire in the electrode boss, and install

the electrode cover to the boss and tighten it using end A of the tool.

Electrode boss

Torque driver

F0513.EPS

2) Installing the butt weld adapter

Install a gasket to fit in the groove of the butt weld adapter, and tighten in the adapter with the mounting screws.

Mini-flange

Gasket

Butt weld adapter

Adapter mounting screw

F0316.EPS

Figure 5.3.1 Removing and Installing a Butt Weld

Adapter

(6) Turn on the power to the flowmeter and start normal operation.

5.3 Removing and Installing Adapters for Sanitary Types

CAUTION

• This section describes how to remove and install a butt weld adapter as an example. Apply the same procedure to clamp and union adapters.

• Turn off the power of the magnetic flowmeter, and confirm that there is no fluid inside the pipe before removing the instrument from the pipe line.

• When installation, refer to Subsection 3.3.6.

1) Removing the butt weld adapter

Remove the butt weld adapter by loosening the mounting screws.

CAUTION

• In case of standard gasket (EPDM rubber), tighten the adapter mounting screw according to the torque values in Table 5.3.1.

• In case that optional code GH (Silicon rubber) is selected, tighten the adapter mounting screw according to the torque values in Table 5.3.2.

• Tighten the adapter mounting screw in diagonal order step by step.

• After tightening of screw, confirm that gaskets protrude inside adapter. Protruding of gasket is necessary to keep the sanitary requirements.

Table 5.3.1 Tightening Torque Values of adapter for

EPDM rubber gasket

Tightening torque values (N-m / {kgf-cm} / [in-lbf])

Size mm (inch)

15 (0.5), 25 (1.0), 32 (1.25), 40 (1.5)

50 (2.0), 65 (2.5)

80 (3.0)

100 (4.0), 125 (5.0)

Table 5.3.2 Tightening Torque Values of adapter for

Tightening torque values (N-m / {kgf-cm} / [in-lbf])

Size mm (inch)

15 (0.5), 25 (1.0), 32 (1.25), 40 (1.5)

50 (2.0), 65 (2.5), 80 (3.0)

100 (4.0), 125 (5.0)

Gasket type

3.0 to 3.5 / {30.59 to 35.69} / [26.55 to 30.98]

4.5 to 5.0 / {45.89 to 50.99} / [39.83 to 44.25]

8.0 to 9.0 / {81.58 to 91.78} / [70.81 to 79.65]

10 to 11 / {102.0 to 112.2} / [88.50 to 97.35]

silicon rubber gasket

Gasket type

2.0 to 2.5 / {20.39 to 25.49} / [17.70 to 22.13]

4.0 to 4.5 / {40.79 to 45.89} / [35.40 to 39.83]

6.0 to 6.5 / {61.18 to 66.28} / [53.10 to 57.53]

EPDM rubber

(standard)

T0502.EPS

Silicon rubber

(optional code GH)

T0503.EPS

5-5

IM 01E20D01-01E

CAUTION

• The lining of sanitary type uses fluorocarbon PFA. For the property of fluorocarbon PFA, it is possible that the adapter mounting screws may loosen as time passes, so retighten them regularly.

• Be sure to retighten the adapter mounting screws according to the prescribed torque values in Table 5.3.1 or Table 5.3.2. Retighten them diagonally with the same torque values, step by step up to the prescribed torque value.

• In case of leakage from adapter connection point, retighten the adapter mounting screws. If leakage doesn’t stop even if they are retightened, replace the gasket between mini-flange of flowmeter and adapter.

• It is recommended to replace the gasket periodically,

• It is necessary to decide the period between changes with consideration for the frequency of cleaning cycles, the cleaning temperature and the fluid temperature.

• Use the gasket specified by Yokogawa in Table

5.3.3

5. MAINTENANCE

Table 5.3.3 Parts number of gasket

Size mm (inch)

15 (0.5)

25 (1.0)

32 (1.25)

40 (1.5)

50 (2.0)

65 (2.5)

80 (3.0)

100 (4.0)

125 (5.0)

Gasket

type

EPDM rubber

(standard)

F9811QA

B1002EG

B1003EG

B1004EG

B1005EG

B1006EG

B1007EG

B1008EG

F9811QC

Silicon rubber

(optional

code GH)

F9811QB

B1010EG

B1011EG

B1012EG

B1013EG

B1014EG

B1015EG

B1016EG

F9811QD

T0504.EPS

5-6

IM 01E20D01-01E

5.4 Maintenance for Converter (Integral Flowmeter Only)

5. MAINTENANCE

WARNING

• Maintenance work must be carried out by the trained personnel having knowledge of safety standard and not by operators.

• When opening the cover, wait for more than 10 minutes after turning off the power. Furthermore, opening of the cover must also be carried out by the trained personnel having knowledge of safety standard.

IMPORTANT

• As a rule, maintenance of this flowmeter should be implemented in a maintenance service shop where the necessary tools are provided.

• The amplifier assembly contains sensitive parts that may be damaged by static electricity. Exercise care so as not to directly touch the electronic parts or circuit patterns on the board, for example, by preventing static electrification by using grounded wrist straps when handing the assembly.

1

Cover locking screws

Figure 5.4.1 Removing the Display Cover

2

F0516.EPS

(b) Changing the Display Unit Direction 90

Degrees

(1) Hold the display unit with your hand and remove

the two mounting screws.

(2) Turn the display unit 90 degrees clockwise and

confirm the assembling position, taking care of the connector and wire of the display unit. At this time, do not remove the connector.

(3) Secure the display unit using its two mounting

screws.

*1

5.4.1 Fuse Replacement

CAUTION

Please contact Yokogawa’s service office for fuse replacement. Also be sure to use the fuse that was supplied by Yokogawa’s sales or service offices.

5.4.2 Changing the Direction of the Display Unit

(a) Removing the Cover

(1) Turn off the power.

(2) Loosen cover locking screw 1 clockwise using a

hexagonal wrench (nominal size 3) to unlock the cover. (Upon shipment from the manufacturing plant, the cover is locked.) Hold the flowmeter with your hand and remove the cover by turning it in the direction of the arrow as shown below.

Display unit

mounting

screws

(two screws)

Clockwise 90 degrees

Figure 5.4.2 Changing the Display Unit Direction 90

Degrees

IMPORTANT

F0518-1.EPS

*1: To preserve the safety, do not touch the electrical circuit and cable of shaded area.

5-7

IM 01E20D01-01E

5. MAINTENANCE

NOTE

(c) Installing the Cover

(1) Taking care not to entangle the cables, install the

cover to the flowmeter by turning it in the direction of the arrow as shown below.

(2) Tighten cover locking screw 1 counterclockwise

using a hexagonal wrench (nominal size 3) to lock the cover.

1

Cover locking

Cover locking screws

screws

Figure 5.4.3 Installing the Display Cover

2

F0518-2.EPS

Modification of the burnout direction must be carried out using the setting switch from the amplifier’s CPU board (i.e., Switch 1) (See Figure 5.5.1).

Table 5.5.1 Output Setting Pins for Burnout

Position of

Low High

Low

High

Burnout Direction

High

Low

Burnout

Output

25 mA

0 mA

Remarks

Set to High before shipment

Set to Low for optional code C1

T0501.EPS

• On the amplifier’s CPU board, the burnout setting switch (i.e., Switch 1) and the write protect switch (i.e., Switch 2) are located adjacent to each other. Accordingly, special care should be taken when making switch settings.

• In the case of Fieldbus communication type, burnout setting switch is not applied.

5.5 Setting of Switches (Integral Flowmeter Only)

IMPORTANT

• Removing and installing cover are necessary for setting switches. Perform removing and installing of the cover as described in Subsection 5.4.2.

• To preserve the safety, do not touch the electrical circuit and the cables except setting switches.

5.5.1 Setting of Burnout Switch

The burnout function sets the direction of current output in situations where the CPU has become damaged. Upon shipment from the manufacturing plant, the burnout direction is set to High (i.e., 25 mA); however, in cases where the optional code C1 has been specified, the output direction will be set to Low (i.e., 0 mA).

Low High

Switch 1 Switch 2

Enable Protect

Figure 5.5.1 Switch Configuration

2 ← Burnout setting switch 1 ← Write protect setting switch

F0520.EPS

5.5.2 Setting of Write Protect Switch

By setting the write protect function to “Protect” it is possible to prevent the overwriting of parameters. Write protection can be carried out using either the hardware switch on the CPU board (i.e., Switch 2) (See Figure 5.5.1) or software parameter settings. If either of these items is set to “Protect,” the overwriting of parameters will be prohibited.

5-8

IM 01E20D01-01E

5. MAINTENANCE

NOTE

• If the hardware switch is set to “Protect,” it will not be possible to overwrite parameters; furthermore, this condition will be maintained until the switch is set to “Enable.”

• In the case of Fieldbus communication type, setting of the hardware switch (Enable or Protect) is ineffective and write protection can be carried out only by software parameter settings.

For more details regarding usage of the write protect function and the software’s parameter switches, refer to “Parameter Description” in the user’s manual of the AXF Integral Flowmeter [Software Edition] (IM 01E20C02-01E).

5.6 Regular Inspection Items

(1) Inspection of moisture-proofing inside the

terminal box: Once/year

(2) Retightening of piping joint screws: About

twice/year

(3) Inspection of electrodes and lining (in

case of adhesive and/or abrasive fluids, etc.)

Determine the period of regular inspection as necessary.

5.7 Excitation Coil and

(1) Excitation Coil Check (Remote Flowtube

Only)

Check that there is continuity between terminals EX1 and EX2 in the terminal box. If there is no continuity, the coils may be broken and replacement or repair of the flowtube is necessary. The coil resistance is designed to be 150  or less. If it is not, this may be an abnormal condition. Consult Yokogawa’s sales or service offices.

(2) Insulation Resistance Check (Remote

Flowtube Only)

Check the insulation resistances in the terminal box in accordance with the tables below. If any of them falls below the values listed in the tables, consult Yokogawa’s sales or service offices for investigation. If the insulation resistance cannot be restored, replacement or repair of the flowtube is needed. In case of submersible type flowmeters, undo the wiring connection on the converter side and measure resistance at the cable terminals.

Coil Circuit

Checking is possible even if the pipe is filled with fluid.

Test Terminals Test Voltage

Between terminals EX1 and C

500 V DC (Use an insulation tester or the equivalent.)

Specification

1 M or more

T050601.EPS

Signal Circuit

Before testing, be sure to empty and dry the interior of the pipe, checking that there is no adhesive material. Also undo the wiring connection on the converter side before testing.

Insulation Resistance Check (Remote Flowtube Only)

WARNING

• Before checking of the excitation coil and the insulation resistance, be sure that the power supply for AXFA11 or the AXFA14 converter has been turned off.

• Before checking, be sure to disconnect the cables from the terminals of the remote flowtube.

Test Terminals Test Voltage

Between terminals A and C Between terminals B and C

500 V DC (Use an insulation tester or the equivalent.)

5.8 Maintenance of the LCD Display

CAUTION

The LCD display has certain lifespan and it may deteriorate during operation. Please contact Yokogawa office in this case.

5-9

IM 01E20D01-01E

Specification

100 M or more for each

T050602.EPS

5.9 Troubleshooting

Although magnetic flowmeters rarely require maintenance, failures may occur when the instrument is not operated correctly. This section describes troubleshooting procedures where the cause of the breakdown is identified through receiver indication.

5.9.1 No Indication

START

Is an error being displayed? Check the converter display.

5. MAINTENANCE

Is an error being

displayed?

NO

Is anything else

being displayed?

YES

Does the

arrow on the tube match the

flow direction?

YES

Check whether the flowtube is filled with fluid.

Is the flowtube

full of fluid?

YES

Check the resistance between the flowtube’s A, B, and C terminals using a circuit tester.

resistance between A-C or B-C

Is the

100 M or more?

YES

NO

1

*

NO

Refer to the “Alarm Functions” in the AXFA11, AXFA14, and AXF Integral Flowmeter [Software Edition] user manuals.

Perform either of the following: a. Reinstall the flowtube in

order to make the arrow and flow direction match.

b. Reverse the setting for the

flow direction.

Change the piping or the mounting condition so that the tube fills with the fluid.

*1: Follow the warning in Section 5.7

before checking. The integral flowmeter's resistance cannot be checked.

Remove the tube and inspect the inside of the pipe.

Is foreign

matter adhering to

the walls?

YES

Remove the foreign matter.

NO

5-10

Contact a service center.

F0521.EPS

IM 01E20D01-01E

5.9.2 Unstable Zero

Investigate whether or not the flowtube is filled with fluid and that it is free of bubbles.

START

*1

Is the flowtube

completely full of fluid?

YES

NO

5. MAINTENANCE

*1: When checking for bubbles, it is

convenient if there is a gas vent hole on the flowtube’s downstream side.

Particular care must be taken in the case of horizontal mounting. In order to ensure complete filling of the tube, either adjust the mounting position or switch to vertical mounting.

Are there bubbles

in the fluid?

NO

Check for the presence of valve leakage.

Are valves leaking?

NO

• Confirm the flowmeter grounding.

• Confirm whether or not the

grounding wire is disconnected from the earth flange.

Is the flowmeter properly

grounded?

YES

Recheck the fluid to be measured.

• Does the fluid’s conductivity vary?

• Is the fluid conductivity within the limits?

NO

Is the fluid likely to contain deposits?

NO

YES

NO

YES

Install a defoaming device on the flowtube’s upstream side.

Replace the valve(s).

Completely ground the converter and flowtube (Refer to the section on grounding in the relevant user's manual.)

• Ensure that the fluid’s conductivity changes as little as possible.

• Do not use the meter when fluid conductivity is out of limits.

• Whenever possible, reduce the flow velocity to being in the vicinity of the lower conductivity limit.

• Remove dirt and scale of and near electrodes.

• Use a soft brush or cloth to perform scale removal, and make sure that the lining is not damaged.

Is the flowmeter

located near motors, transformers,

or electric equipment?

NO

Contact a service center.

YES

5-11

Provide the meter with sufficient shielding or move it away from the electrical equipment

F0522.EPS

IM 01E20D01-01E

5.9.3 Disagreement Between Indication and Actual Flow

START

5. MAINTENANCE

Are parameters

set correctly?

YES

Examine the condition of the fluid in the flowtube, of bubbles, and of grounding.

Was zero

adjustment carried out

correctly?

YES

Is the tube

filled completely with

fluid?

YES

Does the fluid

contain bubbles?

NO

Is the

flowmeter completely

grounded?

YES

Is the

signal cable terminal

treatment of

complete?

YES

Does the

conductivity stay within the

specified range?

YES

Is the

fluid likely to contain

deposits?

NO

Confirm that a valve is located immediately upstream of the flowtube (i.e., on the upstream side).

Is a valve

located immediately upstream

of the flowtube?

NO

Remove the flowtube and examine the insulation resistance.

NO

YES

NO

YES

Set the parameters correctly.

Execute zero adjustment when the flowtube is filled completely with fluid and when the fluid is not moving.

• Change the mounting position or piping so that the flowtube is completely filled with fluid.

• Switch to vertical mounting.

Install a defoaming device on the flowtube’s upstream side.

Completely ground the converter and flowtube (Refer to the section on grounding in the relevant user's manual.)

Fully terminate the signal cable using PVC tubing or insulation tape, thus insuring that conductors, inner shields, and outer shields do not make contact with each other or with the case.

Use within the specified conductivity range.

• Remove scales. Especially clean the electrodes and their vicinity.

• Use a soft brush or cloth to perform scale removal, and make sure that the lining is not damaged.

• If any valve located immediately upstream of the flowtube is used in a half-open condition, the indication may be affected by turbulence in the flow.

• Relocate the valve to the downstream side.

• If the valve must be located on the upstream side, ensure that the minimum distance to the flowmeter is 10 times the flow-tube diameter; alternatively, use the valve fully open.

Signal terminals A-C and B-C:

100 M or more

Excitation terminals EX1-C:

1 M or more

YES

?

1

?

*

Examine the operation of the converter using an AM012 calibrator in order to determine whether the fault lies in the converter or in the flowtube.

Contact a service center.

NO

Dry the tube fully to restore insulation resistance.

*1: Refer to Section 5.7 for how to check

the resistance of the remote type flowtube. The integral flowmeter's resistance cannot be checked.

5-12

F0523.EPS

IM 01E20D01-01E

6. OUTLINE

■ STANDARD SPECIFICATIONS

Refer to IM 01E20F02-01E for FOUNDATION Fieldbus communication type and IM 01E20F12-01E for PROFIBUS PA communication type regarding the items marked with “”.

 Converter (Integral flowmeter)

The contents of (*1) and (*2) described in the converter specifications are follows. *1: Select two points from: one pulse output, one alarm

output, one status input, or two status outputs.

*2: For models without an indicator, the configuration tool

(Such as HHT (handheld terminal) or FieldMate etc.) is necessary to set parameters.

Excitation Method:

• Standard dual frequency excitation: Size 2.5 to 400 mm (0.1 to 16 in.)

• Enhanced dual frequency excitation: Size 25 to 200 mm (1.0 to 8.0 in.) (Optional code HF1 or HF2)

Input Signal (*1) “”:

One Status Input: Dry contact Load Resistance: 200 Ω or less (ON), 100 kΩ or more (OFF)

Output Signals “”:

• One Current Output: 4 to 20 mA DC (load resistance:

750Ω maximum, including cable resistance)

• One Pulse Output (*1):

Transistor contact output (open collector) Contact capacity: 30 V DC (OFF), 200 mA (ON) Output rate: 0.0001 to 10,000 pps (pulse/second)

• One Alarm Output (*1):

Transistor contact output (open collector) Contact capacity: 30 V DC (OFF), 200 mA (ON)

• Two Status Outputs (*1):

Transistor contact output (open collector) Contact capacity: 30 V DC (OFF), 200 mA (ON)

Communication Signals “”:

BRAIN or HART communication signal (Superimposed on the 4 to 20 mA DC signal) Distance from Power Line: 15 cm (6 in.) or more (Parallel wiring should be avoided.)

BRAIN:

Communication Distance:

Up to 1.5 km (0.93 miles), when polyethylene insulated PVC-sheathed cables (CEV cables) are used. Communication distance varies depending on the type of cable and wiring used.

Load Resistance:

250 to 450Ω (including cable resistance)

Load Capacitance: 0.22 µF or less Load Inductance: 3.3 mH or less

Input Impedance of Communicating Device:

10 kΩ or more (at 2.4 kHz)

TM

,

HART:

Load Resistance:

250 to 600Ω (including cable resistance)

Note: HART is a registered trademark of the HART

Communication Foundation.

Data Security During Power Failure:

Data (parameters, totalizer value, etc.) storage by EEPROM. No back-up battery required.

Indicator (*2):

Full dot-matrix LCD (32132 pixels)

Lightning Protector:

The lightning protector is built into the current output and pulse/alarm/status input and output terminals. When optional code A is selected, the lightning protector is built into the power terminals.

Protection:

General-purpose Use/Sanitary Type/TIIS Flameproof type:

IP66, IP67

Explosion proof type except TIIS:

In case of explosion proof type except TIIS, refer to description of "Enclosure" in "HAZARDOUS AREA CLASSIFICATION".

Coating:

Case and Cover: Corrosion-resistant coating

Coating Color; Mint green coating (Munsell 5.6 BG

3.3/2.9 or its equivalent)

Converter Material:

Case and Cover : Aluminum alloy

Mounting/Shapes (Integral Flowmeter):

• Electrical Connection:ANSI 1/2 NPT female ISO M20 1.5 female JIS G1/2 female

• Direction of Electrical Connection: The direction can be

changed even after delivery.

• Terminal Connection: M4 size screw terminal

Grounding:

Grounding resistance 100 Ω or less When optional code A is selected, grounding resistance 10 Ω or less shall be applied.

* In case of explosion proof type except TIIS, follow

the domestic electrical requirements as regulated in each country.

* In case of TIIS Flameproof type, refer to descrip-

tion of “HAZARDOUS AREA CLASSIFICATION”.

6-1

IM 01E20D01-01E

6. OUTLINE

Functions “”

How to Set Parameters (*2):

The indicator’s LCD and three infra-red switches enable users to set parameters without opening the case cover. Parameters can also be set with the configuration tool (Such as HHT (handheld terminal) or FieldMate, etc.). The language for the HHT is English only.

Displayed Languages (*2):

Users can choose a language from among English, Japanese, German, French, Italian, and Spanish.

Instantaneous Flow Rate/Totalized Value Display Functions (for models with an indicator) (*2):

The full dot-matrix LCD enables user selections of displays from one line to three lines for:

• Instantaneous flow rate

• Instantaneous flow rate (%)

• Instantaneous flow rate (bar graph)

• Current output value (mA)

• Totalized forward-direction flow rate

• Totalized reverse-direction flow rate

• Totalized differential flow rate

• Tag No.

• Results of electrode adhesion diagnostics

• Communication type

Totalizer Display Function (*2):

The flow rate is counted one pulse at a time according to the setting of totalization pulse weights. For forward and reverse flow measurement functions, the totalized values of the flow direction (forward or reverse) and the flow direction are displayed on the indicator together with the units. The difference of totalized values between the forward and reverse flow rate can be displayed. Totalization for the reverse flow rate is carried out only when “Forward and reverse flow measurement functions” is selected.

Damping Time Constant (*2):

Time constant can be set from 0.1 second to 200.0 seconds (63% response). The default is 3 seconds.

Span Setting Function (*2):

Span flows can be set in units such as volume flow rate, mass flow rate, time, or flow rate value. The velocity unit can also be set. Volume Flow Rate Unit: kcf, cf, mcf, Mgal (US), kgal (US),

gal (US), mgal (US), kbbl (US)*, bbl (US)*, mbbl (US)*, µbbl (US)*, Ml (megaliter), m kl (kiloliter), l (liter), cm

Mass Flow Rate Unit (Density must be set.):

klb (US), lb (US), t (ton), kg, g Velocity Unit: ft, m (meter) Time Unit: s (sec), min, h (hour), d (day)

* “US oil” or “US Beer” can be selected.

Pulse Output (*1)(*2):

Scaled pulse can be output by setting a pulse weight.

Pulse Width: Duty 50% or fixed pulse width (0.05, 0.1,

0.5, 1, 20, 33, 50, 100 ms) can be selected.

Output Rate: 0.0001 to 10,000 pps (pulse/second)

3

Multi-range Function (*1)(*2):

• Range switching via status input Status input enables the switching of up to two ranges.

• Automatic range switching When the flow rate exceeds 100 % of the range, transition to the next range (up to four ranges) is carried out automatically. Range switching can be confirmed by status outputs and indicator.

Forward and Reverse Flow Measurement Functions (*1)(*2):

Flows in both forward and reverse directions can be measured. The reverse flow measurement can be confirmed by status output and indicator.

Totalization Switch (*1)(*2):

The status output is carried out when a totalized value becomes equal to or greater than the set value.

Preset Totalization (*1)(*2):

The parameter setting or status input enables a totalized value to be preset to a setting value or zero.

0% Signal Lock (*1)(*2):

Status input forcibly fixes the instantaneous flow rate display, current output, pulse output, and flow rate totalization to 0%.

Alarm Selection Function (*2):

Alarms are classified into the System Alarms (hard failures), Process Alarms (such as ‘Empty Pipe’, ‘Signal Overflow’ and ‘Adhesion Alarm’), Setting Alarms, and Warnings. Whether alarms should be generated or not can be selected for each item. The current output generated for an alarm can be selected from among 2.4 mA or less, fixed to 4 mA, 21.6 mA or more, or HOLD.

Alarm Output (*1)(*2):

Alarms are generated only for the items selected via the ‘Alarm Selection Function’ if relevant failures occur.

Self Diagnostics Functions (*2):

If alarms are generated, details of the System Alarms, Process Alarms, Setting Alarms and Warnings are displayed together with concrete descriptions of countermeasures.

Flow Upper/Lower Limit Alarms (*1)(*2):

If a flow rate becomes greater or smaller than the set value, this alarm is generated. In addition, two upper limits (H, HH) and two lower limits (L, LL) can be set.

3

,

If a flow rate becomes greater or smaller than any of the set values, the status is output.

Electrode Adhesion Diagnostics Function (*1) (*2):

This function enables monitoring of the adhesion level of insulating substances to the electrodes. Depending on the status of adhesion, users are notified by a warning or an alarm via status outputs. If replaceable electrodes are used, they can be removed and cleaned when adhesion occurs.

6-2

IM 01E20D01-01E

 Flowtubes (Remote Flowtube/Integral Flowmeter)

Size of AXF Flowtubes: AXF Standard (Lay length code 1)

Use

General-

purpose Use

Process Connection

Wafer

Flange

Union Joint

Lining

Remote Flowtube Integral Flowmeter

2.5 (0.1), 5 (0.2), 10 (0.4), 15 (0.5), 25 (1.0), 32 (1.25), 40 (1.5), 50 (2.0), 65 (2.5), 80 (3.0), 100 (4.0), 125 (5.0),

PFA

150 (6.0), 200 (8.0), 250 (10), 300 (12)

25 (1.0), 32 (1.25), 40 (1.5), 50 (2.0),

Polyurethane

65 (2.5), 80 (3.0), 100 (4.0), 125 (5.0),

Rubber

150 (6.0), 200 (8.0), 250 (10), 300 (12)

50 (2.0),

Natural Soft

Rubber

EPDM

Rubber

Ceramics

(*1)

PFA

Polyurethane

Rubber

Natural Soft

Rubber

EPDM

Rubber

Ceramics (*2)

65 (2.5), 80 (3.0), 100 (4.0), 125 (5.0), 150 (6.0), 200 (8.0), 250 (10), 300 (12)

50 (2.0),

65 (2.5), 80 (3.0), 100 (4.0), 125 (5.0), 150 (6.0), 200 (8.0), 250 (10), 300 (12)

15 (0.5), 25 (1.0), 40 (1.5), 50 (2.0), 80 (3.0), 100 (4.0), 150 (6.0), 200 (8.0)

2.5 (0.1), 5 (0.2), 10 (0.4), 15 (0.5), 25 (1.0), 32 (1.25), 40 (1.5), 50 (2.0), 65 (2.5), 80 (3.0), 100 (4.0), 125 (5.0), 150 (6.0), 200 (8.0), 250 (10), 300 (12), 350 (14), 400 (16)

25 (1.0), 32 (1.25), 40 (1.5), 50 (2.0), 65 (2.5), 80 (3.0), 100 (4.0), 125 (5.0), 150 (6.0), 200 (8.0), 250 (10), 300 (12), 350 (14), 400 (16)

50 (2.0),

65 (2.5), 80 (3.0), 100 (4.0), 125 (5.0), 150 (6.0), 200 (8.0), 250 (10), 300 (12), 350(14), 400(16)

50 (2.0),

65 (2.5), 80 (3.0), 100 (4.0), 125 (5.0), 150 (6.0), 200 (8.0), 250 (10), 300 (12), 350(14), 400(16)

2.5 (0.1), 5 (0.2), 10 (0.4)

25 (1.0), 32 (1.25), 40 (1.5), 50 (2.0), 65 (2.5), 80 (3.0), 100 (4.0), 125 (5.0), 150 (6.0), 200 (8.0), 250 (10), 300 (12), 350 (14), 400 (16)

High Grade

Accuracy 0.2% of

Rate (*3)

25 (1.0), 32 (1.25), 40 (1.5), 50 (2.0), 65 (2.5), 80 (3.0), 100 (4.0), 125 (5.0), 150 (6.0), 200 (8.0)

—

25 (1.0), 40 (1.5), 50 (2.0), 80 (3.0), 100 (4.0), 150 (6.0), 200 (8.0)

25 (1.0), 32 (1.25), 40 (1.5), 50 (2.0), 65 (2.5), 80 (3.0), 100 (4.0), 125 (5.0), 150 (6.0), 200 (8.0)

—

Enhanced Dual Frequency

Excitation

(Optional code HF1,HF2) (*3)

25 (1.0), 32 (1.25), 40 (1.5), 50 (2.0), 65 (2.5), 80 (3.0), 100 (4.0), 125 (5.0), 150 (6.0), 200 (8.0)

50 (2.0), 65 (2.5), 80 (3.0), 100 (4.0), 125 (5.0), 150 (6.0), 200 (8.0)

25 (1.0), 40 (1.5), 50 (2.0), 80 (3.0), 100 (4.0), 150 (6.0), 200 (8.0)

25 (1.0), 32 (1.25), 40 (1.5), 50 (2.0), 65 (2.5), 80 (3.0), 100 (4.0), 125 (5.0), 150 (6.0), 200 (8.0)

50 (2.0), 65 (2.5), 80 (3.0), 100 (4.0), 125 (5.0), 150 (6.0), 200 (8.0)

—

(Electrode structure code 2)

25 (1.0), 32 (1.25), 40 (1.5), 50 (2.0), 65 (2.5), 80 (3.0), 100 (4.0), 125 (5.0), 150 (6.0), 200 (8.0), 250 (10), 300 (12)

25 (1.0), 32 (1.25), 40 (1.5), 50 (2.0), 65 (2.5), 80 (3.0), 100 (4.0), 125 (5.0), 150 (6.0), 200 (8.0), 250 (10), 300 (12), 350 (14), 400 (16)

6. OUTLINE

Unit: mm (in.)

Replaceable Electrode

—

6-3

IM 01E20D01-01E

Size of AXF Flowtubes: AXF Standard (Lay length code 1) (continued)

Use

Process Connection

Wafer

Submersible

Type

Flange

Wafer

Explosion

proof Type

Flange

Union Joint

Clamp:

Tr i-Clamp (*4), DIN32676 ISO2852/SMS3016

Sanitary Type

*1: AXF standard lay length dimensions for wafer type ceramics linings are the same as those for ADMAG ceramics linings. *2: AXF standard lay length dimensions for union joint type ceramics linings are the same as those for ADMAG ceramics linings. *3: Enhanced dual frequency excitation is not available for models with High grade accuracy. *4: Not available with 32 mm (1.25 in.), 125 mm (5.0 in.) *5: Not available with 125 mm (5.0 in.) *6: Not available with 15 mm (0.5 in.), 125 mm (5.0 in.)

Union:

DIN11851 ISO2853 (*5) SMS1145 (*6)

Butt Weld:

DIN11850, ISO203

Lining

Remote Flowtube Integral Flowmeter

15 (0.5), 25 (1.0), 32 (1.25), 40 (1.5) 50 (2.0), 65 (2.5), 80 (3.0), 100 (4.0),

PFA

125 (5.0), 150 (6.0), 200 (8.0), 250 (10), 300 (12)

25 (1.0), 32 (1.25), 40 (1.5), 50 (2.0),

Polyurethane

65 (2.5), 80 (3.0),

Rubber

100 (4.0), 125 (5.0), 150 (6.0), 200 (8.0), 250 (10), 300 (12)

50 (2.0), 65 (2.5),80 (3.0), 100 (4.0),125 (5.0),

Natural Soft

150 (6.0), 200 (8.0),

Rubber

250 (10), 300 (12)

50 (2.0), 65 (2.5),80 (3.0),

EPDM

100 (4.0), 125 (5.0),

Rubber

150 (6.0), 200 (8.0), 250 (10), 300 (12)

15 (0.5), 25 (1.0), 32 (1.25), 40 (1.5), 50 (2.0), 65 (2.5), 80 (3.0), 100 (4.0),

PFA

125 (5.0), 150 (6.0), 200 (8.0), 250 (10), 300 (12), 350 (14), 400 (16)

25 (1.0), 32 (1.25), 40 (1.5), 50 (2.0), 65 (2.5), 80 (3.0),

Polyurethane

100 (4.0), 125 (5.0),

Rubber

150 (6.0), 200 (8.0), 250 (10), 300 (12), 350 (14), 400 (16)

50 (2.0), 65 (2.5), 80(3.0),

Natural Soft

100 (4.0), 125 (5.0),

Rubber

150 (6.0), 200 (8.0), 250 (10), 300 (12), 350 (14), 400 (16)

50 (2.0), 65 (2.5), 80(3.0),

EPDM

100 (4.0), 125 (5.0),

Rubber

150 (6.0), 200 (8.0), 250 (10), 300 (12), 350 (14), 400 (16)

2.5 (0.1), 5 (0.2), 10 (0.4), 15 (0.5), 25 (1.0), 32 (1.25), 40 (1.5), 50 (2.0), 65 (2.5),

PFA

80 (3.0), 100 (4.0), 125 (5.0), 150 (6.0), 200 (8.0), 250 (10), 300 (12)

15 (0.5), 25 (1.0), 40 (1.5), 50 (2.0),

Ceramics

80 (3.0), 100 (4.0), 150 (6.0), 200 (8.0)

(*1)

2.5 (0.1), 5 (0.2), 10 (0.4), 15 (0.5), 25 (1.0), 32 (1.25), 40 (1.5), 50 (2.0), 65 (2.5), 80 (3.0), 100 (4.0), 125 (5.0),

PFA

150 (6.0), 200 (8.0), 250 (10), 300 (12), 350 (14), 400 (16)

Ceramics (*2)

2.5 (0.1), 5 (0.2), 10 (0.4)

15 (0.5), 25 (1.0), 32 (1.25), 40 (1.5), 50 (2.0), 65 (2.5), 80 (3.0), 100 (4.0), 125 (5.0)

PFA

—

High Grade

Accuracy 0.2% of

Rate (*3)

25 (1.0), 32 (1.25), 40 (1.5), 50 (2.0), 65 (2.5), 80 (3.0), 100 (4.0), 125 (5.0), 150 (6.0), 200 (8.0)

25 (1.0), 40 (1.5), 50 (2.0), 80 (3.0), 100 (4.0), 150 (6.0), 200 (8.0)

25 (1.0), 32 (1.25), 40 (1.5), 50 (2.0), 65 (2.5), 80 (3.0), 100 (4.0), 125 (5.0), 150 (6.0), 200 (8.0)

25 (1.0), 32 (1.25), 40 (1.5), 50 (2.0), 65 (2.5), 80 (3.0), 100 (4.0), 125 (5.0)

6. OUTLINE

Unit: mm (in.)

Enhanced Dual Frequency

Excitation

(Optional code HF1,HF2) (*3)

25 (1.0), 32 (1.25), 40 (1.5), 50 (2.0), 65 (2.5), 80 (3.0), 100 (4.0), 125 (5.0), 150 (6.0), 200 (8.0)

50 (2.0), 65 (2.5),

—

——

—

80 (3.0), 100 (4.0), 125 (5.0), 150 (6.0), 200 (8.0)

50 (2.0), 65 (2.5), 80 (3.0), 100 (4.0), 125 (5.0), 150 (6.0), 200 (8.0)

25 (1.0), 32 (1.25), 40 (1.5), 50 (2.0), 65 (2.5), 80 (3.0), 100 (4.0), 125 (5.0), 150 (6.0), 200 (8.0)

50 (2.0), 65 (2.5), 80 (3.0), 100 (4.0), 125 (5.0), 150 (6.0), 200 (8.0)

25 (1.0), 32 (1.25), 40 (1.5), 50 (2.0), 65 (2.5), 80 (3.0), 100 (4.0), 125 (5.0), 150 (6.0), 200 (8.0)

25(1.0),40(1.5),50(2.0), 80(3.0),100(4.0), 150(6.0),200(8.0)

25 (1.0), 32 (1.25), 40 (1.5), 50 (2.0), 65 (2.5), 80 (3.0), 100 (4.0), 125 (5.0), 150 (6.0), 200 (8.0)

—

25 (1.0), 32 (1.25), 40 (1.5), 50 (2.0), 65 (2.5), 80 (3.0), 100 (4.0), 125 (5.0)

Replaceable Electrode

(Electrode structure code 2)

—

———

—

T21.EPS

6-4

IM 01E20D01-01E

Size of AXF Flowtubes: Replacement model for earlier ADMAG or ADMAG AE (Lay length code 2)

Use

Process Connection

General-

purpose use

Submersible

Type

Explosion proof Type

*6: ADMAG lay length dimensions for wafer type of 250 mm (10 in.), and 300 mm (12 in.) are the same as those for AXF Standard. And, in case of “platinum-iridium (grounding ring code P) or tantalum (grounding ring code T) or None (grounding ring code N)” in wafer type of 2.5 mm (0.1 in.)

to 15 mm (0.5 in.), the lay lengths of Replacement model are the same as those for AXF Standard.

*7: ADMAG lay length dimensions for flange type of 15 mm (0.5 in.) to 100 mm (4.0 in.), or 300 mm (12 in.) to 400 mm (16 in.) are the same as those for AXF

Standard. However, in case of platinum-iridium (grounding ring code P) or tantalum (grounding ring code T) or None (grounding ring code N) in flange type of 15 mm (0.5 in.) to 100 mm (4.0 in.), the lay length of AXF Standard are longer by approx. 4mm (0.16 in) than those of earlier ADMAG or ADMAG AE.

Wafer (*6)

Flange (*7)

Wafer (*6)

Flange (*7)

Wafer (*6)

Flange (*7)

Lining

Remote Flowtube Integral Flowmeter

2.5 (0.1), 5 (0.2), 10 (0.4), 15 (0.5), 25 (1.0), 40 (1.5), 50 (2.0), 80 (3.0),

PFA

100 (4.0), 150 (6.0), 200 (8.0)

25 (1.0), 40 (1.5), 50 (2.0), 80 (3.0),

Polyurethane

100(4.0), 150 (6.0), 200(8.0)

rubber

150 (6.0), 200 (8.0), 250 (10)

PFA

Polyurethane

150 (6.0), 200 (8.0), 250 (10)

rubber

15 (0.5), 25 (1.0), 40 (1.5), 50 (2.0),

PFA

80 (3.0), 100 (4.0), 150 (6.0), 200 (8.0)

25 (1.0), 40 (1.5),

Polyurethane

50 (2.0), 80 (3.0),

rubber

100 (4.0), 150 (6.0), 200 (8.0)

150 (6.0), 200 (8.0),

PFA

250(10) 150 (6.0), 200 (8.0),

Polyurethane

250 (10)

rubber

2.5 (0.1), 5 (0.2), 10 (0.4), 15 (0.5), 25 (1.0), 40 (1.5), 50 (2.0), 80 (3.0),

PFA

100 (4.0), 150 (6.0), 200 (8.0)

150 (6.0), 200 (8.0), 250 (10)

PFA

—

High Grade

Accuracy 0.2% of

Rate

—

— —

—

Enhanced Dual Frequency

Excitation

(Optional code HF1,HF2)

25 (1.0), 40 (1.5), 50 (2.0), 80 (3.0), 100 (4.0), 150 (6.0), 200 (8.0)

25 (1.0), 40(1.5), 50 (2.0), 80(3.0), 100 (4.0), 150 (6.0), 200 (8.0)

150 (6.0), 200 (8.0)

25 (1.0), 40 (1.5), 50 (2.0), 80 (3.0), 100 (4.0), 150 (6.0), 200 (8.0)

150 (6.0), 200 (8.0)

25 (1.0), 40 (1.5), 50 (2.0), 80 (3.0), 100 (4.0), 150 (6.0), 200 (8.0)

150 (6.0), 200 (8.0)

Replaceable Electrode

(Electrode structure code 2)

150 (6.0), 200 (8.0), 250 (10)

6. OUTLINE

Unit: mm (in.)

—

T22.EPS

Protection:

General-Purpose Use/Sanitary Type/TIIS Flameproof Type:

IP66, IP67

Explosion proof type except TIIS:

In case of explosion proof type except TIIS, refer to description of “Enclosure” in “HAZARDOUS AREA CLASSIFICATION”.

Submersible Type (only for Remote Flowtube):

IP68 (Conforms to continuous immersion under the following test condition) Test Condition:

50 m below the surface of the water, equivalent to 0.5 MPa hydraulic pressure, for one month. Cable should be protected at customer site.

Coating:

General-Purpose Use/Explosion proof Type:

Size 2.5 to 125 mm (0.1 to 5.0 in.) (Wafer type), Size 2.5 to 125 mm (0.1 to 5.0 in.) (Process connection code B or D of flange type):

· Housing: No coating (Stainless steel surface)

· Flange (Flange type only) : No coating (Stainless steel surface)

· Terminal Box and Cover (Remote Flowtube):

Corrosion-resistant coating

Coating color; Mint green (Munsell 5.6 BG 3.3/2.9

or its equivalent)

Size 150 to 300 mm (6.0 to 12 in.) (Wafer type), Size 150 to 400 mm (6.0 to 16 in.) (Process connection code B of flange type), Size 50 to 400 mm (2.0 to 16 in.) (Process connection code C of flange type):

· Housing, Flange (Flange type only), Terminal Box and Cover (Remote Flowtube):

Corrosion-resistant coating

Coating color; Mint green (Munsell 5.6 BG 3.3/2.9

or its equivalent)

Sanitary Type:

Size 15 to 125 mm (0.5 to 5.0 in.):

· Housing: No coating (Stainless steel surface)

· Adapter : No coating (Stainless steel surface)

· Terminal Box and Cover (Remote Flowtube):

Corrosion-resistant coating

Coating color; Mint green (Munsell 5.6 BG 3.3/2.9

or its equivalent)

Submersible Type: Non-tar epoxy coating (black)

6-5

IM 01E20D01-01E

6. OUTLINE

Flowtube Material:

Size 2.5 mm (0.1 in.) to 15 mm (0.5 in.)

Part Name

Housing

Flange

Wafer Type

PFA/Polyurethane Rubber lining

Mini-

Flange

Wafer Type

Ceramics lining [only for 15 mm (0.5 in.)]

Sanitary Type [only for 15 mm (0.5 in.)]

Wafer Type

PFA/Polyurethane Rubber lining

Wafer Type/Union Joint

Ceramics lining

Pipe

Flange Type

PFA lining

Sanitary Type [only for 15 mm (0.5 in.)]

Te r minal Box (Remote Flowtube) Aluminum alloy

Material

Stainless steel-JIS SCS11 equivalent

Stainless steel-JIS SUS304 or SUSF304 (AISI 304 SS/EN 1.4301 equivalent)

Stainless steel-JIS SCS13 (EN 1.4308 equivalent)

Stainless steel-JIS SUS316L (AISI 316 SS/EN 1.4404 equivalent)

Stainless steel-JIS SCS13 (EN 1.4308 equivalent)

Alumina ceramics (99.9%)

Stainless steel-JIS SCS13 (EN 1.4308 equivalent) and SUS304 (AISI 304 SS/EN 1.4301 equivalent)

Stainless steel-JIS SCS13 (EN 1.4308 equivalent)

T03.EPS

Size 25 mm (1.0 in.) to 125 mm (5.0 in.)

Part Name

Housing

Process Connection code: B**

Flange

Process Connection code: C**

[(Size 50 mm (2.0 in.) to 125 mm (5.0 in.)]

Size 25 mm (1.0 in.) (Lay Length code 1)

Wafer Type

PFA/Polyurethane Rubber/ Natural Soft Rubber/ EPDM Rubber lining

Mini-

Flange

Wafer Type

Ceramics lining

Sanitary Type

Wafer Type

PFA/Polyurethane Rubber/ Natural Soft Rubber/ EPDM Rubber lining

Pipe

Flange Type

PFA/Polyurethane Rubber/ Natural Soft Rubber/ EPDM Rubber lining

Wafer Type

Ceramics lining

Sanitary Type

Te r minal Box (Remote Flowtube) Aluminum alloy

Size 25 mm (1.0 in.) (Lay Length code 2)

Size 32 mm (1.25 in.) to 125 mm (5.0 in.)

Size 25 mm (1.0 in.) to 50 mm (2.0 in.)

Size 80 mm (3.0 in.), 100 mm (4.0 in.)

Size 25 mm (1.0 in.)

Size 32 mm (1.25 in.) to 125 mm (5.0 in.)

Size 25 mm (1.0 in.) (Lay Length code 1)

Size 25 mm (1.0 in.) (Lay Length code 2)

Size 32 mm (1.25 in.) to 125 mm (5.0 in.)

Size 25 mm (1.0 in.)

Size 32 mm (1.25 in.) to 125 mm (5.0 in.)

Size 25 mm (1.0 in.) to 100 mm (4.0 in.)

Size 25 mm (1.0 in.)

Size 32 mm (1.25 in.) to 125 mm (5.0 in.)

Stainless steel-JIS SUS304 (AISI 304 SS/EN 1.4301 equivalent)

Stainless steel-JIS SUS304 or SUSF304 (AISI 304 SS/EN 1.4301 equivalent)

Carbon steel-JIS SS400 or SFVC 2A

Stainless steel- EN 1.4308 (SCS13 equivalent)

Stainless steel-JIS SUS430 (ASTM 43000/DIN X6Cr17/EN 1.4016 equivalent)

Stainless steel-JIS SUS316L (AISI 316L SS/EN

1.4404 equivalent)

Stainless steel-JIS SUS304 (AISI 304 SS/EN 1.4301 equivalent)

Stainless steel-JIS SCS13 (EN 1.4308 equivalent)

Stainless steel-JIS SUS304 (AISI 304 SS/EN 1.4301 equivalent)

Stainless steel- EN 1.4308 (SCS13 equivalent)

Stainless steel-JIS SUS304 (AISI 304 SS/EN 1.4301 equivalent)

Stainless steel- EN 1.4308 (SCS13 equivalent)

Stainless steel-JIS SUS304 (AISI 304 SS/EN 1.4301 equivalent)

Alumina ceramics (99.9%)

Stainless steel-JIS SCS13 (EN 1.4308 equivalent)

Stainless steel-JIS SUS304 (AISI 304 SS/EN 1.4301 equivalent)

Material

T04.EPS

6-6

IM 01E20D01-01E

6. OUTLINE

Size 150 mm (6.0 in.) to 400 mm (16 in.)

Part Name

Housing

Process Connection code: B**

Flange

Process Connection code: C**

Wafer Type

PFA/Polyurethane Rubber/Natural Soft Rubber/ EPDM Rubber lining

Mini-

Flange

Wafer Type

Ceramics lining [available with 150 mm (6.0 in.), 200 mm (8.0 in.)]

Flange Type/Wafer Type

PFA/Polyurethane Rubber/Natural Soft Rubber/ EPDM Rubber lining

Pipe

Wafer Type

Ceramics lining [available with 150 mm (6.0 in.), 200 mm (8.0 in.)]

Te r minal Box (Remote Flowtube)

Material

Carbon steel-JIS SPCC equivalent

Stainless steel-JIS SUS304 or SUSF304 (AISI 304 SS/EN 1.4301 equivalent)

Carbon steel-JIS SS400 or SFVC 2A

Stainless steel-JIS SUS304 (AISI 304 SS/EN 1.4301 equivalent)

Alumina ceramics (99.9%)

Aluminum alloy

Wetted Part Material:

Lining:

Fluorocarbon PFA*

1

lining Polyurethane Rubber lining Natural Soft Rubber lining* EPDM Rubber lining*

2

3

Alumina ceramics lining

*1: PFA is FDA (U.S. Food and Drug Administration)

approval material.

*2: Natural soft rubber is a material which can reduce

wear of the lining due to fluids mixed with slurries. If the concentration of mixed slurries is high, contact Yo k ogawa as necessary measures need to be taken separately for the electrodes.

*3: EPDM rubber lining is superior in the ozone proof.

Electrode:

Stainless steel-JIS SUS316L (AISI 316L SS/EN 1.4404 equivalent), Hastelloy*

1

C276 equivalent, Titanium, Tantalum, Platinum-Iridium, Tungsten Carbide, Platinum-Alumina cermet(only for ceramics lining)

Note : For sanitary type, SUS316L only.

Grounding Ring/Grounding Electrode:

• Grounding Ring(plate type)

Stainless steel-JIS SUS316 (AISI 316 SS/EN 1.4401 equivalent), Stainless steel-JIS SUS316L (AISI 316L SS/EN

1.4404 equivalent), Hastelloy*

1

C276 equivalent, Titanium

• Grounding Electrode(electrode type)

Fluorocarbon PFA lining + grounding electrode (Tantalum, Platinum-Iridium)

*1: Hastelloy is a registered trademark of Haynes

International Inc.

*2: Available with sizes 2.5 to 200mm (0.1 to 8.0 in.), PFA

and ceramics linings only. However, the permeable fluids (such as nitric acid, hydrofluoric acid, or sodium hydroxide at high temperature) are unusable.

T05.EPS

Gasket:

Use

Lining

Standard

Optional code (GA, GC, GD, or GF)

Only when selecting the PFA lining/ ceramics lining

Optional code (BCF, BSF, BCC, or BSC)

Use Sanitary Type

Standard

Optional code

(GH)

General-Purpose Use / Submersible Type /

Explosion proof Type

PFA/Polyurethane Rubber/ Natural Soft Rubber/ EPDM Rubber

grounding ring

No gasket within Flowtube

Gasket Material (within Flowtube)

—

grounding ring

Gasket within Flowtube

Gasket Material (within Flowtube)

GA: Fluororubber for PVC pipes (Viton®) GC: Acid-resistant fluororubber for PVC pipes (Viton®) GD: Alkali-resistant fluororubber for PVC pipes (Viton®)

1

: Fluororesin with alkali-resistant carbons for metal

GF*

pipes

*1: GF is applicable only for ceramics lining.

grounding ring

Flange of user’s pipe

Gasket Material (for user’s flange)

BCF, BSF: PTFE-sheathed non-asbestos BCC, BSC: Chloroprene rubber

Adapter for clamp

connection

Adapter for union

connection

Adapter for butt weld connection

Gasket Material (within Flowtube)

EPDM (ethylene propylene) rubber

GH: Silicone rubber

Ceramics

grounding ring

Gasket within Flowtube

Fluororesin with ceramic fillers (Valqua #7020)

grounding ring

Gasket within Flowtube

Gasket for user’s flange

T23-1.EPS

PFALining

Gasket within Flowtube

T23-2.EPS

6-7

IM 01E20D01-01E

6. OUTLINE

Joints:

Lining

Standard

Note: Contact Yokogawa office if PVC union joint is required.

Use

Standard

Union Joints (size 10 mm or less)

weld joint

(GUW)

screw joint

(GUN, GUR)

Gasket within Flowtube

Materials for Union Joint Process Connection Code

GUW: Union Joint (weld joint)

Process Connection Code GUN, GUR: union joint (screw joint)

Adapter for clamp connection

Adapter for union connection

Adapter for butt weld connection

Materials for Adapters (clamp, union, butt weld)

Stainless steel-JIS SUS316L or SUSF316L (AISI 316L SS/EN 1.4404 equivalent or ANSI F316L SS/EN 1.4435 equivalent)

Ceramics

nut

Stainless steel (JIS SUS316L

(ANSI 316L SS/EN

1.4404

equivalent))

T23-3.EPS

Sanitary Type

T23-4.EPS

O-Ring (Replaceable electrode type only):

Fluororubber (Part number : G9303SE)

Recommended Gaskets Between Flowtubes

And User’s Flanges:

Gaskets Type

Use compressed non-asbestos fiber gaskets, PTFEsheathed non-asbestos gaskets or gaskets which have equivalent elasticity.

For optional codes GA, GC, and GD, use rubber gaskets or others which have equivalent elasticity (such as Tefloncoated rubber gaskets).

Gaskets Size

Be sure to choose a gasket with an inner and outer diameter that does not protrude inside the piping (refer to Subsection 3.3.5).

If the inner diameter of the gasket is too large, or outer diameter of the gasket is too small, fluid leakage may result.

Electrode Construction:

Non-replaceable Electrode Type

General-Purpose Use/Submersible Type/Explosion proof Type:

PFA, Polyurethane Rubber lining:

External insertion type

Natural Soft Rubber, EPDM Rubber lining:

Internal insertion type

Ceramics lining: Integral type

Sanitary Type: Internal insertion type

Replaceable Electrode Type

Electrode parts can be put into unit to facilitate replacement or mounting at customer site. The optional dedicated tool (F9807SK) is required.

Replaceable electrodes are available for the following:

AXF standard:

Use Lining

GeneralPurpose Use

Process

Connection

Wafer

Flange

Available

Size

25 to 300 mm (1.0 to 12 in.)

25 to 400 mm (1.0 to 16 in.)

PFA/ Polyurethane Rubber

Electrode

Material

JIS SUS316L (AISI 316L SS/EN

1.4404 equivalent)

Replacement model for earlier ADMAG or ADMAG AE:

Use

GeneralPurpose Use

*1: If any other electrode materials are required, please

contact Yokogawa office.

Process

Connection

Flange

Available

Size

150 to 250 mm

(6.0 to 10 in.)

PFA/ Polyurethane Rubber

Lining

Electrode

Material

JIS SUS316L (AISI 316L SS/EN

1.4404 equivalent)

Mounting/Shapes (Remote Flowtube):

• Electrical Connection: ANSI 1/2 NPT female ISO M20  1.5 female JIS G1/2 female

• Direction of Electrical Connection: The direction can be

changed even after delivery.

Note: In case of submersible types, an optional code DHC,

the direction can not be changed after delivery.

• Terminal Connection at Terminal Box: M4 size screw

Grounding:

Grounding resistance 100 Ω or less

* In case of explosion proof type except TIIS, follow the

domestic electrical requirements as regulated in each country.

* In case of TIIS Flameproof type, refer to description of

“HAZARDOUS AREA CLASSIFCATION”.

Combined Converter:

•A remote flowtube can be combined with the AXFA11

Converter or the AXFA14 Converter. If a combined converter is changed from AXFA11 to AXFA14 or vice versa, a new meter factor must be adjusted by flow calibrations.

• In case that size 250 mm (10 in.) or larger is used in low

conductivity or high concentration slurries, please use the AXFA11 Converter.

• Maximum Cable Length:

Combination of AXF remote Flowtube and AXFA11: up to 200 m (660 ft) Combination of AXF remote Flowtube and AXFA14: up to 100 m (330 ft)

(*1)

T06.EPS

(*1)

T07.EPS

6-8

IM 01E20D01-01E

6. OUTLINE

High grade Accuracy

■ HAZARDOUS AREA CLASSIFICATION

Refer to Chapter 8.

■ STANDARD PERFORMANCE

Accuracy

Note: The accuracy of a product before shipment is

defined as totalized value at the result of calibration test in our water actual flow test facility. Calibrated conditions in our water actual test facility are as follows:

Fluid temperature; 20 ± 10°C Ambient temperature; 20 ± 5°C Length of straight runs;10 D or more on the

Reference conditions; Similar to BS EN29104

Pulse Output:

PFA/Ceramics Lining;

Size

mm (in.)

2.5 (0.1) to 15 (0.5)

25 (1.0) to 200 (8.0)

250 (10) to 400 (16)

Flow Velocity

V m/s (ft/s)

V  0.3 (1)1.0 mm/s

0.3  V  10 (1) (33)

V  0.15 (0.5)

0.15  V  10

(0.5) (33)

V  0.15 (0.5)

0.15  V  10 (0.5) (33)

Enhanced dual frequency excitation(Option code HF2): Standard accuracy 1 mm/ s

Size 2.5 mm (0.1 in.) to 15 mm (0.5 in.)

% of Rate

1.2

1.0

0.8

Pulse

0.6 Output Accuracy

0.4

0.35

0.2

0

012 6810

Size 25 mm (1.0 in.) to 400 mm (16 in.)

% of Rate

1.2

1.0

0.8

Pulse

0.6 Output Accuracy

0.4

0.35

0.2

0

012 6 810

upstream side; 5 D or more on the downstream side

(1993); ISO 9104 (1991)

Standard Accuracy

(Calibration

code B)

0.35% of Rate



0.5 mm/s

0.35% of Rate



0.5 mm/s

0.35% of Rate

High grade Accuracy

Standard Accuracy

Flow Velocity

V m/s (ft/s)

V 0.15 (0.5)

0.15  V 1

(0.5) (3.3)

1  V 10

(3.3) (33)

Standard Accuracy

Velocity[m/s]

High grade Accuracy

Velocity[m/s]

High Grade

Accuracy

(Calibration

code C)

—



0.5 mm/s

0.18% of Rate  0.2mm/s

0.2% of Rate

—

T08.EPS

F14.EPS

F15.EPS

Polyurethane Rubber /Natural Soft Rubber / EPDM Rubber Lining:

Size

mm (in.)

25 (1.0) to 400 (16)

Flow Velocity

V

m/s (ft/s)

V

 0.3 (1.0)

V

 10

0.3  (1.0) (33)

Enhanced dual frequency excitation(Optional code HF2) : Standard accuracy 1 mm/ s

Standard Accuracy

(Calibration code B)

1.0 mm/s

0.35% of Rate

Size 25 mm (1.0 in.) to 400 mm (16 in.)

% of Rate

1.2

1.0

0.8

Pulse Output Accuracy

0.6

0.4

0.35

0.2

0

012 6 810

High grade Accuracy

Standard Accuracy

Velocity[m/s]

Current Output “”: Pulse output accuracy plus

0.05% of Span

Repeatability:

0.1% of Rate (V  1 m/s (3.3 ft/s)) 0.05% of Rate 0.5 mm/s (V < 1 m/s (3.3 ft/s))

Maximum Power Consumption:

Integral Flowmeter: 12W Remote Flowtube: Combined with AXFA11: 20W

Combined with AXFA14: 12W

Insulation Resistance (*1):

Integral Flowmeter:

Between power supply terminals and ground terminalm : 100MΩ at 500V DC Between power supply terminals and input /output terminals : 100MΩ at 500V DC Between ground terminal and input/output terminals : 20MΩ at 100V DC Between input/output terminals : 20MΩ at 100V DC

Remote Flowtube:

Between excitation current terminal and signal /common terminals : 100MΩ at 500V DC Between signal terminals : 100MΩ at 500V DC Between signal terminals and common terminal (C) : 100MΩ at 500V DC

Withstand Voltage (*1):

Integral Flowmeter

Between power supply terminals and ground terminal : 1400V AC for 2 seconds Between power supply terminals and input/output terminals : 1400V AC for 2 seconds

Remote Flowtube (optional code JF3, KF2, CF1, and

SF2) Between excitation current terminal and ground terminal : 1500V AC for 1 minute Between signal terminals and ground terminal : 1500V AC for 1 minute Between signal terminals and excitation current terminal : 2000V AC for 1 minute

Remote Flowtube (optional code FF1)

Between signal terminals and ground terminal : 500V AC for 1 minute or 600V AC for 1 second

T09.EPS

F14.EPS

6-9

IM 01E20D01-01E

6. OUTLINE

Between signal terminals and excitation current terminal : 2000V AC for 1 minute or 2400V AC for 1 second.

Remote Flowtube (optional code WT1)

Between excitation current terminal and ground terminal : 1000V AC for 1 minute

Remote Flowtube (optional code WT2)

Between excitation current terminal and ground terminal : 1500V AC for 1 minute Between signal terminals and excitation current terminal : 1500V AC for 1 minute

CAUTION

*1: When performing the Insulation Resistance Test or the

Withstand Voltage Test, please obey the following caution.

• Following the relevant test, wait for more than 10

seconds after the power supply has been turned off before removing the cover.

• Remove all wires from terminals before testing.

• When the power terminal has a lighting protector

(optional code A), remove the short bar at the ground terminal.

• After testing, be sure to discharge by using a resistance

and return all wires and the short bar to its correct position.

• Screws must be tightened to a torque of 1.18 N-m or

more.

• After closing the cover, the power supply can be

restored.

Safety Requirement Standards:

EN61010-1 EN61010-2-030

• Altitude at installation site: Max. 2000 m above sea level

• Installation category based on IEC1010: Overvoltage category II (“II” applies to electrical equipment which is supplied from the fixed installation like distribution board.)

• Pollution degree based on IEC1010 Pollution degree 2 (“Pollution degree” describes the degree to which a solid, liquid, or gas which deteriorates dielectric strength or surface resistivity is adhering. “2” applies to a normal indoor atmosphere.)

EMC Conformity Standards:

,

EN61326-1 Class A, Table 2 (For use in industrial locations) EN61326-2-3 EN61000-3-2 ClassA EN61000-3-3

CAUTION

This instrument is a class A product, and it is designed for use in the industrial environment. Please use this instrument in the industrial environment only.

■ NORMAL OPERATING CONDITIONS

Ambient Temperature: –40 to +60°C (–40 to +140°F)

*1: Minimum temperature should also be limited according

to minimum fluid temperature of flow tube’s specification. Refer to description of “Fluid Temperature and Pressure”.

*2: Indicator’s operating range (integral flowmeter): –20 to

+60°C (–4 to +140°F)

*3: Maximum temperature should be +50°C (+122°F) in the

case of power supply code 2 (integral flowmeter).

Ambient Humidity: 0 to 100%

Lengthy continuous operation at 95% or more is not recommended.

Power Supply (integral flowmeter):

Power supply code 1:

• AC specifications Rated power supply: 100 to 240 V AC, 50/60 Hz (Operating voltage range: 80 to 264 V AC)

• DC specifications Rated power supply: 100 to 120 V DC (Operating voltage range: 90 to 130 V DC)

Power supply code 2:

• AC specifications Rated power supply: 24 V AC, 50/60 Hz (Operating voltage range: 20.4 to 28.8 V AC)

• DC specifications Rated power supply: 24 V DC (Operating voltage range: 20.4 to 28.8 V DC)

Supply Voltage and

Cable Length for Power Supply Code 2

796 (2610)

600 (1970)

446 (1460)

200 ( 660)

Allowable cable length m(ft)

Fluid Conductivity:

Size 2.5 to 10 mm (0.1 to 0.4 in.): 5 µS/cm or larger Size 15 to 125 mm (0.5 to 5 in.): 1 µS/cm or larger Size 150 to 400 mm (6 to 16 in.): 3 µS/cm or larger

Note: Fluids with large flow noise (pure water, fluid with low

0

20.4 22 24 26 28.8 Usable range E (V)

Cable cross section area: 1.25 mm Cable cross section area: 2 mm

F01.EPS

conductivity and low viscosity such as alcohol) cause the output fluctuation. Be careful that it affects the flow rate measurement. It is recommended to use the CA capacitance magnetic flowmeter.

2

6-10

IM 01E20D01-01E

6. OUTLINE

Cable Length and Liquid Conductivity (Remote Flowtube):

Size 2.5 to 10 mm (0.1 to 0.4 in.)

m (ft)

100 (330)

50 (170)

Cable length

3 (10)

0 (0)

Add 1% of Rate to the accuracy shown in accuracy description

1

Liquid conductivity

105

As show in accuracy description

20 50

Size 15 to 125 mm (0.5 to 5.0 in.)

m (ft)

200 (660)

100 (330)

Cable length

25 (85)

0 (0)

Add 1% of Rate to the accuracy shown in accuracy description

1

3

Liquid conductivity

As show in accuracy description

Combined with AXFA11 converter

Combined with AXFA14 converter

50

20105

(µS/cm)

Size 150 to 400 mm (6.0 to 16 in.)

Add 1% of Rate to

m (ft)

200 (660)

100 (330)

50 (170)

Cable length

25 (85)

0 (0)

the accuracy shown in accuracy description

1

3

Liquid conductivity

Note: In case that size 250 or 300 mm (10 or 12 in.) is used

for high conductivity fluid (ex. caustic soda, seawater), please use the flange type.

As show in accuracy description

Combined with AXFA11 converter

Combined with AXFA14 converter

50

20105

(µS/cm)

Combined with AXFA11 or AXFA14 converter

(µS/cm)

F03.EPS

Measurable Flow Rate Range:

SI Units (Size: mm, Flow rate: m

Size

(mm)

0 to Min. Span Flow Rate

(0.1 m/s)

0 to 0.00182.5 0 to 0.1767 0 to 0.007150 to 0.7068 0 to 0.028310 0 to 2.8274 0 to 0.063715 0 to 6.361 0 to 0.176825 0 to 17.671 0 to 0.289632 0 to 28.952 0 to 0.452440 0 to 45.23 0 to 0.706950 0 to 70.68 0 to 1.194665 0 to 119.45 0 to 1.809680 0 to 180.95 0 to 2.8275100 0 to 282.74 0 to 4.418125 0 to 441.7 0 to 6.362150 0 to 636.1 0 to 11.310200 0 to 1,130.9 0 to 17.672250 0 to 1,767.1 0 to 25.447300 0 to 2,544.6 0 to 34.64350 0 to 3,463 0 to 45.24400 0 to 4,523

English Units (Size: in., Flow rate: GPM)

Size (in.)

1.5

0 to Min. Span Flow Rate

(0.33ft/s)

0to0.0078 GPM0.1 0 to 0.7780 GPM

0to0.03120.2 0 to 3.112

0to0.12450.4 0 to 12.44

0to0.19460.5 0 to 19.45

0to0.77811.0 0 to 77.80

0to1.2161.25 0 to 121.5

0to1.751

0to3.1132.0 0 to 311.2

0to4.8632.5 0 to 486.2

0to7.0033.0 0 to 700.2

0to12.454.0 0 to 1,244

0to19.465.0 0 to 1,945

0to28.016.0 0 to 2,800

0to49.808.0 0 to 4,979

0to77.8110 0 to 7,780

0to112.112 0 to 11,203

0to152.514 0 to 15,249

0to199.216 0 to 19,918

0 to Max. Span Flow Rate

(10 m/s)

m3/h

0 to Max. Span Flow Rate

0to175.0

(33ft/s)

3

m

/h

T11.EPS

T24.EPS

3

/h)

6-11

IM 01E20D01-01E

6. OUTLINE

–

Fluid Temperature and Pressure:

The following figures show maximum allowable fluid pressure for the flowtube. Further fluid pressure should also be limitted according to flange rating. For fluid temperature of the explosion proof type, refer to descriptions of “HAZARDOUS AREA CLASSIFICATION”.

PFA Lining (*1)

General-Purpose Use, Submersible Type, Explosion proof Type, Remote Flowtube (electrode structure code 1: Non-replaceable electrode)

2.5 to 50 mm (0.1 to 2.0 in.) (flange type, wafer type)

65 to 200 mm (2.5 to 8.0 in.) (flange type, wafer type) 250, 300 mm (10, 12 in.) (flange type)

Pressure

MPa (psi)

4 (580)

2 (290)

1 (145)

– 0.1 (–14.5)

– 40

(–40)

250, 300 mm (10, 12 in.) (wafer type) 350, 400 mm (14, 16 in.) (flange type)

*1

0

–10

(32)

(14)

Temperature °C (°F)

40

(104)

100

(212)

130

(266)

150

(302)

F18-1.EPS

160

(320)

General-Purpose Use and Explosion proof Type, Integral Flowmeter (electrode structure code 1: Non-replaceable electrode)

2.5 to 50 mm (0.1 to 2.0 in.) (flange type, wafer type)

65 to 200 mm (2.5 to 8.0 in.) (flange type, wafer type) 250, 300 mm (10, 12 in.) (flange type)

Pressure

MPa (psi)

4 (580)

2 (290)

1 (145)

0.1 (–14.5) – 40

(– 40)

*1: For wafer types of 32 mm to 300 mm(1.25 to 12 in.), and

for carbon steel flange types (process connection code: C**) of 50 to 400 mm (2.0 to 16 in.), the minimum temperature is –10°C (14°F).

*2: For fluid temperature of the explosion proof type, refer

to descriptions of “HAZARDOUS AREA CLASSIFICATION”.

250, 300 mm (10, 12 in.) (wafer type) 350, 400 mm (14, 16 in.) (flange type)

*1

0

–10 (14)

(32)

(104)

Temperature °C (°F)

40

100

(212)

130

(266)

F18-2.EPS

General-Purpose Use, Remote Flowtube (electrode structure code 2: replaceable electrode)

25 to 200 mm (1.0 to 8.0 in.) (flange type, wafer type) 250, 300 mm (10, 12 in.) (flange type)

250, 300 mm (10, 12 in.) (wafer type)

Pressure

350, 400 mm (14 to 16 in.) (flange type)

MPa (psi)

2 (290)

1 (145)

0.1 (–14.5) –10

0

(14)

(32)

Temperature °C (°F)

40

(104)

100

(212)

130

(266)

160

(320)

F18-3.EPS

General-Purpose Use, Integral Flowmeter (electrode structure code 2: replaceable electrode)

25 to 200 mm (1.0 to 8.0 in.) (flange type, wafer type)

Pressure

MPa (psi)

2 (290)

1 (145)

0.1 (–14.5)

–10 (14)

250, 300 mm (10, 12 in.) (flange type) 250, 300 mm (10, 12 in.) (wafer type) 350, 400 mm (14 to 16 in.) (flange type)

(32)

0

40

(104)

100

(212)

Temperature °C (°F)

130

(266)

F18-4.EPS

Note: For replaceable electrodes for fluid temperatures of

-10°C (14°F)or less, please contact Yokogawa office.

Sanitary Type (electrode structure code 1: Non-replaceable electrode)

Pressure

MPa (psi)

1(145)

–0.1(–14.5)

Note: In case of 120 to 160°C (248 to 320°F) of fluid

15 to 125 mm (0.5 to 5.0 in.) (remote flowtube) 15 to 125 mm (0.5 to 5.0 in.) (integral flowmeter)

130

0

–10

(32)

(14)

Temperature °C (°F)

(266)

160

(320)

F18-5.EPS

temperature, please select optional code GH.

Ceramics Lining

General-Purpose Use and Explosion proof Type, Remote Flowtube (electrode structure code 1: Non-replaceable electrode)

Pressure

MPa (psi)

4 (580)

2.5 to 50 mm (0.1 to 2.0 in.) 80 to 200 mm (3.0 to 8.0 in.)

2 (290)

–0.1 (–14.5)

–10

(14)0(32)

Temperature °C (°F)

6-12

100

(212)

180

(356)

F19-1.EPS

IM 01E20D01-01E

6. OUTLINE

–

General-Purpose Use and Explosion proof Type, Integral flowmeter (electrode structure code 1: Non-replaceable electrode)

Pressure

MPa (psi)

4 (580)

3.25 (471)

2 (290)

–0.1(–14.5)

*1: For fluid temperature of the explosion proof type, refer

2.5 to 50 mm (0.1 to 2.0 in.) 80 to 200 mm (3.0 to 8.0 in.)

100

–10

(14)0(32)

Temperature °C (°F)

(212)

130

(266)

180

(356)

F19-2.EPS

to descriptions of “HAZARDOUS AREA CLASSIFICATION”.

Polyurethane Rubber Lining

General-Purpose Use and Submersible Type, Remote Flowtube (electrode structure code 1: Non-replaceable electrode)

25 to 50 mm (1.0 to 2.0 in.) (flange type, wafer type)

65 to 200 mm (2.5 to 8.0 in.) (flange type, wafer type) 250, 300 mm (10, 12 in.) (flange type)

250, 300 mm (10, 12 in.) (wafer type)

Pressure

MPa (psi)

4 (580)

350, 400 mm (14, 16 in.) (flange type)

Natural Soft Rubber Lining

General-Purpose Use and Submersible Type, Remote Flowtube (electrode structure code 1: Non-replaceable electrode)

50 mm (2.0 in.) (flange type, wafer type)

65 to 200 mm (2.5 to 8.0 in.) (flange type, wafer type)

Pressure

MPa (psi)

4(580)

2(290)

1(145)

*1

– 0.05(–7.3)

–10

(14)0(32)

250, 300 mm (10, 12 in.) (flange type)

250, 300 mm (10, 12 in.) (wafer type) 350, 400 mm (14 , 16 in.) (flange type)

40

(104)80(175)

Temperature °C (°F)

*1 : –0.04 MPa (–5.7 psi) for sizes of 350 mm (14 in.) and 400 mm (16 in.)

F05-2.EPS

EPDM Rubber Lining

General-Purpose Use and Submersible Type, Remote Flowtube (electrode structure code 1: Non-replaceable electrode)

50 mm (2.0 in.) (flange type, wafer type)

65 to 200 mm (2.5 to 8.0 in.) (flange type, wafer type)

Pressure

MPa (psi)

4(580)

250, 300 mm (10, 12 in.) (flange type)

250, 300 mm (10, 12 in.) (wafer type) 350, 400 mm (14, 16 in.) (flange type)

2 (290) 1 (145)

0.75(109)

0.1(–14.5) –10

(14)0(32)

Temperature °C (°F)

40

(104)

F20-1.EPS

General-Purpose Use, Integral Flowmeter (electrode structure code 2: replaceable electrode)

25 to 200 mm (1.0 to 8.0 in.) (flange type, wafer type) 250, 300 mm (10, 12 in.) (flange type)

250, 300 mm (10 , 12 in.) (wafer type)

Pressure

MPa (psi)

2 (290)

1 (145)

0.1(–14.5)

350, 400 mm (14 , 16 in.) (flange type)

–10

(14)0(32)

40

(104)

Temperature °C (°F)

F20-2.EPS

2(290)

1(145)

*1

– 0.05(–7.3)

–10

(14)0(32)

40

(104)80(175)

Temperature °C (°F)

*1 : –0.04 MPa (–5.7 psi) for sizes of 350 mm (14 in.) and 400 mm (16 in.)

F05-3.EPS

6-13

IM 01E20D01-01E

6. OUTLINE

Reasonable Figure for Thermal Shock of Ceramics Lining:

Size 2.5 to 25 mm (0.1 to 1.0 in.)

∆T°C(°F)

120 (248)

100 (212)

60 (140)

Increase

Decrease

1(3) 5(15) 10(30)

Flow Velocity m/s(ft/s)

Size 40 and 50 mm (1.5 and 2.0 in.)

∆T°C(°F)

100 (212)

Increase

90 (162)

50 (122)

Decrease

30 (86)

1(3) 5(15) 10(30)

Flow Velocity m/s(ft/s)

Size 80 to 200 mm (3.0 to 8.0 in.)

∆T°C(°F)

70 (158)

Increase

50 (122)

30 (86)

Decrease

1(3) 5(15) 10(30)

Flow Velocity m/s(ft/s)

F21.EPS

“Decrease” means that the temperature of a measured fluid drops rapidly, “Increase” means that the temperature rises rapidly. The maximum allowable ranges in both cases are indicated by the curves shown in the diagrams, with the solid line indicating the maximum increase, and the broken line the maximum decrease.

∆T: Change in temperature of measured fluid in one

second

Flow velocity: flow velocity of the measured fluid

Allowable Conditions for Cleaning Sanitary Type Linings

Steam or hot water cleaning: Max.temp.= 150 °C (302°F), time= 60 minutes or less

Vibration Conditions:

Level of vibration in conformity with IEC 60068-2-6 (SAMA 31.1-1980)

• Integral Flowmeter:

2

9.8 m/s

or less (frequency of 500 Hz or less)

• Remote Flowtube:

19.6 m/s

Note: Avoid locations with much vibration (where the pipe

2

or less (frequency of 500 Hz or less)

vibration frequency is 500 Hz or more), which may cause damage to the equipment.

■ ACCESSORIES

Centering device (wafer type only): 1 pc. Hexagonal wrench: 2 pcs.

■ TERMINAL CONFIGURATION AND TERMINAL WIRING

 Integral Flowmeter “”

Terminal configuration

-

/

+

POWER

SUPPLY

/

LN

++

I

-

DO

-

+

DIO

-

Terminal wiring

Te rminal Symbols

N/-

+

L/ I+

-

I DO+

-

DO DIO+

-

DIO

 Remote Flowtube

Terminal configuration

Terminal wiring

Te rminal Symbols

A B

C EX1 EX2

Note: When submersible type or optional code DHC is

selected, waterproof glands and a 30m long cable are attached.

Description

Functional grounding

Power supply

Current output 4 to 20mA DC

Pulse output/Alarm output/ Status output

Alarm output/Status output Status input

Protective grounding (Outside of the terminal)

EX1

EX2

Flow signal output

Excitation current input

Functional grounding (Only for explosion proof type)

Protective grounding (Outside of the terminal)

C

B

A

Description

F41.EPS

EX1

EX2

For Explosion proof typeFor other than Explosion proof type

C

B

A

F42.EPS

6-14

IM 01E20D01-01E

6. OUTLINE

■ MODEL AND SUFFIX CODE

AXF STANDARD (Wafer Type)

General-purpose Use/Submersible Type/Explosion proof Type, PFA/Polyurethane Rubber/Natural Soft Rubber/EPDM Rubber Lining

Model Suffix Code Description Applicable Model

AXF002 AXF005 AXF010 AXF015 AXF025 AXF032 AXF040 AXF050 AXF065 AXF080 AXF100 AXF125 AXF150 AXF200 AXF250 AXF300 Use

Converter Output Signal and Communication

Power Supply

Lining (*8)

Electrode Material (*8)

Electrode Structure

Grounding Ring and Grounding Electrode Material (*8)

Process Connection (*3)(*11)

Lay Length Electrical Connection (*6)

Indicator (*4)(*7)

Calibration

Option

· · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · ·

· · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · G · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · W · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · C · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · ·

-D

· · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · ·

-E

· · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · ·

-F

· · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · ·

-G

· · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · ·

-N

· · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · ·

-P

· · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · ·

1 · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · 2 · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · N · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · ·

A · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · U · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · D · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · G · · · · · · · · · · · · · · ·

L · · · · · · · · · · · · · · P · · · · · · · · · · · · · · H · · · · · · · · · · · · · · T · · · · · · · · · · · · · · V · · · · · · · · · · · · · · W · · · · · · · · · · · · ·

1 · · · · · · · · · · · · · 2 · · · · · · · · · · · · ·

N · · · · · · · · · · · S · · · · · · · · · · · L · · · · · · · · · · · P · · · · · · · · · · · H · · · · · · · · · · · T · · · · · · · · · · · V · · · · · · · · · · ·

-AA1 · · · · · · ·

-AA2 · · · · · · ·

-AD1 · · · · · · ·

-AD2 · · · · · · ·

-AD4 · · · · · · ·

-AJ1 · · · · · · ·

-AJ2 · · · · · · ·

-AG1 · · · · · · · 1

· · · · · · ·

-0

· · · ·

-2

· · · ·

-4

· · · ·

1

· · ·

2

· · ·

N

· · ·

B C

· · · /

Size 2.5 mm (0.1 in.) Integral Flowmeter/Remote Flowtube Size 5 mm (0.2 in.) Integral Flowmeter/Remote Flowtube Size 10 mm (0.4 in.) Integral Flowmeter/Remote Flowtube Size 15 mm (0.5 in.) Integral Flowmeter/Remote Flowtube Size 25 mm (1.0 in.) Integral Flowmeter/Remote Flowtube Size 32 mm (1.25 in.) Integral Flowmeter/Remote Flowtube Size 40 mm (1.5 in.) Integral Flowmeter/Remote Flowtube Size 50 mm (2.0 in.) Integral Flowmeter/Remote Flowtube Size 65 mm (2.5 in.) Integral Flowmeter/Remote Flowtube Size 80 mm (3.0 in.) Integral Flowmeter/Remote Flowtube Size 100 mm (4.0 in.) Integral Flowmeter/Remote Flowtube Size 125 mm (5.0 in.) Integral Flowmeter/Remote Flowtube Size 150 mm (6.0 in.) Integral Flowmeter/Remote Flowtube Size 200 mm (8.0 in.) Integral Flowmeter/Remote Flowtube Size 250 mm (10 in.) Integral Flowmeter/Remote Flowtube Size 300 mm (12 in.) Integral Flowmeter/Remote Flowtube

General-Purpose Use Submersible Type Explosion proof Type (*5) Integral Flowmeter with 4 to 20mA DC Output and BRAIN Communication Integral Flowmeter with 4 to 20 mA DC Output and HART Communication Integral Flowmeter with Digital communication (F

OUNDATION

Integral Flowmeter with Digital communication (PROFIBUS PA protocol) (*10) Remote Flowtube for Combined Use with AXFA11 Remote Flowtube for Combined Use with AXFA14

Integral Flowmeter, 100 V to 240 V AC or 100 to 120 V DC Integral Flowmeter, 24V AC/DC Remote Flowtube Fluorocarbon PFA Polyurethane Rubber Natural Soft Rubber EPDM Rubber JIS SUS316L (AISI 316L SS/EN 1.4404 Equivalent) Platinum-iridium Hastelloy C276 Equivalent Tantalum Titanium Tungsten Carbide

Non-replaceable Replaceable

None JIS SUS316 (AISI 316 SS/EN 1.4401 Equivalent) JIS SUS316L (AISI 316L SS/EN 1.4404 Equivalent) Platinum-iridium Hastelloy C276 Equivalent Tantalum Titanium ANSI Class 150 Wafer (*1) ANSI Class 300 Wafer (*1) DIN PN 10 Wafer (*2) DIN PN 16 Wafer (*2) DIN PN 40 Wafer (*1)(*2) JIS 10K Wafer (*1) JIS 20K Wafer (*1) JIS F12 (JIS75M) Wafer Standard JIS G1/2 female ANSI 1/2 NPT female ISO M201.5 female Integral Flowmeter with indicator (Horizontal) Integral Flowmeter with indicator (Vertical) Integral Flowmeter without indicator /Remote Flowtube Standard High Grade (*12) Optional code (See the Table of Optional Specifications)

Fieldbus protocol) (*9)

Size 15 mm (0.5 in.) to 300 mm (12 in.) Remote Flowtube only PFA lining only

Size 25 mm (1.0 in.) to 300 mm (12 in.) Size 50 mm (2.0 in.) to 300 mm (12 in.) Size 50 mm (2.0 in.) to 300 mm (12 in.)

PFA lining only

Size 15 mm (0.5 in.) to 300 mm (12 in.), PFA/Polyurethane Rubber lining only

General-Purpose use, Size 25 mm (1.0 in.) to 300 mm (12 in.), PFA/Polyurethane Rubber lining only Electrode Material: JIS SUS316L only

Size 2.5 mm (0.1 in.) to 200 mm (8.0 in.),

Size 2.5 mm (0.1 in.) to 300 mm (12 in.) Size 2.5 mm (0.1 in.) to 200 mm (8.0 in.) Size 200 mm (8.0 in.) to 300 mm (12 in.) Size 65 mm (2.5 in.) to 300 mm (12 in.) Size 2.5 mm (0.1in.) to 50 mm (2.0 in.) Size 2.5 mm (0.1in.) to 300 mm (12 in.) Size 2.5 mm (0.1in.) to 200 mm (8.0 in.) Size 80 mm (3.0 in.) to 300 mm (12 in.)

Not available for Submersible Type Not available for Submersible Type

Size 25 mm (1.0 in.) to 200 mm (8.0 in.)

PFA lining only

, PFA lining only

T15.EPS

6-15

IM 01E20D01-01E

6. OUTLINE

*1: For a wafer type of 2.5 to 10 mm (0.1 to 0.4 in.), prepare 15 mm (0.5 in.) diameter nominal flanges on the process pipe side.

(Process connection codes: AA1, AA2, AD4, AJ1, and AJ2)

*2: Even when DIN PN10 or 16 is required for a model of size 2.5 to 50 mm (0.1 to 2.0 in.), select PN40 (Process connection code: AD4) because there is no

difference in the dimensions of the mating faces. Even when DIN PN10 is required for a model of size 65 to 150 mm (2.5 to 6.0 in.), select PN16 (Process connection code: AD2) because there is no difference in the dimensions of the mating faces.

*3: Mating dimensions are based on standards as follow:

ANSI:ASME B 16.5, DIN: DIN 2501, JIS:JIS B 2220 and JIS G 3443-2

*4: N shall be always selected for remote flowtubes

In the case of an integral flowmeter, select from among the figures at the right:

*5: For explosion proof types, specify types of explosion proof certification using the optional codes. In case of TIIS flameproof type, the remote flowtube is available

only for combined use with the AXFA14. For the TIIS flameproof type with wiring using a flameproof packing adapter, select optional code G12 or G11. Available

only for JIS G1/2 female electrical connections. *6: For explosion proof types, JIS G1/2 female electrical connection is available only for TIIS flameproof type. *7: In case of integral flowmeters of the TIIS flameproof type, select “with indicator”(code 1 or 2). *8: Users must consider the characteristics of selected wetted parts material and influence of process fluids.

The use of inappropriate materials can result in the leakage of corrosive process fluids and cause injury to personnel and/or damage to plant facilities. It is also possible that the instrument itself can be damaged and that fragments from the instrument can contaminate the user's process fluids. Be very careful with highly corrosive process fluids such as hydrochloric acid, sulfuric acid, hydrogen sulfide, sodium hypochlorite, and high-temperature steam (150°C [302°F] or above). Contact Yokogawa for detailed information of the wetted parts material.

OUNDATION

*9: For F *10: For PROFIBUS PA protocol, refer to IM 01E20F12-01E. *11: Allowable fluid pressure should also be limited according to fluid temperature and pressure. *12: In the case of calibration code C in remote type, please order a combination of flowtube and converter.

Fieldbus protocol, refer to IM 01E20F02-01E

1 2 N

6-16

IM 01E20D01-01E

AXF STANDARD (Wafer /Union Joint Type)

General-purpose Use/Explosion proof Type, Ceramics Lining

6. OUTLINE

Model Suffix Code Description Applicable Model

AXF002 AXF005 AXF010 AXF015 AXF025 AXF040 AXF050 AXF080 AXF100 AXF150 AXF200 Use

Converter Output Signal and Communication

Power Supply

Lining (*8) Electrode Material (*8) Electrode Structure Grounding Ring and Grounding Electrode Material (*8)

Process Connection (*2) (*11)

Lay Length (*3) Electrical Connection (*6)

Indicator (*4)(*7)

Calibration

Option

· · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · ·

· · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · G · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · C · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · ·

-D

· · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · ·

-E

· · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · ·

-F

· · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · ·

-G

· · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · ·

-N

· · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · ·

-P

· · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · 1 · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · 2 · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · N · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · ·

C · · · · · · · · · · · · · · ·

E · · · · · · · · · · · · · ·

1 · · · · · · · · · · · · ·

N · · · · · · · · · · · · S · · · · · · · · · · · · L · · · · · · · · · · · · P · · · · · · · · · · · · H · · · · · · · · · · · · T · · · · · · · · · · · · V · · · · · · · · · · · ·

-AA1 · · · · · · · ·

-AA2 · · · · · · · ·

-AD1 · · · · · · · ·

-AD2 · · · · · · · ·

-AD4 · · · · · · · ·

-AJ1 · · · · · · · ·

-AJ2 · · · · · · · ·

-AG1 · · · · · · · ·

-GUW · · · · · · ·

-GUN · · · · · · ·

-GUR · · · · · · · 1

· · · · · · ·

-0

· · · ·

-2

· · · ·

-4

· · · ·

· · ·

1 2

· · ·

N

· · ·

B C

· · · /

Size 2.5 mm (0.1 in.) Integral Flowmeter/Remote Flowtube Size 5 mm (0.2 in.) Integral Flowmeter/Remote Flowtube Size 10 mm (0.4 in.) Integral Flowmeter/Remote Flowtube Size 15 mm (0.5 in.) Integral Flowmeter/Remote Flowtube Size 25 mm (1.0 in.) Integral Flowmeter/Remote Flowtube Size 40 mm (1.5 in.) Integral Flowmeter/Remote Flowtube Size 50 mm (2.0 in.) Integral Flowmeter/Remote Flowtube Size 80 mm (3.0 in.) Integral Flowmeter/Remote Flowtube Size 100 mm (4.0 in.) Integral Flowmeter/Remote Flowtube Size 150 mm (6.0 in.) Integral Flowmeter/Remote Flowtube Size 200 mm (8.0 in.) Integral Flowmeter/Remote Flowtube

General-Purpose Use

Explosion proof Type(*5) Integral Flowmeter with 4 to 20 mA DC Output and BRAIN Communication Integral Flowmeter with 4 to 20 mA DC Output and HART Communication Integral Flowmeter with Digital communication (F

OUNDATION

Integral Flowmeter with Digital communication (PROFIBUS PA protocol) (*10) Remote Flowtube for Combined use with AXFA11 Remote Flowtube for Combined use with AXFA14 Integral Flowmeter, 100 V to 240 V AC or100 to 120 V DC Integral Flowmeter, 24 V AC/DC Remote Flowtube Ceramics Platinum-alumina Cermet Non-replaceable None JIS SUS316 (AISI 316 SS/EN 1.4401 Equivalent) JIS SUS316L (AISI 316L SS/EN 1.4404 Equivalent) Platinum-iridium Hastelloy C276 Equivalent Tantalum Titanium ANSI Class 150 Wafer ANSI Class 300 Wafer DIN PN 10 Wafer (*1) DIN PN 16 Wafer (*1) DIN PN 40 Wafer (*1) JIS 10K Wafer JIS 20K Wafer JIS F12 (JIS75M) Wafer Union Joint (Weld Joint) (*8) Union Joint (1/4NPT Male for 2.5 or 5 mm dia.: 3/8NPT Male for 10 mm dia.) (*8) Union Joint (R1/4 Male for 2.5 or 5 mm dia.: R3/8 Male for 10mm dia.) (*8)

Standard JIS G1/2 female ANSI 1/2 NPT female ISO M201.5 female Integral Flowmeter with indicator (Horizontal) Integral Flowmeter with indicator (Vertical) Integral Flowmeter without indicator /Remote Flowtube Standard High Grade (*12) Optional code (See the Table of Optional Specifications)

Fieldbus protocol) (*9)

Size 2.5 mm (0.1 in.) to 200 mm (8.0 in.) Size 15 mm (0.5 in.) to 200 mm (8.0 in.) Size 15 mm (0.5 in.) to 200 mm (8.0 in.) Size 15 mm (0.5 in.) to 200 mm (8.0 in.) Size 15 mm (0.5 in.) to 200 mm (8.0 in.) Size 15 mm (0.5 in.) to 200 mm (8.0 in.) Size 15 mm (0.5 in.) to 200 mm (8.0 in.) Size 15 mm (0.5 in.) to 200 mm (8.0 in.) Size 15 mm (0.5 in.) to 200 mm (8.0 in.) Size 200 mm (8.0 in.) only Size 80 mm (3.0 in.) to 200 mm (8.0 in.) Size 15 mm (0.5 in.) to 50 mm (2.0 in.) Size 15 mm (0.5 in.) to 200 mm (8.0 in.) Size 15 mm (0.5 in.) to 200 mm (8.0 in.) Size 80 mm (3.0 in.) to 200 mm (8.0 in.) Size 2.5 mm (0.1 in.) to 10 mm (0.4 in.) Size 2.5 mm (0.1 in.) to 10 mm (0.4 in.)

Size 2.5 mm (0.1 in.) to 10 mm (0.4 in.)

Size 25 mm (1.0 in.) to 200mm (8.0 in.)

T16.EPS

6-17

IM 01E20D01-01E

6. OUTLINE

*1: Even when DIN PN10 or 16 is required for a model of size 2.5 to 50 mm (0.1 to 2.0 in.), select PN40 (Process connection code : AD4)

because there is no difference in the dimensions of the mating faces. Even when DIN PN10 is required for a model of size 65 to 150 mm (2.5 to 6.0 in.), select PN16 (Process connection code : AD2) because there is no difference

in the dimensions of the mating faces.

*2: Mating dimensions are based on standards as follow:

ANSI:ASME B 16.5, DIN: DIN 2501, JIS:JIS B 2220 and JIS G 3443-2

*3: AXF standard lay length dimension for ceramics linings are the same as

those for ADMAG ceramics linings.

*4: N shall be always selected for remote flowtubes

In the case of an integral flowmeter, select from among the figures at the right:

*5: For explosion proof types, specify types of explosion proof certification using the optional codes. In case of TIIS flameproof type, the remote flowtube is

available only for combined use with the AXFA14. For the TIIS flameproof type with wiring using a flameproof packing adapter, select optional code G12 or G11.

Available only for JIS G1/2 female electrical connections. *6: For explosion proof types, JIS G1/2 female electrical connection is available only for TIIS flameproof type. *7: In case of integral flowmeters of the TIIS flameproof type, select “with indicator”(code 1 or 2). *8: Users must consider the characteristics of selected wetted parts material and influence of process fluids.

The use of inappropriate materials can result in the leakage of corrosive process fluids and cause injury to personnel and/or damage to plant facilities. It is also possible that the instrument itself can be damaged and that fragments from the instrument can contaminate the user's process fluids. Be very careful with highly corrosive process fluids such as hydrochloric acid, sulfuric acid, hydrogen sulfide, sodium hypochlorite, and high-temperature steam (150°C [302°F] or above). Contact Yokogawa for detailed information of the wetted parts material.

OUNDATION

*9: For F *10: For PROFIBUS PA protocol, refer to IM 01E20F12-01E. *11: Allowable fluid pressure should also be limited according to fluid temperature and pressure. *12: In the case of calibration code C in remote type, please order a combination of flowtube and converter.

Fieldbus protocol, refer to IM 01E20F02-01E

1 2

N

6-18

IM 01E20D01-01E

6. OUTLINE

AXF STANDARD (Flange Type)

General-purpose Use/Submersible Type/Explosion proof Type, PFA/Polyurethane Rubber /Natural Soft Rubber/EPDM Rubber Lining

Model Suffix Code Description Applicable Model

AXF002 AXF005 AXF010 AXF015 AXF025 AXF032 AXF040 AXF050 AXF065 AXF080 AXF100 AXF125 AXF150 AXF200 AXF250 AXF300 AXF350 AXF400 Use

Converter Output Signal and Communication

Power Supply

Lining (*9)

Electrode Material (*9)

Electrode Structure

Grounding Ring and Grounding Electrode Material (*9)

Process Connection (*4)(*12)

Lay Length Electrical Connection (*7)

Indicator (*5)(*8)

Calibration

Option

· · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · ·

· · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · G · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · W · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · C · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · ·

· · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · ·

-D

-E

· · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · ·

-F

· · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · ·

-G

· · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · ·

-N

· · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · ·

-P

· · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · 1 · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · ·

2 · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · N · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · ·

A

· · · · · · · · · · · · · ·

U

· · · · · · · · · · · · · ·

D

· · · · · · · · · · · · · ·

G

· · · · · · · · · · · · · ·

L

· · · · · · · · · · · · ·

P

· · · · · · · · · · · · ·

H

· · · · · · · · · · · · ·

T

· · · · · · · · · · · ·

V

· · · · · · · · · · · · ·

W

· · · · · · · · · · · · ·

1 · · · · · · · · · · · · · 2 · · · · · · · · · · · · ·

N · · · · · · · · · · · S · · · · · · · · · · · L · · · · · · · · · · · P · · · · · · · · · · · H · · · · · · · · · · · T · · · · · · · · · · · V · · · · · · · · · · ·

· · · · · · ·

-BA1

-BA2

· · · · · · ·

-BD1

· · · · · · ·

-BD2

· · · · · · ·

-BD4

· · · · · · ·

-BJ1

· · · · · · ·

-BJ2

· · · · · · ·

-BG1

· · · · · · ·

-CA1

· · · · · · ·

-CA2

· · · · · · ·

-CD1

· · · · · · ·

-CD2

· · · · · · ·

-CD4

· · · · · · ·

-CJ1

· · · · · · ·

-CJ2

· · · · · · ·

-CG1

· · · · · · ·

-DD4

· · · · · · ·

-DJ1

· · · · · · ·

-DJ2

· · · · · · · 1

· · · · · · ·

-0

· · · ·

-2

· · · ·

-4

· · · ·

1

· · ·

2

· · ·

N

· · ·

B

· · ·

C

· · · /

Size 2.5 mm (0.1 in.) Integral Flowmeter/Remote Flowtube Size 5 mm (0.2 in.) Integral Flowmeter/Remote Flowtube Size 10 mm (0.4 in.) Integral Flowmeter/Remote Flowtube Size 15 mm (0.5 in.) Integral Flowmeter/Remote Flowtube Size 25 mm (1.0 in.) Integral Flowmeter/Remote Flowtube Size 32 mm (1.25 in.) Integral Flowmeter/Remote Flowtube Size 40 mm (1.5 in.) Integral Flowmeter/Remote Flowtube Size 50 mm (2.0 in.) Integral Flowmeter/Remote Flowtube Size 65 mm (2.5 in.) Integral Flowmeter/Remote Flowtube Size 80 mm (3.0 in.) Integral Flowmeter/Remote Flowtube Size 100 mm (4.0 in.) Integral Flowmeter/Remote Flowtube Size 125 mm (5.0 in.) Integral Flowmeter/Remote Flowtube Size 150 mm (6.0 in.) Integral Flowmeter/Remote Flowtube Size 200 mm (8.0 in.) Integral Flowmeter/Remote Flowtube Size 250 mm (10 in.) Integral Flowmeter/Remote Flowtube Size 300 mm (12 in.) Integral Flowmeter/Remote Flowtube Size 350 mm (14 in.) Integral Flowmeter/Remote Flowtube

Size 400 mm (16 in.) Integral Flowmeter/Remote Flowtube General-Purpose Use Submersible Type Explosion proof Type (*6)

Integral Flowmeter with 4 to 20 mA DC Output and BRAIN Communication

Integral Flowmeter with 4 to 20 mA DC Output and HART Communication

Integral Flowmeter with Digital communication

(F

OUNDATION

Integral Flowmeter with Digital communication

(PROFIBUS PA protocol) (*11)

Remote Flowtube for Combined Use with AXFA11

Remote Flowtube for Combined Use with AXFA14

Integral Flowmeter, 100 V to 240 V AC or 100 to 120 V DC

Integral Flowmeter, 24 V AC/DC

Remote Flowtube

Fluorocarbon PFA

Polyurethane Rubber

Natural Soft Rubber

EPDM Rubber

JIS SUS316L (AISI 316L SS/EN 1.4404 Equivalent)

Platinum-iridium

Hastelloy C276 Equivalent

Tantalum

Titanium

Tungsten Carbide

Non-replaceable Replaceable

None

JIS SUS316 (AISI 316 SS/EN 1.4401 Equivalent)

JIS SUS316L (AISI 316L SS/EN 1.4404 Equivalent)

Platinum-iridium

Hastelloy C276 Equivalent

Tantalum

Titanium

ANSI Class 150 Flange (Stainless Steel)(*1)

ANSI Class 300 Flange (Stainless Steel)(*1)

DIN PN 10 Flange (Stainless Steel)(*2)

DIN PN 16 Flange (Stainless Steel)(*2)

DIN PN 40 Flange (Stainless Steel)(*1)(*2)

JIS 10K Flange (Stainless Steel)(*1)

JIS 20K Flange (Stainless Steel)(*1)

JIS F12 (JIS75M) Flange (Stainless Steel)

ANSI Class 150 Flange (Carbon Steel)

ANSI Class 300 Flange (Carbon Steel)

DIN PN 10 Flange (Carbon Steel)(*2)

DIN PN 16 Flange (Carbon Steel)(*2)

DIN PN 40 Flange (Carbon Steel)(*2)

JIS 10K Flange (Carbon Steel)

JIS 20K Flange (Carbon Steel)

JIS F12 (JIS75M) Flange (Carbon Steel)

DIN PN 40 Flange (Stainless Steel), DN10(*2)(*3)"

JIS 10K Flange (Stainless Steel ), 10 mm Diameter Nominal (*3)

JIS 20K Flange (Stainless Steel ), 10 mm Diameter Nominal (*3)

Standard

JIS G1/2 female

ANSI 1/2 NPT female

ISO M201.5 female Integral Flowmeter with indicator (Horizontal) Integral Flowmeter with indicator (Vertical) Integral Flowmeter without indicator /Remote Flowtube

Standard

High Grade (*13) Optional code (See the Table of Optional Specifications)

Fieldbus protocol) (*10)

Size 15 mm (0.5 in.) to 400 mm (16 in.), Remote Flowtube only PFA lining only

Size 25 mm (1.0 in.) to 400 mm (16 in.) Size 50 mm (2.0 in.) to 400 mm (16 in.) Size 50 mm (2.0 in.) to 400 mm (16 in.)

PFA lining only

Size 15 mm (0.5 in.) to 400 mm (16 in.), PFA/Polyurethane Rubber lining only

General-Purpose use, Size 25 mm (1.0 in.) to 400 mm (16 in.) PFA/Polyurethane Rubber lining only Electrode Material: JIS SUS316L only

Size 2.5 mm (0.1 in.) to 200 mm (8.0 in.),

Size 2.5mm (0.1 in.) to 200 mm (8.0 in.), PFA lining only

Size 2.5 mm (0.1 in.) to 400 mm (16 in.) Size 2.5 mm (0.1 in.) to 300 mm (12 in.) Size 200 mm (8.0 in.) to 400 mm (16 in.) Size 65 mm (2.5 in.) to 300 mm (12 in.) Size 2.5 mm (0.1 in.) to 50 mm (2.0 in.) Size 2.5 mm (0.1 in.) to 400 mm (16 in.) Size 2.5 mm (0.1 in.) to 300 mm (12 in.) Size 80 mm (3.0 in.) to 400 mm (16 in.) Size 50 mm (2 in.) to 400 mm (16 in.), Not available for TIIS flameproof type Size 50 mm (2 in.) to 300 mm (12 in.), Not available for TIIS flameproof type Size 200 mm (8.0 in.) to 400 mm (16 in.), Size 65 mm (2.5 in.) to 300 mm (12 in.), Not available for TIIS flameproof type Size 50 mm (2.0 in.) only Size 50 mm (2.0 in.) to 400 mm (16 in.), Not available for TIIS flameproof type Size 50 mm (2.0 in.) to 300 mm (12 in.), Not available for TIIS flameproof type Size 80 mm (3.0 in.) to 400 mm (16 in.), Not available for TIIS flameproof type Size 2.5 mm (0.1 in.) to 10 mm (0.4 in.) Size 2.5 mm (0.1 in.) to 10 mm (0.4 in.) Size 2.5 mm (0.1 in.) to 10 mm (0.4 in.)

Not available for Submersible Type Not available for Submersible Type

Size 25 mm (1.0 in.) to 200 mm (8.0 in.), PFA lining only

,

PFA lining only

Not available for TIIS flameproof type

T17.EPS

6-19

IM 01E20D01-01E

6. OUTLINE

*1: For a flange type of 2.5 to 10 mm (0.1 to 0.4 in.), prepare 15 mm (0.5 in.) diameter nominal flanges on the process pipe side.

(Process connection codes: BA1, BA2, BD4, BJ1, and BJ2)

*2: Even when DIN PN10 or 16 is required for a model of size 2.5 to 50 mm (0.1 to 2.0 in.), select PN40 (Process connection codes: BD4,CD4 and DD4) because

there is no difference in the dimensions of the mating faces. Even when DIN PN10 is required for a model of size 65 to 150 mm (2.5 to 6.0 in.), select PN16 (Process connection codes: BD2 , CD2) because there is no difference in the dimensions of the mating faces.

*3: For a flange type of 2.5 to 10 mm (0.1 to 0.4 in)(Process connection codes: DJ1, DJ2, and DD4), prepare 10 mm (0.4 in.) diameter nominal flanges on the

process pipe side.

*4: Mating dimensions are based on standards as follow:

ANSI:ASME B 16.5, DIN: DIN 2501, JIS:JIS B 2220 and JIS G 3443-2

*5: N shall be always selected for remote flowtubes

In the case of an integral flowmeter, select from among the figures at the right:

*6: For explosion proof types, specify types of explosion proof certification using the optional codes. In case of TIIS flameproof type, the remote flowtube is

available only for combined use with the AXFA14. For the TIIS flameproof type with wiring using a flameproof packing adapter, select optional code G12 or

G11. Available only for JIS G1/2 female electrical connections. *7: For explosion proof types, JIS G1/2 female electrical connection is available only for TIIS flameproof type. *8: In case of integral flowmeters of the TIIS flameproof type, select “with indicator”(code 1 or 2). *9: Users must consider the characteristics of selected wetted parts material and influence of process fluids.

The use of inappropriate materials can result in the leakage of corrosive process fluids and cause injury to personnel and/or damage to plant facilities. It is also possible that the instrument itself can be damaged and that fragments from the instrument can contaminate the user's process fluids. Be very careful with highly corrosive process fluids such as hydrochloric acid, sulfuric acid, hydrogen sulfide, sodium hypochlorite, and high-temperature steam (150°C [302°F] or above). Contact Yokogawa for detailed information of the wetted parts material.

OUNDATION

*10:For F *11: For PROFIBUS PA protocol, refer to IM 01E20F12-01E. *12: Allowable fluid pressure should also be limited according to fluid temperature and pressure. *13: In the case of calibration code C in remote type, please order a combination of flowtube and converter.

Fieldbus protocol, refer to IM 01E20F02-01E

1 2 N

6-20

IM 01E20D01-01E

AXF STANDARD (Clamp/Union/Butt Weld Connection)

Sanitary Type , PFA Lining

6. OUTLINE

Model Suffix Code Description Applicable Model

AXF015 AXF025 AXF032 AXF040 AXF050 AXF065 AXF080 AXF100 AXF125 Use

Converter Output Signal and Communication

Power Supply

Lining (*4)

Electrode Material (*4) Electrode Structure Grounding Ring

Process Connection (*2) (*4) (*7)

Lay Length

Electrical Connection

Indicator (*3)

Calibration

Option

*1: For a tri-clamp type of size15 mm (0.5 in.)(Process connection code: HAB), prepare a 3/4 in. tri-clamp on the process pipe side. *2: The detail dimensions of process connections (clamp/union/butt weld) are shown in the ‘EXTERNAL DIMENSIONS’ section of the sanitary type.

In case of Butt Weld type, ferrules, sleeves, or alternative must be provided by the user. User need to weld these parts to the butt weld adapter.

*3: N shall be always selected for remote flowtubes.

In the case of an integral flowmeter, select from among the following figures.

1 2 N

· · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · ·

H

· · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · ·

-D

· · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · ·

-E

· · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · ·

-F

· · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · ·

-G

· · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · ·

-N

· · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · ·

-P

· · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · ·

1· · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · 2· · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · N· · · · · · · · · · · · · · · ·

A

· · · · · · · · · · · · · ·

L

· · · · · · · · · · · · ·

1· · · · · · · · · · · · · ·

N· · · · · · · · · · · ·

-HAB

-HDB

-HKB

-JDB

-JKB

-JSB

-KDB

-KKB

· · · · · ·

1

· · · · · · ·

-0

-2

-4

Size 15 mm (0.5 in.), Integral Flowmeter/Remote Flowtube Size 25 mm (1.0 in.), Integral Flowmeter/Remote Flowtube Size 32 mm (1.25 in.), Integral Flowmeter/Remote Flowtube Size 40 mm (1.5 in.), Integral Flowmeter/Remote Flowtube Size 50 mm (2.0 in.), Integral Flowmeter/Remote Flowtube Size 65 mm (2.5 in.), Integral Flowmeter/Remote Flowtube Size 80 mm (3.0 in.), Integral Flowmeter/Remote Flowtube Size 100 mm (4.0 in.), Integral Flowmeter/Remote Flowtube Size 125 mm (5.0 in.), Integral Flowmeter/Remote Flowtube

Sanitary Type Integral Flowmeter with 4 to 20 mA DC Output and BRAIN Communication Integral Flowmeter with 4 to 20 mA DC Output and HART Communication Integral Flowmeter with Digital communication (F

OUNDATION

Integral Flowmeter with Digital communication (PROFIBUS PA protocol) (*6) Remote Flowtube for Combined use with AXFA11 Remote Flowtube for Combined use with AXFA14

Integral Flowmeter, 100 V to 240 V AC or 100 to 120 V DC Integral Flowmeter, 24 V AC/DC Remote Flowtube Fluorocarbon PFA

JIS SUS316L (AISI 316L SS/EN 1.4404 Equivalent) Non-replaceable

None

Tr i-Clamp (3A), JIS SUS316L or SUSF316L (AISI 316L SS/EN1.4404 Equivalent or ANSI F316L SS/EN1.4435 Equivalent)(*1) DIN32676 Clamp, JIS SUS316L or SUSF316L (AISI 316L SS/EN1.4404 Equivalent or ANSI F316L SS/EN1.4435 Equivalent) ISO2852/SMS3016 Clamp, JIS SUS316L or SUSF316L (AISI 316L SS/ EN1.4404 Equivalent or ANSI F316L SS/EN DIN11851 Union, SUS316L or SUSF316L (AISI 316L SS/EN1.4404 Equivalent or ANSI F316L SS/EN1.4435 Equivalent) ISO2853 Union, SUS316L or SUSF316L (AISI 316L SS/EN1.4404 Equivalent or ANSI F316L SS/EN1.4435 Equivalent)

SMS1145 Union, SUS316L or SUSF316L (AISI 316L SS/EN1.4404 Equivalent or ANSI F316L SS/EN1.4435 Equivalent) Butt Weld for DIN 11850 Pipe Connection (SUS316L or SUSF316L [AISI 316L SS/EN1.4404 Equivalent or ANSI F316L SS/EN1.4435 Equivalent]) Butt Weld for ISO 2037 Pipe Connection (SUS316L or SUSF316L [AISI 316L SS/EN1.4404 Equivalent or ANSI F316L SS/EN1.4435 Equivalent])

Standard

JIS G1/2 female

· · · · ANSI 1/2 NPT female

· · · · ISO M201.5 female

· · · · Integral Flowmeter with indicator (Horizontal)

1

· · · Integral Flowmeter with indicator (Vertical)

2

· · · Integral Flowmeter without indicator /Remote Flowtube

N

· · ·

B

Standard

C

· · ·

High Grade (*8)

Optional code (See the Table of Optional Specifications)

/

Fieldbus protocol) (*5)

1.

4435 Equivalent)

Size 15 mm (0.5 in.) to 100 mm (4.0in.), except 32 mm (1.25 in.) Size 15 mm (0.5 in.) to 125 mm (5.0 in.)

Size 15 mm (0.5 in.) to 125 mm (5.0 in.)

Size 15 mm (0.5 in.) to 100 mm (4.0 in.)

Size 25 mm (1.0 in.) to 100 mm (4.0 in.)

Size 15 mm (0.5 in.) to 125 mm (5.0 in.)

Size 25 mm (1.0 in.) to 125 mm (5.0 in.)

T18.EPS

*4: Users must consider the characteristics of selected wetted parts material and influence of process fluids.

The use of inappropriate materials can result in the leakage of corrosive process fluids and cause injury to personnel and/or damage to plant facilities. It is also possible that the instrument itself can be damaged and that fragments from the instrument can contaminate the user's process fluids. Be very careful with highly corrosive process fluids such as hydrochloric acid, sulfuric acid, hydrogen sulfide, sodium hypochlorite, and high-temperature steam (150°C [302°F] or above). Contact Yokogawa for detailed information of the wetted parts material.

OUNDATION

*5: For F *6: For PROFIBUS PA protocol, refer to IM 01E20F12-01E. *7: Allowable fluid pressure should also be limited according to fluid temperature and pressure. *8: In the case of calibration code C in remote type, please order a combination of flowtube and converter.

Fieldbus protocol, refer to IM 01E20F02-01E

6-21

IM 01E20D01-01E

REPLACEMENT MODEL FOR EARLIER ADMAG OR ADMAG AE (Wafer Type)

General-purpose Use/Submersible Type/Explosion proof Type, PFA/Polyurethane Rubber Lining For the Wafer Types of size 250 mm (10 in.), 300 mm (12 in.), AXF Standard shall be selected.

6. OUTLINE

Model Suffix Code Description Applicable Model

AXF002 AXF005 AXF010 AXF015 AXF025 AXF040 AXF050 AXF080 AXF100 AXF150 AXF200 Use

Converter Output Signal and Communication

Power Supply

Lining (*9)

Electrode Material (*9)

Electrode Structure Grounding Ring and Grounding Electrode Material (*9)

Process Connection (*3)(*12)

Lay Length Electrical Connection (*6)

Indicator (*4)(*7)

Calibration Option

· · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · ·

G · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · W · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · ·

C · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · ·

· · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · ·

-D

-E

· · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · ·

-F

· · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · ·

-G

· · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · ·

-N

· · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · ·

-P

· · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · 1 · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · 2 · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · N · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · ·

A

· · · · · · · · · · · · · ·

U

· · · · · · · · · · · · · ·

L

· · · · · · · · · · · · ·

P

· · · · · · · · · · · · ·

H

· · · · · · · · · · · · ·

T

· · · · · · · · · · · · ·

V

· · · · · · · · · · · · ·

W

· · · · · · · · · · · · ·

1 · · · · · · · · · · · ·

N · · · · · · · · · · · S · · · · · · · · · · · L · · · · · · · · · · · P · · · · · · · · · · · H · · · · · · · · · · · T · · · · · · · · · · · V · · · · · · · · · · ·

· · · · · · ·

-AA1

-AA2

· · · · · · ·

-AD1

· · · · · · ·

-AD2

· · · · · · ·

-AD4

· · · · · · ·

-AJ1

· · · · · · ·

-AJ2

· · · · · · ·

-AG1

· · · · · · ·

2

· · · · · · ·

· · · ·

-0

-2

· · · ·

-4

· · · ·

1

· · ·

2

· · ·

N

· · ·

B

· · ·

/

Size 2.5 mm (0.1 in.) Integral Flowmeter/Remote Flowtube (*8) Size 5 mm (0.2 in.) Integral Flowmeter/Remote Flowtube (*8) Size 10 mm (0.4 in.) Integral Flowmeter/Remote Flowtube (*8) Size 15 mm (0.5 in.) Integral Flowmeter/Remote Flowtube (*8) Size 25 mm (1.0 in.) Integral Flowmeter/Remote Flowtube Size 40 mm (1.5 in.) Integral Flowmeter/Remote Flowtube Size 50 mm (2.0 in.) Integral Flowmeter/Remote Flowtube Size 80 mm (3.0 in.) Integral Flowmeter/Remote Flowtube Size 100 mm (4.0 in.) Integral Flowmeter/Remote Flowtube Size 150 mm (6.0 in.) Integral Flowmeter/Remote Flowtube Size 200 mm (8.0 in.) Integral Flowmeter/Remote Flowtube

General-Purpose Use Submersible Type

Explosion proof Type (*5) Integral Flowmeter with 4 to 20 mA DC Output and BRAIN Communication Integral Flowmeter with 4 to 20 mA DC Output and HART Communication Integral Flowmeter with Digital communication (F

OUNDATION

Integral Flowmeter with Digital communication (PROFIBUS PA protocol) (*11) Remote Flowtube for Combined Use with AXFA11 Remote Flowtube for Combined Use with AXFA14

Integral Flowmeter, 100 V to 240 V AC or 100 to 120 V DC Integral Flowmeter, 24 V AC/DC Remote Flowtube

Fluorocarbon PFA

Polyurethane Rubber JIS SUS316L (AISI 316L SS/EN 1.4404 Equivalent) Platinum-iridium Hastelloy C276 Equivalent Ta ntalum Titanium Tu ngsten Carbide Non-replaceable

None

JIS SUS316 (AISI 316 SS/EN 1.4401 Equivalent)

JIS SUS316L (AISI 316L SS/EN 1.4404 Equivalent)

Platinum-iridium (*8)

Hastelloy C276 Equivalent

Ta ntalum (*8)

Titanium ANSI Class 150 Wafer(*1) ANSI Class 300 Wafer(*1) DIN PN 10 Wafer(*2) DIN PN 16 Wafer(*2) DIN PN 40 Wafer(*1)(*2) JIS 10K Wafer(*1) JIS 20K Wafer(*1) JIS F12 (JIS75M) Wafer

Matches an Earlier ADMAG Flowmeter (ADMAG or ADMAG AE) for Replacement JIS G1/2 female ANSI 1/2 NPT female ISO M201.5 female Integral Flowmeter with indicator(Horizontal) Integral Flowmeter with indicator(Vertical) Integral Flowmeter without indicator /Remote Flowtube Standard

Optional code (See the Table of Optional Specifications)

Fieldbus protocol) (*10)

Size 15 mm (0.5 in.) to 200 mm (8.0 in.), Remote Flowtube only PFA lining only

Size 25 mm (1.0 in.) to 200 mm (8.0 in.)

PFA lining only

Size 15 mm (0.5 in.) to 200 mm (8.0 in.)

Size 25 mm (1.0 in.) to 200 mm (8.0 in.)(*5)

PFA lining only

Size 2.5 mm (0.1 in.) to 200 mm (8.0 in.) Size 2.5 mm (0.1 in.) to 200 mm (8.0 in.) Size 200 mm(8.0 in.) only Size 80 mm (3.0 in.) to 200 mm (8.0 in.) Size 2.5 mm (0.1 in.) to 50 mm (2.0 in.) Size 2.5 mm (0.1 in.) to 200 mm (8.0 in.) Size 2.5 mm (0.1 in.) Size 80 mm (3.0 in.) to 200 mm (8.0 in.)

Not available for Submersible Type Not available for Submersible Type

to 200 mm (8.0 in.)

T19.EPS

6-22

IM 01E20D01-01E

6. OUTLINE

*1: For a wafer type of 2.5 to 10 mm (0.1 to 0.4 in.), prepare 15 mm (0.5 in.) diameter nominal flanges on the process pipe side.

(Process connection codes: AA1, AA2, AD4, AJ1, and AJ2)

*2: Even when DIN PN10 or 16 is required for a model of size 2.5 to 50 mm (0.1 to 2.0 in.), select PN40 (Process connection code: AD4) because there is no

difference in the dimensions of the mating faces. Even when DIN PN10 is required for a model of size 65 to 150 mm (2.5 to 6.0 in.), select PN16 (Process connection code: AD2) because there is no difference in the dimensions of the mating faces.

*3: Mating dimensions are based on standards as follow:

ANSI:ASME B 16.5, DIN: DIN 2501, JIS:JIS B 2220 and JIS G 3443-2

*4: N shall be always selected for remote flowtubes

In the case of an integral flowmeter, select from among the figures at the right:

*5: For explosion proof types, specify types of explosion proof certification using the optional codes. In case of TIIS flameproof type, the remote flowtube is available

only for combined use with the AXFA14. For the TIIS flameproof type with wiring using a flameproof packing adapter, select optional code G12 or G11. Available

only for JIS G1/2 female electrical connections. *6: For explosion proof types, JIS G1/2 female electrical connection is available only for TIIS flameproof type. *7: In case of integral flowmeters of the TIIS flameproof type, select “with indicator”(code 1 or 2). *8: In case of platinum-iridium (grounding ring code P) or tantalum (grounding ring code T) or None (grounding ring code N) in wafer type of 2.5 mm (0.1 in.) to 15

mm (0.5 in.), the lay lengths of Replacement model are the same as those for AXF Standard.

In this case, AXF Standard shall be selected. *9: Users must consider the characteristics of selected wetted parts material and influence of process fluids.

The use of inappropriate materials can result in the leakage of corrosive process fluids and cause injury to personnel and/or damage to plant facilities. It is also possible that the instrument itself can be damaged and that fragments from the instrument can contaminate the user's process fluids. Be very careful with highly corrosive process fluids such as hydrochloric acid, sulfuric acid, hydrogen sulfide, sodium hypochlorite, and high-temperature steam (150°C [302°F] or above). Contact Yokogawa for detailed information of the wetted parts material.

*10:For F

OUNDATION

*11: For PROFIBUS PA protocol, refer to IM 01E20F12-01E. *12: Allowable fluid pressure should also be limited according to fluid temperature and pressure.

Fieldbus protocol, refer to IM 01E20F02-01E

1 2

N

6-23

IM 01E20D01-01E

6. OUTLINE

REPLACEMENT MODEL FOR EARLIER ADMAG OR ADMAG AE (Flange Type)

General-purpose Use/Submersible Type/Explosion proof Type, PFA/Polyurethane Rubber Lining

For Flange Types of size 15 mm (0.5 in.) to 100 mm (4.0 in.), 300 mm (12 in.) to 400 mm (16 in.), AXF Standard shall be selected.

Model Suffix Code Description Applicable Model

AXF150 AXF200 AXF250 Use

Converter Output Signal and Communication

Power Supply

Lining (*7)

Electrode Material (*7)

Electrode Structure

Grounding Ring and Grounding Electrode Material (*7)

Process Connection (*2)(*10)

Lay Length Electrical Connection (*5)

Indicator (*3)(*6)

Calibration Option

· · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · ·

· · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · G · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · W · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · C · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · ·

-D

· · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · ·

-E

· · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · ·

-F

· · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · ·

-G

· · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · ·

-N

· · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · ·

-P

· · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · 1 · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · 2 · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · N · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · ·

A

· · · · · · · · · · · · · ·

U

· · · · · · · · · · · · · ·

L

· · · · · · · · · · · · ·

P

· · · · · · · · · · · · ·

H

· · · · · · · · · · · · ·

T

· · · · · · · · · · · · ·

V

· · · · · · · · · · · · ·

W

· · · · · · · · · · · · · 1 · · · · · · · · · · · · · 2 · · · · · · · · · · · · ·

N · · · · · · · · · · · S · · · · · · · · · · · L · · · · · · · · · · · P · · · · · · · · · · ·

H · · · · · · · · · · · T · · · · · · · · · · ·

V · · · · · · · · · · ·

· · · · · · ·

-CA1

-CA2

· · · · · · ·

-CD1

· · · · · · ·

-CD2

· · · · · · ·

-CJ1

· · · · · · ·

-CJ2

· · · · · · ·

-CG1

· · · · · · ·

2

· · · · · · ·

· · · ·

-0

-2

· · · ·

-4

· · · ·

1

· · ·

2

· · ·

N

· · ·

B

· · · /

Size 150 mm (6.0 in.) Integral Flowmeter/Remote Flowtube Size 200 mm (8.0 in.) Integral Flowmeter/Remote Flowtube Size 250 mm (10 in.) Integral Flowmeter/Remote Flowtube General-Purpose Use Submersible Type Explosion proof Type (*4) Integral Flowmeter with 4 to 20 mA DC Output and BRAIN Communication Integral Flowmeter with 4 to 20 mA DC Output and HART Communication Integral Flowmeter with Digital communication (F

OUNDATION Fieldbus protocol) (*8)

Integral Flowmeter with Digital communication (PROFIBUS PA protocol) (*9) Remote Flowtube for Combined Use with AXFA11 Remote Flowtube for Combined Use with AXFA14 Integral Flowmeter, 100 V to 240 V AC or 100 to 120 V DC Integral Flowmeter, 24 V AC/DC Remote Flowtube Fluorocarbon PFA Polyurethane Rubber JIS SUS316L (AISI 316L SS/EN 1.4404 Equivalent) Platinum-iridium Hastelloy C276 Equivalent Tantalum Titanium

Tungsten Carbide Non-replaceable Replaceable

None

JIS SUS316 (AISI 316 SS/EN 1.4401 Equivalent)

JIS SUS316L (AISI 316L SS/EN 1.4404 Equivalent)

Platinum-iridium

Hastelloy C276 Equivalent

Tantalum

Titanium

ANSI Class 150 Flange (Carbon Steel)

ANSI Class 300 Flange (Carbon Steel)

DIN PN 10 Flange (Carbon Steel)(*1)

DIN PN 16 Flange (Carbon Steel)(*1)

JIS 10K Flange (Carbon Steel)

JIS 20K Flange (Carbon Steel)

JIS F12 (JIS75M) Flange (Carbon Steel)

Matches an Earlier ADMAG Flowmeter (ADMAG or ADMAG AE) for Replacement JIS G1/2 female ANSI 1/2 NPT female ISO M201.5 female Integral Flowmeter with indicator (Horizontal) Integral Flowmeter with indicator(Vertical) Integral Flowmeter without indicator /Remote Flowtube

Standard

Optional code (See the Table of Optional Specifications)

Remote Flowtube only PFA lining only

PFA lining only

General-Purpose use,Electrode Material : JIS SUS316L only

Size150 mm (6.0 in.), 200 mm (8.0 in.), PFA lining only

Size 150 mm (6.0 in.) to 250 mm (10 in.), Not available for TIIS flameproof type Size 150 mm (6.0 in.) to 250 mm (10 in.), Not available for TIIS flameproof type Size 200 mm (8.0 in.) to 250 mm (10 in.), Not available for TIIS flameproof type Size 150 mm (6.0 in.) to 250 mm (10 in.), Not available for TIIS flameproof type Size 150 mm (6.0 in.) to 250 mm (10 in.), Not available for TIIS flameproof type Size 150 mm (6.0 in.) to 250 mm (10 in.), Not available for TIIS flameproof type Size 150 mm (6.0 in.) to 250 mm (10 in.), Not available for TIIS flameproof type

Not available for Submersible Type Not available for Submersible Type

T20.EPS

6-24

IM 01E20D01-01E

6. OUTLINE

*1: Even when DIN PN10 is required for a 150 (6.0 in.)-mm model, select PN16 (Process connection code: CD2) because there is no difference in the dimensions of the

mating faces.

*2: Mating dimensions are based on standards as follow:

ANSI: ASME B 16.5, DIN:DIN 2501, JIS:JIS B 2220 and JIS G 3443-2

*3: N shall be always selected for remote flowtubes.

In the case of an integral, select from among the following figures:

1 2 N

*4: For explosion proof types, specify types of explosion proof certification using the optional codes. In case of TIIS flameproof type, the remote flowtube is available only for

combined use with the AXFA14. For the TIIS flameproof type with wiring using a flameproof packing adapter, select optional code G12 or G11. Available only for JIS G1/2

female electrical connections. *5: For explosion proof types, JIS G1/2 female electrical connection is available only for TIIS flameproof type. *6: In case of integral flowmeters of the TIIS flameproof type, select “with indicator”(code 1 or 2). *7: Users must consider the characteristics of selected wetted parts material and influence of process fluids.

The use of inappropriate materials can result in the leakage of corrosive process fluids and cause injury to personnel and/or damage to plant facilities. It is also possible that the instrument itself can be damaged and that fragments from the instrument can contaminate the user's process fluids. Be very careful with highly corrosive process fluids such as hydrochloric acid, sulfuric acid, hydrogen sulfide, sodium hypochlorite, and high-temperature steam (150°C [302°F] or above). Contact Yokogawa for detailed information of the wetted parts material.

*8: For F

OUNDATION

For PROFIBUS PA protocol, refer to IM 01E20F12-01E.

*9: *10: Allowable fluid pressure should also be limited according to fluid temperature and pressure.

Fieldbus protocol, refer to IM 01E20F02-01E

6-25

IM 01E20D01-01E

■ OPTIONAL SPECIFICATIONS FOR FLOWTUBES

 Table of Optional Specifications “”

6. OUTLINE

Item

For District Heating and Cooling or Condensation-proof

User-specified Signal and Excitation Cable Length

Lightning Protector

DC Noise Cut Circuit

Burn Out Down (*9)

NAMUR NE43 Compliance (*9)

Active Pulse Output

(*9)

Mass Unit Setting

Specifications

Urethane resin potting is applied in the terminal box of a remote flowtube. Select JIS G1/2 for the electrical connections. 30-meter signal and excitation cables are pre-wired and waterproof grands with union joints are attached at factory.

Available for the submersible type and a model with optional code DHC. The cable length is limited up to 200 meters when combined with an AXFA11 converter, or 100 meters when combined with an AXFA14 converter. Following “L,” specify the cable length in three digits as a multiple of 1 meter (e.g., 001, 002, or 005) for a length up to 5 meters, or as a multiple of 5 meters (i.e., 005, 010, 015, or the like) for a length of 5 meters or more. If this optional code is not selected, a 30-meter length cable is attached.

A lightning protector is built into the power terminals. The DC Noise Cut Circuit is built in. Available for 15 mm (0.5 in.) and larger

sizes, and for fluids with the conductivity of 50 µS/cm or higher. Nullifies the empty check and electrode adhesion diagnostic function.

The output level is set to 0 mA during a CPU failure and is set 2.4 mA (-10 %) or less during an alarm. Standard products are delivered with a setting 25 mA during a CPU failure and 21.6 mA (110%) or more during an alarm.

Output signal limits: 3.8 to

20.5 mA

Active pulses are output in order to drive an external electromagnetic or electronic counter directly using the converter’s internal power supply. (Nullifies the standard transistor contact pulse output.) Output voltage: 24 V DC ±20% Pulse specifications:

• The drive current of 150 mA or less

• Pulse rate: 0.0001 to 2 pps (pulse/second); Pulse width: 20, 33, 50, or 100 ms

The flow rate span, transmission pulse weight, and totalizer display pulse weight can be set in terms of mass unit. Specify the density of the process fluid when ordering in addition to the mass flow rate span, transmission pulse wight (for mass unit), and totalizer display pulse weight (for mass unit).

When ordering a remote flowtube, parameters for 'Mass Unit Setting' will be set in the corresponding converter before shipment.

1. Density

a. Available density Numerics:

Specify the numeric within the value of 500 to 2000 kg/m

16.7 lb/gal, or 31.2 to 124.8 lb/cf. And it can be up to five digits, to a maximum of 32000 ignoring the decimal point. A fraction is limited to

the fourth decimal place. b. Available density units: kg/m Example: A water density is about 1000kg/m “1000kg/m However a density is changed by temperature. Specify the actual density. (The 1000kg/m

2. The mass flow rate span, transmission pulse weight, and totalizer display

pulse weight

a. Available density Numerics:

Specify the numeric within the value of 0.0001 to 32000. And it can

be up to five digits, to a maximum of 32000 ignoring the decimal

point. A fraction is limited to the fourth decimal place. b. Mass Units Available mass units: t, kg, g, klb, lb Available time units: /d, /h, /min, /s Note1: In case of specifying the mass flow span, calculate the volumetric flow

span by the setting density, and specify the available value in the mass flow span.

Note2: In case of transmission pulse weight and totalizer display pulse weight,

specify the mass unit which was specified as the flow unit.

Failure alarm down-scale: The output level is set to 0 mA during a CPU failure and is set 2.4 mA (–10%) or less during an alarm.

Failure alarm up-scale: The output level is set to 25 mA during a CPU failure and is set 21.6 mA (110%) or more during an alarm.

3

, 4.2 to

3

, lb/gal, lb/cf

3

”.

3

is equivalent to 8.345lb/gal and 62.43lb/cf.)

3

. In this case specify

Applicable Model

Remote

N

AXF***G-

Explosion proof

Integral

Flowmeter

P

D

F

E

G

AXF***C-

Remote

Flowtube

N

AXF***C-

General

Integral

Flowtube

Flowmeter

F

E

D

G

AXF***G-

–  – – – –  DHC

–  – –  –  L***

 –  – –  – A

 –  – –  – ELC

 –  – –  – C1

 –  – –  – C2

 –  – –  – C3

 –  – –  – EM

       MU

: Available –: Not available

Submersible

Remote

N

P

AXF***W-

Integral

Flowmeter

P

Flowtube

E

D

Sanitary

Flowtube

F

G

AXF***H-

Remote

N

AXF***H-

P

T26-1.EPS

Code

6-26

IM 01E20D01-01E

 Table of Optional Specifications (continued)

6. OUTLINE

Item

G3/4 Female

Waterproof Glands

with Union Joints

Plastic Glands

Mirror Finished PFA

Lining

Mirror Finished

Ceramics

Stainless Steel Tag

Plate

Direction change of

the electrical

connection (*1)

Bolts, Nuts, and

Gaskets (*2)

Special Gaskets (*5)

(*10)

Specifications

Waterproof glands for G3/4 conduits or flexible tubes are attached to the

electrical connections. Available only for JIS G1/2 female electric connections.

Waterproof glands are attached to the electrical connections. Available

only for JIS G1/2 female electric connections.

Waterproof glands with union joints are attached to the electrical

connections. Available only for JIS G1/2 female electric connections.

Plastic glands are attached to the electrical connections. Available only for

JIS G1/2 female electric connections.

Mirror finishing on the PFA lining inside of the tube to the smoothness lining.

Available for 15 mm (0.5 in.) and larger sizes.

The Ra is average of measured values on several point.

Size 15 to 200 mm (0.5 to 8.0 in.) : Ra 0.05 to 0.15 µm Size 250 to 400 mm (10 to 16 in.) : Ra 0.05 to 0.25 µm

Mirror finishing on the inside of the ceramics tube to Ra  0.1 µm.

Available for 5 mm (0.2 in.) and larger sizes.

The Ra is average of measured values on several point.

A pendant tag plate of JIS SUS304 (AISI 304 SS/EN 1.4301 equivalent) is

provided. Choose this option when a pendant tag plate is required in

addition to the standard name plate with the tag number inscribed on it.

Dimension (Height  Width): Appr. 12.5 (4.92)  40 (15.7) mm (inch)

90 degrees rotated converter (or terminal box) to change the direction of

the electrical connection.

180 degrees rotated converter (or terminal box) to change the direction of

the electrical connection.

90 degrees rotated converter (or terminal box) to change the direction of

the electrical connection.

Bolts, nuts, and

gaskets are

provided for wafer

connections.

Available only for

ANSI 150, JIS10K,

or, JIS20K wafer

connections.

Viton® gaskets for use with a PFA or ceramics lining with PVC piping.

Allowable temperature and pressure are equivalent to Valqua #4010,

special fluororubber not mixed. Available for 2.5 mm (0.1 in.) to 200 mm

(8.0 in.) of PFA lining or 15 to 200 mm (0.5 to 8 in.) sizes of ceramics lining.

Acid-resistant Viton® gaskets for use with a PFA or ceramics lining with PVC

piping. Allowable temperature and pressure are equivalent to Valqua #4010,

special fluororubber mixed (mixing #D2470). Available for 2.5 mm (0.1 in.) to 200

mm (8.0 in.) of PFA lining or 15 to 200 mm (0.5 to 8 in.) sizes of ceramics lining.

Alkali-resistant Viton® gaskets for use with a PFA or ceramics lining with PVC

piping. Allowable temperature and pressure are equivalent to Valqua #4010,

special fluororubber mixed (mixing #RCD970). Available for 2.5 mm (0.1 in.) to 200

mm (8.0 in.) of PFA lining or 15 to 200 mm (0.5 to 8 in.) sizes of ceramics lining.

Alkali-resistant carbonized fluororesin gaskets for use with a ceramics lining with

metal piping. Allowable temperature and pressure are equivalent to Valqua #7026.

Silicon rubber gaskets for Sanitary Type, provided between the lining and

the adapter. For the condition of fluid temp. 120 to 160 C (248 to 320 F).

Bolts and nuts: Carbon steel;

Gaskets: Chloroprene rubber (*3)

Bolts and nuts: Carbon steel;

Gaskets: PTFE-sheathed non-asbestos (*4)

Bolts: JIS SUS304 (AISI 304 SS stainless steel

equivalent);

Nuts: JIS SUS403 (AISI 403SS stainless steel

equivalent) ;

Gaskets: Chloroprene rubber (*3)

Bolts: JIS SUS304 (AISI 304 SS stainless steel

equivalent);

Nuts: JIS SUS403 (AISI 403SS stainless steel

equivalent) ;

Gaskets: PTFE-sheathed non-asbestos (*4)

Applicable Model

Remote

P

N

AXF***G-

Explosion proof

Integral

Flowmeter

F

E

D

G

AXF***C-

Remote

Flowtube

N

AXF***C-

P

General

Integral

Flowtube

Flowmeter

F

E

D

G

AXF***G-

–  ––– – EW

 –––EG

 –––EU

 –––EP

 PM

 –––CM

 SCT

 RA

 RB

 RC

 ––BCC

 ––BCF

 ––BSC

 ––BSF

 ––GA

 ––GC

 ––GD

 –––GF

–––––GH

: Available –: Not available

Submersible

Remote

Flowtube

N

P

AXF***W-

Sanitary

Integral

Flowmeter

F

E

D

AXF***H-

Remote

Flowtube

G

N

Code

P

AXF***H-

T26-2.EPS

6-27

IM 01E20D01-01E

 Table of Optional Specifications (continued)

Item

Oil-prohibited Use

Oil-prohibited Use with

Dehydrating Treatment

Painting Color Change

Epoxy Resin Coating

High Anti-corrosion

Coating

Calibration Certificate

Material Certificate

Hydrostatic Test

Withstand Voltage Test

Certificate (*11) (*12)

PMI Test Certificate

(*13) (*14) (*15)

Liquid Penetration Test

Certificate (*16)

Vent Hole

Electrodes, linings, grounding rings/grounding electrodes, gaskets and

adapters (for sanitary type) are assembled and packed with

polyethylene after being cleaned with water and acetone and dried with air.

The label ‘OIL FREE’ is affixed.

Electrodes, linings, and grounding rings are assembled and packed with

polyethylene including desiccants after being cleaned with water and

acetone and dried with air. The label ‘OIL & WATER FREE’ is affixed.

Coated in black (Munsell N1.5 or its equivalent.)

Coated in jade green (Munsell 7.5 BG 4/1.5 or its equivalent.)

Coated in metallic silver.

Epoxy resin coating which has alkali-resistance instead of standard

polyurethane resin coating. The color is same as standard type.

Three-layer coating (polyurethane coating on two-layer epoxy resin

coating) in the same range as that for the standard coating. The color is

same as standard type. Salt/alkali/acid/weather-resistance.

Level 2: The Declaration and the Calibration Equipment List are issued.

Level 3: The Declaration and the Primary Standard List are issued.

Level 4: The Declaration and the Yokogawa Measuring Instruments Control

System are issued.

Reproduced material certificate for :

PFA/polyurethane: Pipe, electrodes, grounding rings or grounding

electrodes, flanges or mini flanges, adapters (for sanitary type)

Ceramics: only grounding rings or grounding electrodes or union joint

M01: Material Certificate

E01: Material Certificate with cover according to EN10204 3.1

The test verifies the absence of leaks by applying the following water

pressures (which are determined under process connection conditions) to

linings for ten minutes. Test results are described in the Note column of a

test certificate (QIC).

Process Connection:

ANSI Class 150, DIN PN10, JIS 10K

ANSI Class 300, DIN PN16, JIS 20K

DIN PN40, Union joint (Ceramics lining)

JIS F12

The test verifies the withstand voltage by applying the following conditions for

remote flowtube of General-purpose use or Submersible type. (For remote

flowtube of Explosion proof type, this test is performed as standard.)

Test results are described in a test certificate (QIC).

WT1: Between excitation current terminal and ground terminal, 1000V AC for

1 minute

WT2: Between excitation current terminal and ground terminal, and between

signal terminals and excitation current terminal, 1500V AC for 1 minute

Positive Material Identification test certificate of three major chemical

components (Nickel, Chromium and Molybdenum) for specified materials.

PM1: grounding rings

PM2: grounding rings, and flanges or mini flanges

PM3: grounding rings, flanges or mini flanges, and pipe

Liquid penetration test certificate for the welded part of flanges or mini

flanges.

With a vent hole provided for permeable fluids (such as nitric acid,

hydrofluoric acid, or sodium hydroxide at high temperature).

Available only for a PFA lining flange type.

Specifications

Water Pressure:

1.5 MPa

3.0 MPa

6.0 MPa

1.25 MPa

6. OUTLINE

: Available –: Not available

Applicable Model

N

Flowmeter

P

AXF***G-

Explosion proof

Integral

F

E

D

G

AXF***C-

General

Remote

Integral

Flowtube

Flowmeter

F

E

D

G

AXF***G-

 – K1

 –––K5

 – P1

 – P2

 – P7

 –––X1

 –––X2

 L2

 L3

 L4

 M01

 E01

 ––T01

–  –– ––WT1

–  –– ––WT2

 ––PM1

 ––PM2

 ––PM3

 PT

 –––H

Remote

Flowtube

N

AXF***C-

P

Submersible

Remote

Flowtube

P

N

AXF***W-

Sanitary

Integral

Flowmeter

F

E

D

AXF***H-

Flowtube

G

Remote

P

N

AXF***H-

Code

T26-3.EPS

6-28

IM 01E20D01-01E

 Table of Optional Specifications (continued)

Item

Enhanced Dual

Frequency Excitation

(*6)

Five-point Calibration

in User-specified

Span

FM Approval

ATEX Certification

CSA Certification

IECEx Certification

TIIS Certification

Flameproof packing adapter for TIIS Flameproof Type (*7)

Available for 25 to 200 mm (1.0 to 8.0 in.) sizes.

Products are delivered with the Standard dual frequency excitation mode

and the Enhanced dual frequency excitation mode enabled.

Although the meter factors for the Standard dual frequency excitation mode

and the Enhanced dual frequency excitation mode are inscribed on the

name plate, the flow calibration of optional code HF1 is not performed in

Enhanced dual frequency excitation.Excitation mode select optional code

HF2 when an accurate flow measurement is required.

Available for 25 to 200 mm (1.0 to 8.0 in.) sizes.

Products are delivered with the Standard dual frequency excitation mode

and the Enhanced dual frequency excitation mode enabled.

The meter factor for the Enhanced dual frequency excitation obtained by

flow calibration is inscribed on the name plate and set into the combined

converter in addition to the meter factor for the Standard dual frequency

excitation.

A flow test near 0, 25, 50, 75, and 100% of the user-specified span is

performed instead of the flow test of the standard 2m/s span and a test

certificate (QIC) is submitted. Specify the span (100% flow span) whose

corresponding flow velocity lies between 0.5 to 10 m/s (0.8 to 10 m/s for

sizes 32, 65, and 125 mm) and that is less than the maximum line capacity.

Selectable range of flow rate span is showing below.

Size : mm

(in.)

2.5 (0.1)

5 (0.2)

10 (0.4)

15 (0.5)

25 (1)

32 (1.25)

40 (1.5)

50 (2)

65 (2.5)

80 (3)

100 (4)

125 (5)

150 (6)

200 (8)

250 (10)

300 (12)

350 (14)

400 (16)

FM Explosion proof

See “HAZARDOUS AREA CLASSIFICATION”

ATEX Explosion proof

See “HAZARDOUS AREA CLASSIFICATION”

CSA Explosion proof, Dual Seal

See “HAZARDOUS AREA CLASSIFICATION”

IECEx Explosion proof

See “HAZARDOUS AREA CLASSIFICATION”

TIIS Flameproof

See “HAZARDOUS AREA CLASSIFICATION”

Two flameproof packing adapters

One flameproof packing adapter and a blanking plug.

Available for integral flowmeter and only when a four-wire cable is used for

power input and signal output with a 24V power supply.

Specifications

Selectable range of flow rate span : m

(Flow rate span velocity : m/s)

0.009 (0.5) to 0.05 (2.83)

0.036 (0.5) to 0.2 (2.83)

0.15 (0.5) to 0.96 (3.40)

0.32 (0.5) to 2.8 (4.40)

0.89 (0.5) to 11 (6.22)

2.32 (0.8) to 28.9 (10.00)

2.27 (0.5) to 28.0 (6.30)

3.54 (0.5) to 56 (7.92)

9.56 (0.8) to 80 (6.70)

9.05 (0.5) to 126 (6.96)

14.2 (0.5) to 190 (6.72)

35.3 (0.8) to 300 (6.79)

31.9 (0.5) to 380 (5.97)

56.6 (0.5) to 670 (5.92)

88.4 (0.5) to 1000 (5.66)

128 (0.5) to 1200 (4.72)

174 (0.5) to 1200 (3.47)

227 (0.5) to 1350 (2.98)

6. OUTLINE

: Available –: Not available

Applicable Model

Remote

P

N

AXF***G-

Explosion proof

Integral

Flowmeter

F

E

D

G

AXF***C-



(*9)

General

Integral

Flowtube

Flowmeter

F

E

D

G

AXF***G-

 HF1

 HF2

3

/h

 SC

–– –––FF1

–– –––KF2

–– –––CF1

–– –––SF2

––

–– –––G12

––

Submersible

Remote

Flowtube

P

N

AXF***C-



(*8)

–––JF3

––––G11

P

AXF***W-

Sanitary

Integral

Flowmeter

F

E

D

AXF***H-

Flowtube

G

Remote

N

AXF***H-

P

Code

T26-4.EPS

6-29

IM 01E20D01-01E

䊉 Table of Optional Specifications (continued)

6. OUTLINE

*1:

Integral Flowmeter

Remote Flowtube

*2: When specifying the optional code BCC or BSC for a PFA or ceramics lining, it is advisable to specify the optional code GA, GC, or GD at the same time to prevent

potential leakage caused by the difference in elasticity between the flowtube and chloroprene gaskets. Refer to description of “Gasket” in the “Wetted Part Material”.

*3: Allowable temperature and pressure with the optional code BCC or BSC (only for Gaskets:Chloroprene rubber) are equivalent to Valqua #2010.

*4: Allowable temperature and pressure with the optional code BCF or BSF (only for Gaskets:PTFE-sheathed non-asbestos) are equivalent to Valqua #7030 (S).

*5: Special gaskets are inserted between the flowtube and the grounding ring or grounding electrode.

*6: Enhanced dual frequency excitation is not available for models with calibration code C (High Grade Accuracy).

*7: Select optional code G12 or G11 when TIIS Flameproof type with wiring using a flameproof packing adapter. Available only for JIS G1/2 female electric connection.

*8: The TIIS flameproof type is only available for AXF***C-P (remote flowtube for combined use with AXFA14).

*9: In the case of Fieldbus communication type, optional codes C1, C2, C3, EM and G11 are not available.

*10:In the case of size 32 mm, optional code GH is not available.

*11:Neither optional code WT1 nor WT2 is available for models with lining material "Natural Soft Rubber" or "EPDM Rubber" (Lining code: D or G).

*12:Either optional code WT1 or WT2 can be selected.

*13:In case of sanitary type or union joint type with ceramics lining, optional code PM1, PM2 or PM3 is not available as they have no grounding rings.

*14:In case of carbon steel flanges or mini flanges, the amount of Nickel, Chromium and Molybdenum in the carbon steel are not stipulated and optional code PM2 or PM3 is not

available. For material specifications, refer to description of "Flowtube Material".

*15:Only one code from PM1, PM2 or PM3 can be selected.

*16:In case of no welded portion, optional code PT is not available. For available sizes, refer to the following table.

Use

General-purpose Use Submersible Type Explosion proof Type

Sanitary Type

Standard

Electrical

Connection

Wafer

Flange

Clamp/Union/Butt Weld Connection

⫹90-degree rotation ⫹180-degree rotation ⫺90-degree rotation

Optional Code RA Optional Code RB

Indicator

Electrical

Connection

Process Connection

Electrical

Connection

Optional Code RC

Indicator

Electrical

Connection

25 to 300 mm (1.0 to 12 in.)

Note: Not available for size 25 mm (1.0 in.) with lay length of AXF Standard (Lay Length code: 1)

25 to 400mm (1.0 to 16 in.)

32 to 125 mm (1.25 to 5.0 in.)

Size

T26-4_1.EPS

6-30

IM 01E20D01-01E

■ EXTERNAL DIMENSIONS

 AXF Standard, AXF002-AXF015, Wafer Type, PFA Lining

Hi

49(1.93)

(2.87) 73

154(6.06)

Hr

AXF002 AXF005 AXF010 AXF015

*4

D E

1

G

F

2NA1 A

W

G

C

N P

*4: D, E, F, G; Integral Flowmeter,

N, P; Remote Flowtube

1

* No infra-red switches are furnished for Fieldbus communication type.

Ground Terminal

(M4)

ø86(3.38)

48

70(2.76)

H1

63.5(2.50)

2

L*

(1.89)

D

3(0.12)

66* (2.6)

197(7.76)*

1

51.5

(2.03)

Unit : mm (approx. inch)

Remote FlowtubeIntegral FlowmeterRemote FlowtubeIntegral Flowmeter

1

Ground Terminal

(M4)

28(1.1)

51.5

(2.03)

ø128(5.04)

4- ø6.2(0.24)

111(4.37)



6. OUTLINE

d)

(ø

(2.83)

72 58

(2.28)

*1: When indicator code N is selected, subtract 12 mm (0.47 inch)

from the value in the figure. In case of explosion proof type with indicator, add 5 mm (0.2 inch) to it. *2: Depending on the selection of grounding ring code and optional

code, add the following value to L (face-to-face length).

Grounding Ring Code S, L, H, V P, T N

+0 +26(1.02)

Code

None

GA, GC, GD

(Special Gaskets)

+6(0.24) +28(1.10) –

Option

*3: When submersible type or option code DHC is selected,

waterproof glands and a 30m long cable are attached. Add 9.5kg(20.9lb) to the weight in the table.

-2(0.08)

F22.EPS

Model

Remote flowtube

Integral flowmeter

Remote flowtube

Integral flowmeter

Size code

Size

Lining code

Face-to-face

length

Outside dia.

Inner diameter of

Grounding ring

Height

Max. Height

3

*

Weight kg (lb)

Max. Height

Weight kg (lb)

002

005

010

015

2.5(0.1)

5(0.2)

10(0.4)

15(0.5)

A

2

*

L

D

ød

H1

Hr

81(3.19)

44(1.73)

15(0.59)

144(5.67)

268(10.55)

A

2.4(5.3)

Hi

306(12.03)

4.1(9.0)

 AXF Standard, AXF025-AXF125, Wafer Type, PFA /Polyurethane Rubber /Natural Soft Rubber /EPDM

Rubber Lining

Unit : mm (approx. inch)

Remote FlowtubeIntegral flowmeterRemote FlowtubeIntegral flowmeter

AXF025 AXF032 AXF040 AXF050 AXF065 AXF080 AXF100 AXF125

*5

D

A

1

G

E

U

1

2

W

F

D

2

N

C

G

N P

*5: D, E, F, G; Integral Flowmeter,

N, P; Remote Flowtube

Ground Terminal

154(6.06)

A

1

Hi

49(1.93)

73(2.87)

(M4)

ø86(3.38)

48(1.89)

70

(2.76)

Hr

66*

(2.6)

197(7.76)*

1

51.5

(2.03)

1

51.5

(2.03)

Ground Terminal

(M4)

28(1.1)

111(4.37)

ø128(5.04)

øD

(ød)

Model

Remote Flow

tube

Integral Flowmeter

Remote Flow

tube

Integral Flowmeter

Size code

Size

Lining code

Face-to-face

length

Outside dia.

Inner diameter of

Grounding ring

Width

Height

Max. Height

Weight kg (lb)

Max. Height

Weight kg (lb)

*

L

ø

W

H1

Hr

*

Hi

2

D

d

3

*

4

025

25(1)

A,U

60(2.36)

67.5(2.66)

28(1.10)

67.5(2.66)

92(3.62)

216(8.50)

1.9(4.1)

254(9.98)

3.6(7.8)

032

32(1.25)

A,U

70(2.76)

73(2.87)

34(1.34)

73(2.87)

98(3.86)

222(8.74)

2.0(4.5)

260(10.24)

3.7(8.2)

* No infra-red switches are furnished for Fieldbus communication type.

050

040

40(1.5)

A,U

70(2.76)

86(3.39)

41(1.61)

86(3.39)

111(4.37)

235(9.25)

2.2(4.9)

273(10.73)

3.9(8.7)

50(2)

A,U D,G

80(3.15)

99(3.90)

53(2.09)

99(3.90)

129(5.08)

253(9.96)

2.7(5.8)

291(11.44)

4.4(9.6)

065

65(2.5)

A,U D,G

100(3.94)

117(4.61)

66(2.60)

117(4.61)

147(5.79)

271(10.67)

3.4(7.6)

309(12.17)

5.1(11.3)

080

80(3)

A,U D,G

120(4.72)

129(5.08)

77(3.03)

129(5.08)

157(6.18)

281(11.06)

4.1(9.1)

319(12.54)

5.8(12.9)

6-31

100

100(4)

A,U D,G

150(5.91)

155(6.10)

102(4.02)

155(6.10)

183(7.20)

307(12.09)

5.6(12.3)

345(13.56)

7.3(16.0)

2

L*

*1: When indicator code N is selected, subtract 12

125

mm (0.47 inch) from the value in the figure.

In case of explosion proof type with indicator, add

125(5)

A,U D,G

200(7.87)

183(7.20)

128(5.04)

183(7.20)

212(8.35)

336(13.23)

9.3(20.4)

374(14.70)

11.0(24.2)

5 mm (0.2 inch) to it.

*2: Depending on the selection of grounding ring

code and optional code, add the following value to L (face-to-face length).

Grounding Ring Code S, L, H, V P, T N

+0 +26(1.02) -2(0.08)

Code

None

GA, GC, GD

(Special Gaskets)

25

+52.5(2.07)

+8(0.31) +30(1.18) –

32, 40, 50

65, 80

+52(2.05)

+49(1.93)

Option

*3: When electrode structure 2 is selected, add the

following value to W (width).

Nominal

Size

W

*4: When submersible type or option code DHC is

selected, waterproof glands and a 30m long cable are attached.

Add 9.5kg(20.9lb) to the weight in the table.

3

W*

100

+48(1.89)

125

+47(1.85)

F23.EPS

IM 01E20D01-01E

6. OUTLINE

 AXF Standard, AXF150-AXF300, Wafer Type, PFA /Polyurethane Rubber /Natural Soft Rubber /EPDM

Rubber Lining

Unit : mm (approx. inch)

Remote FlowtubeIntegral FlowmeterRemote FlowtubeIntegral Flowmeter

1

*5

AXF150 AXF200 AXF250 AXF300

D

A

1

G

E

U

2

W

F

D

N

C

G

N P

*5: D, E, F, G; Integral Flowmeter,

N, P; Remote Flowtube

* No infra-red switches are furnished for Fieldbus communication type.

Size code

Model

Size

Lining code

Remote Flow

tube

Integral Flowmeter

Remote Flow

tube

Integral Flowmeter

Face-to-face

length

Outside dia.

Inner diameter of

Grounding ring

Width

Height

Max. Height

Weight kg (lb)

Max. Height

Weight kg (lb)

2

*

L

ø

D

ø

d

3

*

W

H1

Hr

4

*

Hi

1 2

150

150(6)

A,U D,G

200(7.87)

202(7.95)

146.1(5.75)

202(7.95)

243(9.57)

367(14.45)

14.5(32.0)

405(15.93)

16.2(35.7)

A 1

200

200(8)

A,U D,G

250(9.84)

252(9.92)

193.6(7.62)

252(9.92)

293(11.54)

417(16.42)

22.1(48.7)

455(17.89)

23.8(52.4)

Hi

250

250(10)

A,U D,G

300(11.81)

310(12.20)

243.7(9.59)

310(12.20)

354(13.94)

478(18.82)

39.0(86.0)

516(20.31)

40.7(89.7)

154(6.06)

73(2.87) 49(1.93)

300

300(12)

A,U D,G

350(13.78)

358(14.09)

294.7(11.60)

358(14.09)

402(15.83)

526(20.71)

48.3(106.5)

564(22.20)

50.0(110.2)

Ground Terminal

(M4)

ø86(3.38)

(1.89)

48

70(2.76)

Hr

H1

2

L*

*1: When indicator code N is selected, subtract 12 mm (0.47 inch)

from the value in the figure. In case of explosion proof type with indicator, add 5 mm (0.2 inch) to it. *2: Depending on the selection of grounding ring code and optional

code, add the following value to L (face-to-face length).

Nominal Size: 150 to 200mm

Grounding Ring Code S, L, H, V P, T N

+0 +32(1.26)

None

Option

GA, GC, GD

Code

Grounding Ring Code S, L, H, V P, T N

Option Code is “None” +0 –

*3: When electrode structure 2 is selected, add the following value to

W(width).

Nominal size

W

*4: When submersible type or option code DHC is selected,

waterproof glands and a 30m long cable are attached. Add 9.5kg(20.9lb) to the weight in the table.

(Special Gaskets)

+10(0.39) +38(1.5) –

Nominal Size: 250 to 300mm

150

+49(1.93)

+50(1.97)

197(7.76)*

1

66*

(2.6)

* In case of size

250mm or 300mm, position of grounding ring is different from the figure to 45-degree.

200

250

+49(1.93)

51.5

(2.03)

51.5

(2.03)

-2(0.08)

+53(2.09)

Ground Terminal

28(1.1)

ø128(5.04)

300

(M4)

111(4.37)

øD

(ød)

3

W*

F24.EPS

 AXF Standard, AXF002-AXF010, Weld · Union Joint, Ceramics Lining

Ground Terminal

Hr

22(0.87) 22(0.87) 22(0.87) 22(0.87) 25(0.98) 25(0.98)

70(2.76)H1

63.5(2.50)

11.5

(M4)

ø86(3.38)

48(1.89)

L

Union joint

(0.45)

30(1.18)

18.5(0.73)

8(0.31)

18.5(0.73)

8(0.31)

18.5(0.73)

8(0.31)

18.5(0.73)

8(0.31)

22.5(0.89)

10(0.39)

22.5(0.89)

10(0.39)

3(0.12)

D

øB

R1/4

NPT1/4

R1/4

NPT1/4

R3/8

NPT3/8

D

*2

AXF002 AXF005 AXF010

Model

Remote flowtube

Integral flowmeter

Remote flowtube

Integral flowmeter

*1: When indicator code N is selected, subtract 12 mm (0.47 inch)

from the value in the figure.

In case of explosion proof type with indicator, add 5 mm (0.2 inch) to it.

D

1

E

G

2

CE1N GU

F

C

N

G N

P

*2: D, E, F, G; Integral Flowmeter,

N, P; Remote Flowtube

* No infra-red switches are furnished for Fieldbus communication type.

Process connection GUW (Welding type)

Size code

Size

Lining code

Face-to-face

length

Height

Max. Height

Weight kg (lb)

Max. Height

Weight kg (lb)

L

H1

Hr

Hi

002

2.5

(0.1)

C

005

5

(0.2)

C

140(5.51)

144(5.67)

268(10.55)

2.3(5.1)

306(12.03)

4(8.8)

010

10

(0.4)

C

W

1

N R

Hi

49(1.93)

73(2.87)

GUN/GUR (Union joint type)

002

005

(0.2)

C

010

5

10

(0.4)

2.5

(0.1)

C

130(5.12)

144(5.67)

268(10.55)

2.3(5.1)

306(12.03)

4(8.8)

154(6.06)

C

øA

4(0.16)

Size øA øB øC

2.5

(0.1)

5

(0.2)

10

(0.4)

66*

(2.6)

øC

Unit : mm (approx. inch)

Ground Terminal

(M4)

1

197(7.76)*

1

51.5

(2.03)

4- ø6.2(0.24)

øB

øA

4(0.16)

øA

Size

22(0.87)

2.5(0.1) 22(0.87)

5(0.2)

25(0.98)

10(0.4)

Remote FlowtubeIntegral FlowmeterRemote FlowtubeIntegral Flowmeter

28(1.1)

111(4.37)

ø128(5.04)

Weld joint

35(1.38)

øB

14.3(0.56)

8(0.31)

14.3(0.56)

8(0.31)

17.8(0.70)

10(0.39)

72

58

øC

10

(2.83)

(2.28)

øC

(0.39)

øD

18.5(0.73)

22.5(0.89)

F25.EPS

øD

6-32

IM 01E20D01-01E

 AXF Standard, AXF015, Wafer Type, Ceramics Lining

Hi

49(1.93)

(2.87) 73

154(6.06)

AXF015

*3

D

1

E

G

2NCE1 A 1

F

C

G

N P

*3: D, E, F, G; Integral Flowmeter,

N, P; Remote Flowtube

* No infra-red switches are furnished for Fieldbus communication type.

Ground Terminal

(M4) ø86(3.38)

70(2.76)

Hr

H1

63.5(2.50)

6. OUTLINE

Unit : mm (approx. inch)

Remote FlowtubeIntegral FlowmeterRemote FlowtubeIntegral Flowmeter

1

197(7.76)*

1

51.5

66*

(2.03)

(1.89)

48

2

L*

(2.6)

D

3(0.12)

51.5

(2.03)

Ground Terminal

(M4)

28(1.1)

ø128(5.04)

4- ø6.2(0.24)

111(4.37)

 

58

d)

ø

(

(2.83)

72

(2.28)

*1: When indicator code N is selected, subtract 12 mm

(0.47 inch) from the value in the figure.

In case of explosion proof type with indicator, add 5 mm

(0.2 inch) to it.

*2: Depending on the selection of grounding ring code and

optional code, add the following value to L (face-to-face length).

Grounding Ring Code S, L, H, V P, T N

L(Face-to-face length) +0 +22(087) -6(0.24)

Model

Remote flowtube

Integral flowmeter

Remote flowtube

Integral flowmeter

Size code

Size

Lining code

Face-to-face

length

Outside dia.

Inner diameter of

Grounding ring

Height

Max. Height

Weight kg (lb)

Max. Height

Weight kg (lb)

015

15(0.5)

C

2

*

L

85(3.35)

D

44(1.73)

ød

15(0.59)

H1

144(5.67)

Hr

268(10.55)

2.3(5.1)

Hi

306(12.03)

4(8.8)

 AXF Standard, AXF025-AXF100, Wafer Type, Ceramics Lining

AXF025 AXF040 AXF050 AXF080 AXF100

Model

Remote Flow

tube

Integral Flowmeter

Remote Flow

tube

Integral Flowmeter

*3

D E

1

G

F

2NCE1 A

C

G N P

*3: D, E, F, G; Integral Flowmeter,

N, P; Remote Flowtube

Size code

Size

Lining code

Face-to-face

length

Outside dia.

Inner diameter of

Grounding ring

Height

Max. Height

Weight kg (lb)

Max. Height

Weight kg (lb)

2

*

93(3.66)

L

ø

D

67.5(2.66)

27(1.06)

ø

d

H1

92(3.62)

Hr

216(8.50)

2.3(5.1)

Hi

254(9.98)

4.0(8.8)

025

25(1)

C

1

49(1.93)

Hi

73(2.87)

* No infra-red switches are furnished for Fieldbus communication type.

050

040

50(2)

40(1.5)

C

160(6.30)

120(4.72)

106(4.17)

129(5.08)

99(3.90)

86(3.39)

52(2.05)

40(1.57)

159(6.26)

129(5.08)

111(4.37)

283(11.14)

253(9.96)

235(9.25)

4.1(9.0)

3.2(7.0)

321(12.64)

291(11.44)

273(10.73)

5.8(12.7) 8.5(18.8) 11.3(24.9) 4.9(10.8)

Integral Flowmeter

154(6.06)

080

80(3)

C

180(7.09)

155(6.10)

81(3.19)

184(7.24)

308(12.13)

6.8(15.0)

9.6(21.1)

346(13.62)

100

100(4)

C

98(3.86)

Remote Flowtube

Ground Terminal

ø86(3.38)

48(1.89)

Hr

70(2.76)

H1

*1: When indicator code N is selected, subtract 12 mm (0.47

inch) from the value in the figure.

In case of explosion proof type with indicator, add 5 mm

(0.2 inch) to it.

*2: Depending on the selection of grounding ring code and

optional code, add the following value to L (face-to-face length).

Grounding Ring Code S, L, H, V P, T N

L(Face-to-face length) +0 +22(0.87) -6(0.24)

(M4)

F26.EPS

Unit : mm (approx. inch)

(M4)

1

51.5

(2.03)

Remote FlowtubeIntegral Flowmeter

28(1.1)

ø128(5.04)

111(4.37)

øD

(ød)

F27.EPS

Ground Terminal

197(7.76)*

1

66*

51.5

(2.6)

(2.03)

2

L*

6-33

IM 01E20D01-01E

 AXF Standard, AXF150, AXF200, Wafer Type, Ceramics Lining

6. OUTLINE

*3

D

1

AXF150 AXF200

E

G C

2NCE1 A

F

G

N P

*3: D, E, F, G; Integral Flowmeter,

N, P; Remote Flowtube

* No infra-red switches are furnished for Fieldbus communication type.

Size code

Model

Remote Flow

tube

Integral Flowmeter

Remote Flow

tube

Integral Flowmeter

Size

Lining code

Face-to-face

length

Outside dia.

Inner diameter of

Grounding ring

Height

Max. Height

Weight kg (lb)

Max. Height

Weight kg (lb)

L

ød

H1

Hi

2

*

D

Hr

Hi

150

150(6)

C

232(9.13)

214(8.43)

144(5.67)

254(10.00)

378(14.88)

20.2(44.5)

416(16.36)

21.9(48.3)

49

73

(1.93)

(2.87)

1

154(6.06)

200

200(8)

C

302(11.89)

264(10.39)

192(7.56)

304(11.97)

428(16.85)

33.5(73.9)

466(18.33)

35.2(77.6)

Hr

70(2.76)

H1

Unit : mm (approx. inch)

1

Remote FlowtubeIntegral FlowmeterRemote FlowtubeIntegral Flowmeter

28(1.1)

ø128(5.04)

111(4.37)

(ød)

ø

F28.EPS

Ground Terminal

(M4)

Ground Terminal

(M4)

(3.38)

ø86

48

(1.89)

2

L

*

*1: When indicator code N is selected, subtract 12 mm (0.47 inch) from the

value in the figure. In case of explosion proof type with indicator, add 5 mm (0.2 inch) to it. *2: Depending on the selection of grounding ring code and optional code,

add the following value to L (face-to-face length).

Grounding Ring Code S, L, H, V P, T N

L(Face-to-face length) +0 +30(1.18) -6(0.24)

197(7.76)*

1

*

66

51.5

(2.6)

(2.03)

51.5 (2.03)

D

6-34

IM 01E20D01-01E

 AXF Standard, AXF002-AXF015, JIS/ANSI/DIN Flange Type, PFA Lininig

Unit : mm (approx. inch)

Remote FlowtubeIntegral FlowmeterRemote FlowtubeIntegral Flowmeter

Ground Terminal

(M4)

1

15

A

20

3.9

5.6

197(7.76)*

1

66* (2.6)

DJ1(JIS10K)

005

002

2.5

5

(0.1)

(0.2)

A

150(5.91)

90(3.54)

18 to 22

(0.71 to 0.87)

12(0.47)

65(2.56)

45

15(0.59)

4

141(5.54)

80(3.15)

265(10.43)

3.3(7.3)

303(11.91)

5.0(11.0)

51.5

(2.03)

010

(0.4)

10

A

28(1.1)

51.5

(2.03)

ø128(5.04)

DJ2(JIS20K) DD4(DIN PN40)

002

005

2.5

5

(0.1)

(0.2)

(0.4)

A

150(5.91)

90(3.54)

20 to 24

(0.79 to 0.94)

12(0.47)

65(2.56)

45

15(0.59)

4

141(5.54)

80(3.15)

265(10.43)

3.4(7.5)

303(11.91)

5.1(11.2)

010

002

10

2.5

(0.1)

A

70(2.76)

H1

(H2)

60.5

(2.38)

Ground Terminal

(M4)

ø86(3.38)

48

2

L*

(1.89)

2

t *

*4

AXF002 AXF005 AXF010 AXF015

D

G

W

C

1

E

2

F

N

G

A1

N P

*4: D, E, F, G; Integral Flowmeter,

N, P; Remote Flowtube

1

B

J

2

B

J

1

B

A

2

B

A

1

4

B

D

1

D

J

2

D

J

D

Hi

4

49(1.93)

(2.87) 73

154(6.06)

* No infra-red switches are furnished

Hr

for Fieldbus communication type.

Model

Remote

tube

Flow

Integral Flowmeter

Remote

tube

Flow

Integral Flowmeter

Process Connection

Size code

Size

Lining code

Face-to-face length

Outside dia.

Thickness

Inner diameter of

Grounding ring

Pitch circle dia.

Bolt hole interval

Hole dia.

Number of holes

Height

Max. Height

Weight kg (lb)

Max. Height

Weight kg (lb)

BJ1(JIS10K) BJ2(JIS20K)

002

005

010

2.5

5

10

(0.1)

(0.2)

(0.4)

A

95(3.74)

18 to 22

(0.71 to 0.87)

15(0.59)

70(2.76)

45

15(0.59)

141(5.54)

80(3.15)

265(10.43)

3.4(7.5)

303(11.91)

5.1(11.2)

A

4

2

0

*

L

-3

øD

2

*

t ød

øC

θ

˚

øh

N

H1

H2

Hr

3

*

Hi

015

15

(0.5)

A

200

(7.87)

16

(0.63)

3.5

(7.7)

5.2

(11.5)

002

005

2.5

5

(0.1)

(0.2)

A

150(5.91)150(5.91)

95(3.74)

20 to 24

(0.79 to 0.94)

15(0.59)

70(2.76)

15(0.59)

141(5.54)

80(3.15)

265(10.43)

3.6(7.9)

303(11.91)

5.3(11.7)

BA1(ANSI Class 150) BA2 (ANSI Class 300) BD4(DIN PN40)

005

015

002

005

010

015

002

005

002

2.5

5

(0.1)

(0.2)

A

150(5.91)

88.9(3.50)

17 to 22

(0.67 to 0.87)

15(0.59)

60.5(2.38)

15.7(0.62)

141(5.54)

80(3.15)

265(10.43)

3.2(7.1)

303(11.91)

4.9(10.8)

010

10

15

2.5

5

10

15

(0.4)

(0.5)

(0.1)

A

200

(7.87)

15.2

(0.60)

3.3

(7.3)

5.0

(11.0)

(0.2)

A

150(5.91)

95.3(3.75)

20 to 25

(0.79 to 0.98)

15(0.59)

66.5(2.62)

45

15.7(0.62)

141(5.54)

80(3.15)

265(10.43)

3.6(7.9)

303(11.91)

5.3(11.7)

4

A

45

4

(0.4)

2.5

(0.5)

(0.1)

A

200

150(5.91)

(7.87)

21 to 25

18.2 (0.83 to 0.98)

(0.72)

3.7

3.8(8.4)

(8.2)

5.4

5.5(12.1)

(11.9)

010

015

10

15

(0.4)

(0.5)

A

200

(7.87)

18

(0.71)

45

4

3.7

(8.2)

5.4

(11.9)

010

5

10

(0.2)

(0.4)

A

95(3.74)

15(0.59)

65(2.56)

45

14(0.55)

4

141(5.54)

80(3.15)

265(10.43)

303(11.91)

015

(0.5)

A

200

(7.87)

(0.79)

(8.6)

(12.4)

*1: When indicator code N is selected, subtract 12 mm (0.47 inch) from the value in the figure.

In case of explosion proof type with indicator, add 5 mm (0.2 inch) to it.

*2: Depending on the selection of grounding ring code and optional code, add the following value to “L” (face-to-face length) and “t” (thickness

of flange).

L t L t L t

Grounding Ring Code S, L, H, V P, T N

+26(1.02)

+13(0.51)

+0 +0

Option

Code

None

GA, GC, GD

(Special Gaskets)

+8(0.31) +4(0.16)

+30(1.18)

-2(0.08) -1(0.04)

+15(0.59) – –

*3: When submersible type or option code DHC is selected, waterproof glands and a 30m long cable are attached. Add 9.5kg(20.9lb) to the weight in the table.

6. OUTLINE

111(4.37)

N-øh

°

θ

005

010

5

10

(0.2)

(0.4)

A

150(5.91)

90(3.54)

21 to 25

(0.83 to 0.98)

12(0.47)

60(2.36)

45

14(0.55)

4

141(5.54)

80(3.15)

265(10.43)

3.6(7.9)

303(11.91)

5.3(11.7)

F29.EPS

øD

(ød)

C

ø

6-35

IM 01E20D01-01E

6. OUTLINE

 AXF Standard, AXF025-AXF050, JIS/ANSI/DIN Flange Type, PFA /Polyurethane Rubber /Natural Soft

Rubber /EPDM Rubber Lining

Unit : mm (approx. inch)

Remote FlowtubeIntegral FlowmeterRemote FlowtubeIntegral Flowmeter

Ground Terminal

66* (2.6)

040

40

(1.5)

A,U

200

(7.87)

155.4

(6.12)

24.6

(0.97)

41

(1.61)

114.3

(4.50)

45

22.4

(0.88)

146

(5.73)

68

(2.67)

270

(10.61)

7.8

(17.1)

307

(12.09)

9.5

(20.8)

197(7.76)*

1

4

(M4)

1

51.5

(2.03)

BA2/CA2

(ANSI Class 300)

050

50

(2)

A,U D,G

200

(7.87)

165.1

(6.50)

26.4

(1.04)

53

(2.09)

127.0

(5.00)

22.5

19.1

(0.75)

8

162

(6.36)

79

(3.11)

286

(11.24)

9.0

(19.8)

323

(12.72)

10.7

(23.6)

28(1.1)

111(4.37)

ø128(5.04)

BD4(DIN PN40)

025

032

25

32

(1)

(1.25)

A,U

200

(7.87)

115

140

(4.53)

(5.51)

22

(0.87)

28

34

(1.10)

(1.34)

85

100

(3.35)

(3.94)

45

14

18

(0.55)

(0.71)

4

115

131

(4.54)

(5.16)

58

61

(2.28)

(2.40)

239

255

(9.42)

(10.04)

4.7

6.1

(10.4)

(13.4)

277

293

(10.90)

(11.54)

6.4

7.8

(14.1)

(17.2)

040

40

(1.5)

A,U

200

(7.87)

150

(5.91)

22

(0.87)

41

(1.61)

110

(4.33)

45

18

(0.71)

4

143

(5.63)

68

(2.67)

267

(10.51)

6.9

(15.2)

304

(11.98)

8.6

(19.0)

°

θ

BD4/CD4

(DIN PN40)

050

50

(2)

A,U D,G

200

(7.87)

165

(6.50)

24

(0.94)

53

(2.09)

125

(4.92)

45

18

(0.71)

162

(6.36)

79

(3.11)

286

(11.24)

8.7

(19.2)

323

(12.72)

10.4

(22.9)

F30.EPS

Ground Terminal

70(2.76)

(H2)

(M4)

ø86(3.38)

48

(1.89)

t *

2

AXF025 AXF032 AXF040 AXF050

*4

D

A

G

W

C

1

E

2

F

N

G N

1

U

2

D

G

P

*4: D, E, F, G; Integral Flowmeter,

N, P; Remote Flowtube

Hi

(2.87) 73

154(6.06)

49(1.93)

A

B

J

B

D

4

B

A

C

J

C

D

4

C

Hr

H1

* No infra-red switches are furnished

Model

Remote Flow

tube

Integral Flowmeter

Remote Flow

tube

Integral Flowmeter

for Fieldbus communication type.

Process Connection

Size code

Size

Lining code

Face-to-face length

Outside dia.

Thickness

Inner diameter of

Grounding ring

Pitch circle dia. Bolt hole interval

Hole dia.

Number of holes

Height

Max. Height

Weight kg (lb)

Max. Height

Weight kg (lb)

L

øD

ød

øC

θ˚

øh

N

H1

H2

Hr

*

Hi

0

*

-3

*

t

3

2

025

25

(1)

A,U

200

(7.87)

125

(4.92)

18

(0.71)

28

(1.10)

90

(3.54)

45

19

(0.75)

120

(4.74)

58

(2.28)

244

(9.62)

4.4

(9.8)

282

(11.09)

6.1

(13.5)

BJ1(JIS10K)

032

32

(1.25)

A,U

200

(7.87)

135

(5.31)

20

(0.79)

34

(1.34)

100

(3.94)

45

19

(0.75)

4

129

(5.08)

61

(2.40)

253

(9.96)

5.3

(11.7)

291

(11.46)

7.0

(15.5)

040

40

(1.5)

A,U

200

(7.87)

140

(5.51)

20

(0.79)

41

(1.61)

105

(4.13)

45

19

(0.75)

4

138

(5.43)

68

(2.67)

262

(10.31)

5.7

(12.6)

299

(11.79)

7.4

(16.4)

BJ1/CJ1 (JIS10K)

050

50

(2) A,U D,G

200

(7.87)

155

(6.10)

20

(0.79)

53

(2.09)

120

(4.72)

45

19

(0.75)

4

157

(6.16)

79

(3.11)

281

(11.04)

6.8

(14.9)

318

(12.52)

8.5

(18.6)

BJ2(JIS20K)

025

25

(1)

A,U

200

(7.87)

125

(4.92)

20

(0.79)

28

(1.10)

90

(3.54)

45

19

(0.75)

4

120

(4.74)

58

(2.28)

244

(9.62)

4.8

(10.5)

282

(11.09)

(11.46)

6.5

(14.3)

032

32

(1.25)

A,U

200

(7.87)

135

(5.31)

22

(0.87)

34

(1.34)

100

(3.94)

45

19

(0.75)

129

(5.08)

61

(2.40)

253

(9.96)

5.7

(12.6)

291

7.4

(16.4)

BJ2/CJ2

BA1(ANSI Class 150)

(JIS20K)

025

25 (1)

A,U

200

(7.87)

108.0

(4.25)

18.2

(0.72)

28

(1.10)

79.2

(3.12)

45

15.7

(0.62)

4

112

(4.40)

58

(2.28)

236

(9.28)

3.9

(8.5)

273

(10.76)

5.6

(12.2)

032

32

(1.25)

A,U

200

(7.87)

117.3

(4.62)

19.7

(0.78)

34

(1.34)

88.9

(3.50)

45

15.7

(0.62)

4

120

(4.72)

61

(2.40)

244

(9.61)

4.5

(9.9)

282

(11.10)

6.2

(13.6)

050

040

50

40

(2)

(1.5)

A,U

D,G

200

(7.87)

140

155

(5.51)

(6.10)

22

(0.87)

41

53

(1.61)

(2.09)

105

120

(4.13)

(4.72)

45

22.5

19

(0.75)

4

138

(5.43)

68

(2.67)

262

(10.31)

6.2

(13.6)

299

(11.79)

7.9

(17.4)

(0.75)

8

157

(6.16)

79

(3.11)

281

(11.04)

7.0

(15.4)

318

(12.52)

8.7

(19.1)

4

040

40

(1.5)

A,U

200

(7.87)

127.0

(5.00)

21.5

(0.85)

41

(1.61)

98.6

(3.88)

45

15.7

(0.62)

4

131

(5.17)

68

(2.67)

255

(10.05)

5.4

(11.9)

293

(11.53)

7.1

(15.7)

2

L*

BA1/CA1

(ANSI Class 150)

050

50 (2)

A,U D,G

200

(7.87)

152.4 (6.00)

23.1

(0.91)

53

(2.09)

120.7 (4.75)

45

19.1

(0.75)

4

155

(6.11)

79

(3.11)

279

(10.99)

7.4

(16.4)

317

(12.47)

(11.07)

9.1

(20.1)

BA2(ANSI Class 300)

025

032

25

32

(1)

(1.25)

A,U

200

(7.87)

124.0

133.4

(4.88)

(5.25)

21.5

23.1

(0.85)

(0.91)

28

34

(1.10)

(1.34)

88.9

98.6

(3.50)

(3.88)

45

19.1

(0.75)

4

120

128

(4.72)

(5.04)

58

61

(2.28)

(2.40)

244

252

(9.60)

(9.92)

5.0

5.8

(11.0)

(12.9)

281

290

(11.42)

6.7

7.5

(14.7)

(16.6)

*1: When indicator code N is selected, subtract 12 mm (0.47 inch) from the value in the figure.

In case of explosion proof type with indicator, add 5 mm (0.2 inch) to it.

*2: Depending on the selection of grounding ring code and optional code, add the following value to “L” (face-to-face length) and “t” (thickness

of flange).

L t L t L t

Grounding Ring Code S, L, H, V P, T N

+26(1.02)

+13(0.51)

+0 +0

Option

Code

None

GA, GC, GD

(Special Gaskets)

+8(0.31) +4(0.16)

+30(1.18)

-2(0.08) -1(0.04)

+15(0.59) – –

*3: When submersible type or option code DHC is selected, waterproof glands and a 30m long cable are attached. Add 9.5kg(20.9lb) to the weight in the table.

N-øh

4

(ød

øC

)

øD

6-36

IM 01E20D01-01E

6. OUTLINE

 AXF Standard, AXF065-AXF125, JIS/ANSI/DIN Flange Type, PFA /Polyurethane Rubber /Natural Soft

Rubber /EPDM Rubber Lining

Unit : mm (approx. inch)

Ground Terminal

(M4)

*4

AXF065 AXF080 AXF100 AXF125

D

A

E

G W

C

1

U

F

2

D

G

N

G

N P

*4: D, E, F, G; Integral Flowmeter,

Ground Terminal

154(6.06)

B

A

2

B

D

B

J

B

1 2

G

C

A

C

D

C

J

C

G

49(1.93)

1

73(2.87)

Hi

2

1

70(2.76)

Hr

(H2)

H1

ø86

48

(M4)

(3.38) (1.89)

197(7.76)*

1

66*

51.5 (2.03)

(2.6)

2

t *

N, P; Remote Flowtube

2

* No infra-red switches are furnished

L*

for Fieldbus communication type.

Model

Remote flowtube

Integral flowmeter

Remote flowtube

Integral flowmeter

Face-to-face length

Pitch circle dia.

Process Connection

Size code

Size

Lining code

L Outside dia.

Thickness

Inner diameter of

Grounding ring

Bolt hole interval

Hole dia.

Number of holes

Height

Max. Height

Weight kg (lb)

Max. Height

øD

ød

øC

øh

H1

H2

-3

t

˚

N

Hr

3

*

Hi

Weight kg (lb)

BJ1/CJ1(JIS10K) BJ2/CJ2(JIS20K)

065

080

65

80

(2.5)

(3)

A,U

D,G

2

200

0

*

(7.87)

175

185

(6.89)

(7.28)

2

22

*

(0.87)

66

77

(2.60)

(3.03)

140

150

(5.51)

(5.91)

45

22.5

19

(0.75)

4

176

187

(6.93)

(7.36)

89

95

(3.50)

(3.74)

300

311

(11.81)

(12.24)

9.0

9.6

(19.8)

(21.2)

338

349

(13.31)

(13.74)

10.7

11.3

(23.5)

(25.0)

125

100

(4) A,U D,G

250

(9.84)

210

(8.27)

(0.87)

102

(4.02)

175

(6.89)

22.5

(0.75)

8

211

(8.30)

106

(4.16)

335

(13.18)

12.4

(27.3)

372

(14.65)

14.1

(31.0)

065

125

(5)

(2.5)

A,U

D,G

200

250

(7.87)

(9.84)

175

250

(6.89)

(9.84)

22

24

(0.94)

128

(2.60)

(5.04)

140

210

(5.51)

(8.27)

22.5

19

23

(0.75)

(0.91)

8

176

245

(6.93)

(9.65)

120

(3.50)

(4.73)

300

369

(11.81)

(14.53)

17.4 (20.5)

(38.3)

338

407

(13.31)

(16.01)

11.0

19.1 (24.3)

(42.1)

65

24

66

19

89

9.3

100

80

100

(3)

(4)

A,U

D,G

200

250

(7.87)

(9.84)

200

225

(7.87)

(8.86)

26

(1.02)

(1.10)

77

102

(3.03)

(4.02)

160

185

(6.30)

(7.28)

22.5

23

(0.91)

8

195

218

(7.68)

(8.59)

95

106

(3.74)

(4.16)

319

342

(12.56)

(13.47)

12.4

16.9

(27.3)

(37.3)

357

380

(14.06)

(14.95)

14.1

18.6

(31.0)

(41.0)

080

125

(5) A,U D,G

250

(9.84)

270

(10.63)

30

28

(1.18)

128

(5.04)

225

(8.86)

22.5

25

23

(0.98)

8

255

(10.04)

120

(4.73)

379

(14.92)

24.7

(54.5)

417

(16.40)

26.4

(58.3)

100

80

100

(3)

(4)

A,U

D,G

200

250

(7.87)

(9.84)

211

238

(8.31)

(9.37)

22

(0.87)

77

102

(3.03)

(4.02)

168

195

(6.61)

(7.68)

45

19

(0.75)

8

4

200

225

(7.87)

(8.85)

95

106

(3.74)

(4.16)

324

349

(12.76)

(13.73)

12.2

15.5

(26.9)

(34.2)

362

386

(14.25)

(15.21)

13.9

17.2

(30.7)

(37.8)

080

BG1/CG1(JIS F12)

BA1/CA1(ANSI Class 150) BA2/CA2(ANSI Class 300)

065

080

100

125

(5) A,U D,G

250

(9.84)

263

(10.35)

24

(0.94)

128

(5.04)

220

(8.66)

30

19

(0.75)

252

(9.90)

120

(4.73)

376

(14.79)

19.5

(43.1)

413

(16.26)

21.2

(46.8)

65

80

(3) A,U D,G

200

(7.87)

190.5

(7.50)

27.9

(1.10)

77

(3.03)

152.4

(6.00)

45

19.1

(0.75)

190

(7.48)

95

(3.74)

314

(12.36)

12.9

(28.5)

352

(13.86)

14.6

(32.2)

100

(4) A,U D,G

250

(9.84)

228.6

(9.00)

27.9

(1.10)

102

(4.02)

190.5

(7.50)

22.5

19.1

(0.75)

4

8

220

(8.66)

106

(4.16)

344

(13.54)

17.7

(39.1)

382

(15.02)

19.4

(42.8)

(2.5)

A,U D,G

200

(7.87)

177.8

(7.00)

26.4

(1.04)

66

(2.60)

139.7

(5.50)

45

19.1

(0.75)

4

6

177

(6.97)

89

(3.50)

301

(11.85)

10.8

(23.7)

339

(13.35)

12.5

(27.5)

125

(5) A,U D,G

250

(9.84)

254.0

(10.00)

27.9

(1.10)

128

(5.04)

215.9 (8.50)

22.5

22.4

(0.88)

247

(9.72)

120

(4.72)

371

(14.61)

20.8

(45.9)

409

(16.08)

22.5

(49.6)

065

65

(2.5)

A,U D,G

200

(7.87)

190.5

(7.50)

29.4

(1.16)

66

(2.60)

149.4

(5.88)

22.5

22.4

(0.88)

8

184

(7.24)

89

(3.50)

308

(12.13)

12.6

(27.7)

346

(13.62)

14.3

(31.4)

080

80

(3) A,U D,G

200

(7.87)

209.6 (8.25)

32.4

(1.28)

77

(3.03)

168.1 (6.62)

22.5

22.4

(0.88)

200

(7.87)

95

(3.74)

324

(12.76)

16.6

(36.6)

362

(14.25)

18.3

(40.4)

100

(4) A,U D,G

250

(9.84)

254.0

(10.00)

35.8

(1.41)

102

(4.02)

200.2

(7.88)

22.5

22.4

(0.88)

8

233

(9.16)

106

(4.16)

357

(14.04)

26.8

(59.1)

394

(15.52)

28.5

(62.8)

*1: When indicator code N is selected, subtract 12 mm (0.47 inch) from the value in the figure.

In case of explosion proof type with indicator, add 5 mm (0.2 inch) to it.

*2: Depending on the selection of grounding ring code and optional code, add the following value to “L” (face-to-face length) and “t” (thickness of

flange).

L t L t L t

Grounding Ring Code S, L, H, V P, T N

+26(1.02)

+13(0.51)

+0 +0

Option

Code

None

GA, GC, GD

(Special Gaskets)

+8(0.31) +4(0.16)

+30(1.18)

-2(0.08) -1(0.04)

+15(0.59) – –

*3: When submersible type or option code DHC is selected, waterproof glands and a 30m long cable are attached. Add 9.5kg(20.9lb) to the weight in the table.

Remote FlowtubeIntegral FlowmeterRemote FlowtubeIntegral Flowmeter

1

28(1.1)

111(4.37)

125

(5) A,U D,G

250

(9.84)

279.4

(11.00)

39.1

(1.54)

128

(5.04)

235.0 (9.25)

22.5

22.4

(0.88)

260

(10.22)

120

(4.72)

384

(15.11)

34.9

(76.9)

421

(16.58)

36.6

(80.7)

8

ø128(5.04)

BD2/CD2(DIN PN16)

065

65

(2.5)

A,U D,G

200

(7.87)

185

(7.28)

(7.87)

22

(0.87)

(0.94)

66

(2.60)

(3.03)

145

(5.71)

(6.30)

45

18

(0.71)

4

181

(7.13)

(7.68)

89

(3.50)

(3.74)

305

(12.01)

(12.56)

9.8

(21.6)

(26.2)

343

(13.50)

(14.06)

11.5

(25.4)

(29.9)

080

A,U D,G

22.5

11.9

13.6

N-øh

°

θ

100

80

100

(3)

(4) A,U D,G

200

250

(9.84)

200

220

(8.66)

24

(0.94)

102

77

(4.02)

180

160

(7.09)

22.5

18

(0.71)

8

216

195

(8.49)

106

95

(4.16)

340

319

(13.37)

14.5

(32.0)

377

357

(14.85)

16.2

(35.7)

F31.EPS

øD

125

A,U D,G

(9.84)

(1.02)

(5.04)

(8.27)

22.5

(0.71)

(9.65)

(4.72)

(14.53)

19.3

(42.5)

(16.00)

21.0

(46.2)

øC

(5)

250

128

210

245

120

369

407

(ød)

26

18

8

6-37

IM 01E20D01-01E

6. OUTLINE

 AXF Standard, AXF150, AXF200, JIS/ANSI/DIN Flange Type, PFA /Polyurethane Rubber /Natural Soft

Rubber /EPDM Rubber Lining

*4

D

A

E

AXF150 AXF200

G

W

C

*4: D, E, F, G; Integral Flowmeter,

1

U

F

2

G

N

1

D

2

G

P

N, P; Remote Flowtube

Integral Flowmeter Remote Flowtube

154(6.06)

(1.93) 49

73

(2.87)

Hi

Hr

* No infra-red switches are furnished for Fieldbus communication type.

Model

Remote flow

tube

Integral flowmeter

Remote flow

tube

Integral flowmeter

Pitch circle dia.

Process Connection

Size code

Size

Lining code

Face-to-face

length

Outside dia.

Thickness

Inner diameter of

Grounding ring

Bolt hole interval

Hole dia.

Number of holes

Height

Max. Height

Weight kg (lb)

Max. Height

Weight kg (lb)

BJ1/CJ1(JIS10K) BJ2/CJ2(JIS20K)

150

150 (6)

A,U D,G

2

300

0

*

L

-3

(11.81)

280

øD

(11.02)

2

*

t

(1.06)

146.1

ød

(5.75)

240

øC

(9.45)

22.5

˚

øh

(0.91)

N

281

H1

(11.06)

141

H2

(5.55)

405

Hr

(15.94)

27.8

3

*

(61.3)

443

Hi

(17.42)

29.5

(65.0)

B

A

B

D

B

J

B

G

1 C C C C

1

A D

J

G

1

Integral Flowmeter Remote Flowtube

Ground Terminal

(M4)

51.5

(2.03)

1

*

51.5

(2.03)

28

(1.1)

Ground Terminal

(M4)

ø86 (3.38)

48

(1.89)

197(7.76)

*

66

(2.6)

1

(5.04)

2

*

70

(2.76)

t

ø128

(H2)

H1

2

L

*

BG1/CG1(JIS F12)

150

200

150

200

150

200

(6)

(8)

A,U

D,G

300

350

(11.81)

(13.78)

305

330

(12.01)

(12.99)

33

27

23

8

(1.06)

193.6

(7.62)

290

(11.42)

15

23

(0.91)

12

331

(13.03)

166

(6.54)

455

(17.91)

37.3

(82.2)

493

(19.39)

39.0

(86.0)

(1.30)

146.1 (5.75)

260

(10.24)

15

25

(0.98)

12

294

(11.56)

141

(5.55)

418

(16.44)

37.1

(81.8)

456

(17.95)

38.8

(85.5)

200

(8)

A,U D,G

350

(13.78)

350

(13.78)

35

(1.38)

193.6

(7.62)

305

(12.01)

15

25

(0.98)

12

341

(13.43)

166

(6.54)

465

(18.31)

51.9

(114.4)

503

(19.80)

53.6

(118.2)

150 (6)

A,U D,G

300

(11.81)

290

(11.42)

27

(1.06)

146.1 (5.75)

247

(9.72)

30

19

(0.75)

6

286

(11.26)

141

(5.55)

410

(16.14)

29.9

(65.9)

448

(17.64)

31.6

(69.7)

BA1/CA1(ANSI Class 150) BA2/CA2(ANSI Class 300)

200

(8)

A,U D,G

350

(13.78)

342

(13.46)

29

(1.14)

193.6 (7.62)

299

(11.77)

22.5

19

(0.75)

8

337

(13.27)

166

(6.54)

461

(18.15)

43.2

(95.3)

499

(19.65)

44.9

(99.0)

150

150 (6)

A,U D,G

300

(11.81)

279.4

(11.00)

30.4

(1.20)

146.1

(5.75)

241.3

(9.50)

22.5

22.4

(0.88)

8

281

(11.05)

141

(5.55)

405

(15.93)

30.9

(68.0)

443

(17.43)

32.6

(71.8)

200

(8)

A,U D,G

350

(13.78)

342.9

(13.50)

33.4

(1.31)

193.6

(7.62)

298.5

(11.75)

22.5

22.4

(0.88)

8

337

(13.29)

166

(6.54)

461

(18.17)

49.2

(108.4)

499

(19.66)

50.9

(112.2)

150

(6)

A,U D,G

300

(11.81)

317.5

(12.50)

43.5

(1.71)

146.1 (5.75)

269.7

(10.62)

15

22.4

(0.88)

12

300

(11.80)

141

(5.55)

424

(16.68)

52.5

(115.7)

462

(18.18)

54.2

(119.5)

200

(8)

A,U D,G

350

(13.78)

381.0

(15.00)

46.1

(1.81)

193.6 (7.62)

330.2

(13.00)

15

25.4

(1.00)

12

357

(14.04)

166

(6.54)

481

(18.92)

78.8

(173.7)

519

(20.41)

80.5

(177.5)

BD1/CD1(DIN PN10) BD2/CD2(DIN PN16)

200

(8)

A,U

D,G

350

(13.78)

340

(13.39)

29

(1.14)

193.6

(7.62)

295

(11.61)

22.5

22

(0.87)

8

336

(13.23)

166

(6.54)

460

(18.11)

42.5

(93.7)

498

(19.61)

44.2

(97.5)

150

A,U D,G

300

(11.81)

285

(11.22)

(1.06)

146.1

(5.75)

240

(9.45)

22.5

(0.87)

284

(11.16)

141

(5.55)

408

(16.04)

28.7

(63.2)

446

(17.54)

30.4

(66.9)

Unit : mm (approx. inch)

111(4.37)

(ød)

°

θ

150

200

(6)

(8)

A,U D,G

350

(13.78)

340

(13.39)

27

29

(1.14)

193.6 (7.62)

295

(11.61)

15

22

(0.87)

8

12

336

(13.23)

166

(6.54)

460

(18.11)

41.9

(92.5)

498

(19.61)

43.6

(96.2)

*1: When indicator code N is selected, subtract 12 mm (0.47 inch) from the value in the figure.

In case of explosion proof type with indicator, add 5 mm (0.2 inch) to it.

*2: Depending on the selection of grounding ring code and optional code, add the following value to “L” (face-to-face length)

and “t” (thickness of flange).

L t L t L t

Grounding Ring Code S, L, H, V P, T N

+0 +0

Option

Code

None

GA, GC, GD

(Special Gaskets)

+10(0.39) +5(0.20)

+32(1.26)

+16(0.63)

+38(1.5)

+19(0.75) – –

-2(0.08) -1(0.04)

*3: When submersible type or option code DHC is selected, waterproof glands and a 30m long cable are attached. Add 9.5kg(20.9lb) to the weight in the table.

N-øh

øD

øC

F32.EPS

6-38

IM 01E20D01-01E

6. OUTLINE

 AXF Standard, AXF250-AXF400, JIS/ANSI/DIN Flange Type, PFA /Polyurethane Rubber /Natural Soft

Rubber /EPDM Rubber Lining

B

*4

AXF250 AXF300 AXF350 AXF400

D G W C

A

1

E

U

2

F

D

N

G

N

P

*4: D, E, F, G; Integral Flowmeter,

N, P; Remote Flowtube

Integral Flowmeter Remote Flowtube

154(6.06)

(1.93) 49

73

(2.87)

1 2

(2.76)

70

A

B

D

B

J

B

G

C

A

C

D

C

J

C

G

48(1.89)

Eye Bolt

1

Ground Terminal

ø86 (3.38)

(M4)

Integral Flowmeter

Ground Termonal

(M4)

197(7.76)*

1

66*

(2.03) (2.03)

(2.6)

1

51.551.5

28(1.1)

(5.04)

ø128

Unit : mm (approx. inch)

Remote Flowtube

(4.37)

111

N- øh

H1

(H2)

H3

Hr

2

L*

t*

Hi

* No infra-red switches are furnished for Fieldbus communication type.

Process Connection

Model

Remote flowtube

Integral flowmeter

Remote flowtube

Integral flowmeter

Size code

Size

Lining code

Face-to-face

length

Outside dia.

Thickness

Inner diameter of

Grounding ring

Pitch circle dia.

Bolt hole interval

Hole dia.

Number of holes

Height

Max. Height

Weight kg (lb)

Max. Height

Weight kg (lb)

2

0

*

L

-5

(17.72)

øD

(15.75)

2

*

t

(1.26)

ød

(9.57)

øC

(13.98)

˚

øh

(0.98)

N

H1

(15.75)

H2

(7.76)

H3

(17.87)

Hr

(20.63)

3

*

(154.3)

Hi

(22.13)

(158.1)

BJ1/CJ1(JIS10K)

300

250

300

250

(12)

(10)

A,U

D,G

500

450

(19.69)

445

400

(17.52)

34

32

(1.34)

291.3

243

(11.47)

400

355

(15.75)

11.25

15

25

(0.98)

16

12

447

400

(17.60)

221

197

(8.70)

499

454

(19.65)

571

524

(22.48)

78.0

70.0 (172.0)

609

562

(23.98)

79.7

71.7 (175.7)

350

350 (14) A,U D,G

550

(21.65)

490

(19.29)

36

(1.42)

323.4

(12.73)

445

(17.52)

11.25

25

(0.98)

16

491

(19.33)

243

(9.57)

553

(21.77)

615

(24.21)

107.0

(235.9)

653

(25.71)

108.7

(239.6)

400

400 (16) A,U D,G 600

(23.62)

560

(22.05)

38

(1.50)

373.5

(14.70)

510

(20.08)

11.25

27

(1.06)

16

553

(21.77)

270

(10.63)

623

(24.53)

677

(26.65)

135.0

(297.6)

715

(28.15)

136.7

(301.4)

BJ2/CJ2 (JIS20K)

250

250 (10) A,U D,G

450

(17.72)

430

(16.93)

42

(1.65)

243

(9.57)

380

(14.96)

15

27

(1.06)

12

415

(16.34)

197

(7.76)

484

(19.06)

539

(21.22)

98.5

(217.2)

577

(22.72)

100.2

(220.9)

300

(12) A,U D,G

500

(19.69)

480

(18.90)

44

(1.73)

291.3

(11.47)

430

(16.93)

11.25

27

(1.06)

16

464

(18.27)

221

(8.70)

534

(21.02)

588

(23.15)

114.5

(252.4)

626

(24.65)

116.2

(256.2)

BG1/CG1(JIS F12)

250

300

250

300

(10)

(12)

A,U

D,G

450

500

(17.72)

(19.69)

410

464

(16.14)

(18.27)

32

34

(1.26)

(1.34)

243

291.3

(9.57)

(11.47)

360

414

(14.17)

(16.30)

22.5

18

23

(0.91)

8

10

405

456

(15.94)

(17.95)

197

221

(7.76)

(8.70)

464

518

(18.27)

(20.39)

529

580

(20.83)

(22.83)

73.4

85.0

(161.7)

(187.4)

567

618

(22.32)

(24.33)

75.1

86.7

(165.5)

(191.2)

350

350 (14) A,U D,G

550

(21.65)

530

(20.87)

36

(1.42)

323.4

(12.73)

472

(18.58)

18

25

(0.98)

10

511

(20.12)

243

(9.57)

593

(23.35)

635

(25.00)

121.2

(267.2)

673

(26.50)

122.9

(270.9)

BA1/CA1(ANSI Class 150)

300

250

400

400 (16) A,U D,G 600

(23.62)

582

(22.91)

36

(1.42)

373.5

(14.70)

524

(20.63)

15

25

(0.98)

12

564

(22.20)

270

(10.63)

645

(25.39)

688

(27.09)

137.0

(301.9)

726

(28.58)

138.7

(305.7)

250 (10) A,U D,G 450

(17.72)

406.4

(16.00)

38.2

(1.50)

243

(9.57)

362.0

(14.25)

15

25.4

(1.00)

12

403

(15.87)

197

(7.76)

460

(18.11)

527

(20.75)

83.4

(183.8)

565

(22.24)

85.1

(187.6)

300 (12) A,U D,G

500

(19.69)

482.6

(19.00)

39.8

(1.57)

291.3

(11.47)

431.8

(17.00)

15

25.4

(1.00)

12

466

(18.35)

221

(8.70)

537

(21.14)

590

(23.23)

104.8

(231.0)

628

(24.72)

106.5

(234.8)

350

350 (14) A,U D,G 550

(21.65)

533.4

(21.00)

45.1

(1.78)

323.4

(12.73)

476.3

(18.75)

15

28.4

(1.12)

12

512

(20.16)

243

(9.57)

596

(23.46)

636

(25.04)

151.8

(334.7)

674

(26.54)

153.5

(338.4)

400

(16)

A,U D,G

600

(23.62)

596.9

(23.50)

46.6

(1.83)

373.5

(14.70)

539.8

(21.25)

11.25

28.4

(1.12)

16

572

(22.52)

270

(10.63)

660

(25.98)

696

(27.40)

185.3

(408.5)

734

(28.90)

187.0

(412.3)

for AXF300, AXF350, AXF400

BA2/CA2

(ANSI Class 300)

250

250 (10) A,U D,G

450

(17.72)

444.5

(17.50)

55.7

(2.19)

243

(9.56)

387.4

(15.25)

11.25

28.4

(1.12)

16

422

(16.61)

197

(7.76)

499

(19.65)

546

(21.50)

133.0

(293.1)

584

(22.99)

134.7

(296.9)

BD1/CD1(DIN PN10)

300

250

300

250

(12)

(10)

A,U

D,G

500

450

(19.69)

(17.72)

520.7

395

(20.50)

(15.55)

58.8

34

(2.31)

(1.34)

291.3

243

(11.47)

(9.57)

450.9

350

(17.75)

(13.78)

11.25

15

31.8

22

(1.25)

(0.87)

16

12

485

397

(19.09)

(15.63)

221

197

(8.70)

(7.76)

575

449

(22.64)

(17.68)

609

521

(23.98)

(20.51)

176.7

73.0

(389.5)

(161.0)

647

559

(25.47)

(22.01)

178.4

74.7

(393.3)

(164.7)

300

300 (12) A,U D,G 500

(19.69)

445

(17.52)

34

(1.34)

291.3

(11.47)

400

(15.75)

15

22

(0.87)

12

447

(17.60)

221

(8.70)

499

(19.65)

571

(22.48)

79.4

(174.9)

609

(23.98)

81.1

(178.7)

350

350 (14) A,U D,G

550

(21.65)

505

(19.88)

36

(1.42)

323.4

(12.73)

460

(18.11)

11.25

22

(0.87)

16

498

(19.61)

243

(9.57)

568

(22.36)

622

(24.49)

112.5

(248.0)

660

(25.98)

114.2

(251.7)

*1: When indicator code N is selected, subtract 12 mm (0.47 inch) from the value in the figure.

In case of explosion proof type with indicator, add 5 mm (0.2 inch) to it.

*2: Depending on the selection of grounding ring code and optional code, add the following value to “L” (face-to-face length)

and “t” (thickness of flange).

Nominal Size: 250 mm to 300 mm

L t L t

Grounding Ring Code S, L, H, V N

+0 +0

Option Code is “None”

-6(0.24) -3(0.12)

Nominal Size: 350 mm to 400 mm

L t L t

Grounding Ring Code S, L, H, V N

+0 +0

Option Code is “None”

-10(0.39) -5(0.20)

*3: When submersible type or option code DHC is selected, waterproof glands and a 30m long cable are attached. Add 9.5kg(20.9lb) to the weight in the table.

øD

øC

(ød)

θ°

BD2/CD2

(DIN PN16)

300

250

400

(16)

A,U D,G

600

(23.62)

565

(22.24)

36

(1.42)

373.5

(14.70)

515

(20.28)

11.25

26

(1.02)

16

556

(21.89)

270

(10.63)

628

(24.72)

680

(26.77)

129.7

(285.9)

718

(28.27)

131.4

(289.6)

250 (10) A,U D,G 450

(17.72)

405

(15.94)

34

(1.34)

243

(9.57)

355

(13.98)

15

26

(1.02)

12

402

(15.83)

197

(7.76)

459

(18.07)

526

(20.71)

74.8

(164.9)

564

(22.20)

76.5

(168.7)

300 (12) A,U D,G

500

(19.69)

460

(18.11)

36

(1.42)

291.3

(11.47)

410

(16.14)

15

26

(1.02)

12

454

(17.87)

221

(8.70)

514

(20.24)

578

(22.76)

87.9

(193.8)

616

(24.25)

89.6

(197.6)

F33.EPS

6-39

IM 01E20D01-01E

 AXF Standard, AXF015-AXF125, Sanitary for Clamp Connection, PFA Lining

Integral Flowmeter Remote Flowtube Integral Flowmeter Remote Flowtube

Ground Terminal

Hr

(M4)

70(2.76)

H1

ø86(3.38)

48

(1.89)

66*

(2.6)

Adapter for clamp connection

AXF015 AXF025 AXF032 AXF040 AXF050 AXF065 AXF080 AXF100 AXF125

*3

D

H

2NAL1NHH

F

1

E

G N P

*3: D, E, F, G; Integral Flowmeter,

N, P; Remote Flowtube

154(6.06)

A

B

D

BB1

H

K

49

(1.93)

73

(2.87)

Hi

197(7.76)*

1

51.5

(2.03) (2.03)

6. OUTLINE

Unit : mm (approx. inch)

Ground Terminal

1

51.5

28(1.1)

ø128(5.04)

(M4)

111(4.37)

øD

(ød)

Process Connection HAB / HDB / HKB

Model

Remote Flow

tube

Integral Flowmeter

Remote Flow

tube

Integral Flowmeter

Process

Connection

Nominal

Size

øA

øB

øC

ød

øE

øF

G

Parts No.

Size code

Size

Lining code

Face-to-face

length

Outside dia.

Inner dia.

Height H1

Max. Height

Weight kg (lb)

Max. Height

Weight kg (lb)

25

15

70

(2.76)

22.2

16

(0.87)

(0.63)

25.4

19.2 (1.00)

(0.76)

22.1

15.7 (0.87)

(0.62)

43.6

(1.72)

50.4

25

(1.98)

(0.98)

50

(1.97)

F9811

HV

HU

ødHDB

HAB (Tri–Clamp)

40

83

(3.27)

34.6

(1.36)

38.1

(1.50)

34.8

(1.37)

43.6

(1.72)

50.4

(1.98)

50

(1.97) F9811

HX

L

ø

Hr

Hi

D

HAB

HKB

2

*

(3.78)

47.6

(1.87)

50.8

(2.00)

47.5

(1.87)

56.3

(2.22)

(2.52)

(1.97) F9811

HY

50

96

64

50

015

15

(0.5)

A

166

(6.55)

73

(2.87)

15.7

(0.62)

16

(0.63)

15.2

(0.60)

98

(3.86)

222

(8.74)

2.7

(6.0)

260

(10.22)

4.4

(9.7)

65

114

(4.49)

59.5

(2.34)

63.5

(2.50)

60.2

(2.37)

70.6

(2.78)

77.4

(3.05)

50

(1.97)

F9811

HZ

025

25

(1)

A

166

(6.55)

73

(2.87)

22.1

(0.87)

26

(1.02)

22.6

(0.89)

98

(3.86)

222

(8.74)

2.5

(5.5)

260

(10.22)

4.2

(9.3)

80

126

(4.96)

72.3

(2.85)

76.2

(3.00)

72.9

(2.87)

83.3

(3.28)

91

(3.58)

50

(1.97) F9811

JA

032

32

(1.3)

A

166

(6.55)

73

(2.87)

–

32

(1.26)

31.3

(1.23)

98

(3.86)

222

(8.74)

2.6

(5.7)

260

(10.22)

4.3

(9.5)

100

152

(5.98)

97

(3.82)

101.6 (4.00)

97.4

(3.83)

110.3 (4.34)

118.9 (4.68)

50

(1.97)

F9811

JB

* No infra-red switches are furnished for Fieldbus communication type.

040

050

065

080

100

40

50

65

80

(1.5)

166

(6.55)

(3.39)

34.8

(1.37)

(1.50)

35.6

(1.40)

111

(4.37)

235

(9.25)

2.9

(6.4)

273

(10.73)

4.6

(10.1)

15

70

(2.76)

16

(0.63)

20

(0.79)

16

(0.63)

27.5

(1.08)

34

(1.34)

50

(1.97)

F9811

JD

(2)

(2.6)

A

176

196

(6.94)

(11.44)

25

70

(2.76)

22.2

(0.87)

30

(1.18)

26

(1.02)

43.5

(1.71)

50.5

(1.99)

50

(1.97)

F9811

JE

(7.73)

99

117

(3.90)

(4.61)

47.5

60.2

(1.87)

(2.37)

50

66

(1.97)

(2.60)

48.6

60.3

(1.91)

(2.37)

129

147

(5.08)

(5.79)

253

271

(9.96)

(10.67)

3.6

4.8

(7.9)

(10.6)

291

309

(12.15)

5.3

6.5

(11.7)

(14.3)

HDB (DIN 32676 Clamp)

32

70

(2.76)

29.4

(1.16)

36

(1.42)

32

(1.26)

43.5

(1.71)

50.5

(1.99)

50

(1.97) F9811

F9811

JF

40

83

(3.27)

34.6

(1.36)

42

(1.65)

38

(1.50)

43.5

(1.71)

50.5

(1.99)

50

(1.97)

JG

86

38

(3)

A

216

(8.52)

129

(5.08)

72.9

(2.87)

81

(3.19)

72.9

(2.87)

157

(6.18)

281

(11.06)

5.7

(12.6)

319

(12.54)

7.4

(16.3)

(3.78)

(1.87)

(2.13)

(1.97)

(2.22)

(2.52)

(1.97)

F9811

50

96

47.6

54

50

56.5

64

50

JH

100

(4)

A

246

(9.70)

155

(6.10)

97.4

(3.83)

100

(3.94)

97.6

(3.84)

183

(7.20)

307

(12.09)

8.1

(17.9)

345

(13.56)

9.8

(21.6)

65

114

(4.49)

59.5

(2.34)

70

(2.76)

66

(2.60)

83.5

(3.29)

91

(3.58)

50

(1.97)

F9811

JJ

125

(5)

A

316

(12.46)

183

(7.20)

–

125

(4.92)

135.7 (5.34)

212

(8.35)

336

(13.23)

12.1

(26.7)

374

(14.70)

13.8

(30.4)

80

126

(4.96)

72.3

(2.85)

85

(3.35)

81

(3.19)

97

(3.82)

106

(4.17)

50

(1.97)

F9811

JK

L

*1: When indicator code N is selected, subtract 12 mm

(0.47 inch) from the value in the figure.

*2: When option code DHC is selected, waterproof

glands and a 30m long cable are attached. Add 9.5kg(20.9lb) to the weight in the table.

øC

øA

øB

øE

ød

G

Adapter for clamp connection

HKB (ISO2852 Clamp)

15

25

32

40

50

65

100

152

(5.98)

97

(3.82)

104

(4.09)

100

(3.94)

110

(4.33)

119

(4.69)

50

(1.97) F9811

JL

125

180

(7.09)

123

(4.84)

129

(5.08)

125

(4.92)

146

(5.75)

155

(6.10)

60

(2.36) F9811

JM

70

(2.76)

16

(0.63)

18

(0.71)

15.2

(0.60)

27.5

(1.08)

34

(1.34)

50

(1.97)

F9811

JN

70

(2.76)

22.2

(0.87)

25.6

(1.01)

22.6

(0.89)

43.5

(1.71)

50.5

(1.99)

50

(1.97)

F9811

JP

70

(2.76)

29.4

(1.16)

34.3

(1.35)

31.3

(1.23)

43.5

(1.71)

50.5

(1.99)

50

(1.97) F9811

JQ

83

(3.27)

34.6

(1.36)

38.6

(1.52)

35.6

(1.40)

43.5

(1.71)

50.5

(1.99)

50

(1.97)

F9811

JR

96

(3.78)

47.6

(1.87)

51.6

(2.03)

48.6

(1.91)

56.5

(2.22)

64

(2.52)

50

(1.97) F9811

JS

114

(4.49)

59.5

(2.34)

64.1

(2.52)

60.3

(2.37)

70.5

(2.78)

77.5

(3.05)

50

(1.97) F9811

JT

80

126

(4.96)

72.3

(2.85)

76.7

(3.02)

72.9

(2.87)

83.5

(3.29)

91

(3.58)

50

(1.97) F9811

JU

øF

100

125

152

180

(5.98)

(7.09)

97

123

(3.82)

(4.84)

102.5

141.2

(4.04)

(5.56)

97.6

135.7

(3.84)

(5.34)

110

146

(4.33)

(5.75)

119

155

(4.69)

(6.10)

50

60

(1.97)

(2.36)

F9811

JV

JW

F34.EPS

6-40

IM 01E20D01-01E

 AXF Standard, AXF015-AXF125, Sanitary for Union Connection, PFA Lining

Integral Flowmeter Remote Flowtube Integral Flowmeter Remote Flowtube

6. OUTLINE

Unit : mm (approx. inch)

AXF015 AXF025 AXF032 AXF040 AXF050 AXF065 AXF080 AXF100 AXF125

*3

D

1

E

H

2NAL1

F

NJJ G N

P

*3: D, E, F, G; Integral Flowmeter,

N, P; Remote Flowtube

154(6.06)

K

B

D

BB1

J

S

49

(1.93)

73

(2.87)

Hi

Ground Terminal

(M4)

70

Hr

H1

* No infra-red switches are furnished for Fieldbus communication type.

Process Connection JKB / JDB / JSB

Model

Size

Lining code

Size code

Face-to-face

length

Remote Flow

tube

Outside dia.

Integral Flowmeter

Inside dia.

ødJDB

Height H1

Max. Height

Remote Flow

tube

Weight kg (lb)

Max. Height

Integral Flowmeter

*1: When indicator code N is selected, subtract 12 mm (0.47 inch) from the value in the

*2: When option code DHC is selected, waterproof glands and a 30m long cable are

Process

Connection

Nominal

Size

Par ts No.

Weight kg (lb)

figure.

attached. Add 9.5kg (20.9lb) to the weight in the table.

15

25

70

(2.76)

16

(0.63)

18

(0.71)

15.2

(0.60)

21.2

(0.83)

13.5

(0.53)

3

(0.12)

50

(1.97) F9811

LA

70

(2.76)

22.2

(0.87)

25.6

(1.01)

22.6

(0.89)

29.2

(1.15)

13.5

(0.53)

3

(0.12)

50

(1.97) F9811

LB

F9811

øA

øB

øC

ød

øE

øF

G

H

015

15

(0.5)

A

166

JKB

(6.55)

166

L

JDB

(6.55)

–

JSB

73

ø

D

(2.87)

15.2

JKB

(0.60)

16

(0.63)

–

JSB

98

(3.86)

222

Hr

(8.74)

2

2.6

*

(5.7)

260

Hi

(10.24)

4.3

(9.5)

JKB (ISO2853 Union)

32

40

83

(3.27)

34.6

(1.36)

38.6

(1.52)

35.6

(1.40)

42.7

(1.68)

13.5

(0.53)

3

(0.12)

50

(1.97) F9811

LD

50

96

(3.78)

47.6

(1.87)

51.6

(2.03)

48.6

(1.91)

56.2

(2.21)

13.5

(0.53)

(0.12)

50

(1.97)

F9811

LE

70

(2.76)

29.4

(1.16)

34.3

(1.35)

31.3

(1.23)

38.2

(1.50)

13.5

(0.53)

3

(0.12)

50

(1.97)

LC

3

025

25 (1)

A

166

(6.55)

166

(6.55)

166

(6.55)

73

(2.87)

22.6

(0.89)

26

(1.02)

22.5

(0.89)

98

(3.86)

222

(8.74)

2.6

(5.7)

260

(10.24)

4.3

(9.5)

(4.49)

59.5

(2.34)

64.1

(2.52)

60.3

(2.37)

69.9

(2.75)

13.5

(0.53)

(0.12)

(1.97) F9811

114

LF

65

50

3

032

32

(1.3)

A

166

(6.55)

166

(6.55)

166

(6.55)

73

(2.87)

31.3

(1.23)

32

(1.26)

29.6

(1.17)

98

(3.86)

222

(8.74)

2.7

(6.0)

260

(10.24)

4.4

(9.7)

80

126

(4.96)

72.3

(2.85)

76.7

(3.02)

72.9

(2.87)

82.6

(3.25)

13.5

(0.53)

(0.12)

50

(1.97) F9811

LG

3

040

40

(1.5)

A

166

(6.55)

166

(6.55)

166

(6.55)

86

(3.39)

35.6

(1.40)

38

(1.50)

35.5

(1.40)

111

(4.37)

235

(9.25)

3

(6.6)

273

(10.73)

4.7

(10.4)

100

152

(5.98)

97

(3.82)

102.5

(4.04)

97.6

(3.84)

108.7

(4.28)

13.5

(0.53)

3

(0.12)

50

(1.97) F9811

LH

050

50 (2)

A

176

(6.94)

176

(6.94)

176

(6.94)

99

(3.90)

48.6

(1.91)

50

(1.97)

48.5

(1.91)

129

(5.08)

253

(9.96)

3.8

(8.4)

291

(11.44)

5.5

(12.1)

15

70

(2.76)

16

(0.63)

20

(0.79)

16

(0.63)

18

(0.71)

25.8

(1.02) RD34

×1/8″

50

(1.97)

F9811

KR

065

(2.6)

196

(7.73)

196

(7.73)

196

(7.73)

117

(4.61)

60.3

(2.37)

(2.60)

60.5

(2.38)

147

(5.79)

271

(10.67)

4.9

(10.8)

309

(12.17)

6.6

(14.6)

25

70

(2.76)

22.2

(0.87)

30

(1.18)

26

(1.02)

30

(1.18)

39.8

(1.57) RD52

×1/6″

50

(1.97)

F9811

KS

080

65

80

(3)

A

216

(8.52)

236

(9.31)

216

(8.52)

129

(5.08)

72.9

(2.87)

66

81

(3.19)

72.9

(2.87)

157

(6.18)

281

(11.06)

5.9

(13.0)

319

(12.54)

7.6

(16.8)

JDB (DIN 11851 Union)

32

70

(2.76)

29.4

(1.16)

36

(1.42)

32

(1.26)

36

(1.42)

45.8

(1.80) RD58

×1/6″

50

(1.97) F9811

F9811

KT

40

83

(3.27)

34.6

(1.36)

42

(1.65)

38

(1.50)

42

(1.65)

51.8

(2.04) RD65

×1/6″

50

(1.97)

KU

100

(4)

A

246

(9.70)

266

(10.49)

276

(10.88)

155

(6.10)

97.6

(3.84)

100

(3.94)

97.6

(3.84)

183

(7.20)

307

(12.09)

8.2

(18.1)

345

(13.56)

9.9

(21.8)

50

96

(3.78)

47.6

(1.87)

54

(2.13)

50

(1.97)

54

(2.13)

63.8

(2.51) RD78

×1/6″

50

(1.97) F9811

KV

125

(5)

A

–

326

(12.85)

–

183

(7.20)

–

125

(4.92)

–

212

(8.35)

336

(13.23)

13

(28.7)

374

(14.70)

14.7

(32.4)

(4.49)

(2.34)

(2.76)

(2.60)

(2.80)

(3.18) RD95

(1.97)

F9811

114

59.5

80.8

×1/6″

KW

65

70

66

71

50

(2.76)

(4.96)

(2.85)

(3.35)

(3.19)

(3.35)

(3.73)

RD110

×1/4″

(2.36)

F9811

Ground Terminal (M4)

ø86(3.38)

48

(1.89)

L

JKB:

JDB:

JSB:

øA

197(7.76)*

1

66*

(2.03)

(2.6)

Adapter for union connection

øB

51.5

Adapters for union connection

80

100

125

25

126

72.3

85

81

85

94.8

60

KX

152

(5.98)

97

(3.82)

104

(4.09)

100

(3.94)

104

(4.09)

113.8 (4.48)

RD130

×1/4″

60

(2.36)

F9811

KY

180

(7.09)

123

(4.84)

129

(5.08)

125

(4.92)

130

(5.12)

141.8

(5.58)

RD160

×1/4″

65

(2.56)

F9811

KZ

70

(2.76)

22.2

(0.87)

25.4

(1.00)

22.5

(0.89)

32

(1.26)

11

(0.43) RD40

×1/6″

50

(1.97) F9811

LK

32

70

(2.76)

29.4

(1.16)

32

(1.26)

29.6

(1.17)

40

(1.57)

13

(0.51) RD48

×1/6″

50

(1.97) F9811

LL

1

51.5

28(1.1)

(2.03)

ø128(5.04)

øC

FG

H

G

øC

H

G

øC

3

F

H

JSB (SMS1145 Union)

40

50

96

(3.78)

47.6

(1.87)

51

(2.01)

48.5

(1.91)

61

(2.40)

15

(0.59) RD70

×1/6″

50

(1.97) F9811

LN

65

114

(4.49)

59.5

(2.34)

63.5

(2.50)

60.5

(2.38)

73.5

(2.89)

19

(0.75) RD85

×1/6″

50

(1.97) F9811

LP

83

(3.27)

34.6

(1.36)

38.1

(1.50)

35.5

(1.40)

48

(1.89)

15

(0.59) RD60

×1/6″

50

(1.97) F9811

LM

ød

(4.96)

(2.85)

(3.00)

(2.87)

(3.39)

(0.75) RD98

(1.97) F9811

111(4.37)

ød

øE

ød

øE

80

126

72.3

76.2

72.9

86

19

×1/6″

50

LQ

100

152

(5.98)

97

(3.82)

102.5 (4.04)

97.6

(3.84)

120

(4.72)

30

(1.18)

RD132

×1/6″

65

(2.56)

F9811

LR

F35.EPS

øD

(ød)

øF

6-41

IM 01E20D01-01E

 AXF Standard, AXF015-AXF125, Sanitary for Butt Weld, PFA Lining

Remote Flowtube Remote FlowtubeIntegral FlowmeterIntegral Flowmeter

Ground Terminal

(M4)

AXF015 AXF025 AXF032 AXF040 AXF050 AXF065 AXF080 AXF100 AXF125

*3

D

E

1

F

H

2NAL1

N G N

P

*3: D, E, F, G; Integral Flowmeter,

N, P; Remote Flowtube

KKKDB

154(6.06)

1

B

Hi

73(2.87) 49(1.93)

ø86(3.38)

48

(1.89)

70(2.76)

Hr

H1

Unit : mm (approx. inch)

Ground Terminal

(M4)

1

197(7.76)*

1

51.5

66* (2.6)

Adapter for butt weld connection

51.5

(2.03)(2.03)

28(1.1)

111(4.37)

ø128(5.04)

6. OUTLINE

øD

ød)

(

Process Connection KKB / KDB

Model

Face-to-face

Outside dia. Remote Flow

tube

Integral Flowmeter

Remote Flow

tube

Integral Flowmeter

Process

Connection

Nominal

Size

øA

øB

øC

ød

E

Parts No.

Size code

Size

Lining code

length

Inner dia.

Height H1

Max. Height

Weight kg (lb)

Max. Height

Weight kg (lb)

15

25

70

(2.76)

16

22.2

(0.63)

(0.87)

18

25.6

(0.71)

(1.01)

15.2

22.6

(0.60)

(0.89)

30

(1.18)

F9811

NN

NP

ø

015

025

15

25

(0.5)

(1)

A

126

(4.98)

73

(2.87)

15.2

(0.60)

16

(0.63)

98

(3.86)

222

(8.74)

2.6

(5.7)

260

(10.24)

4.3

(9.5)

126

(4.98)

73

(2.87)

22.6

(0.89)

26

(1.02)

98

(3.86)

222

(8.74)

2.3

(5.1)

260

(10.24)

(8.8)

d

L

ø

Hr

Hi

D

KKB

KDB

2

*

KKB (ISO2037 Butt Weld)

32

40

70

83

(2.76)

(3.27)

29.4

34.6

(1.16)

(1.36)

34.3

38.6

(1.35)

(1.52)

31.3

35.6

(1.23)

(1.40)

30

(1.18)

F9811

NQ

NR

A

4

50

96

(3.78)

47.6

(1.87)

51.6

(2.03)

48.6

(1.91)

30

(1.18)

F9811

NS

* No infra-red switches are furnished for Fieldbus communication type.

032

040

050

065

32

40

50

(1.3)

A

126

(4.98)

73

(2.87)

31.3

(1.23)

32

(1.26)

98

(3.86)

222

(8.74)

2.5

(5.5)

260

(10.24)

4.2

(9.3)

(4.49)

(2.34)

(2.52)

(2.37)

(1.18) F9811

65

114

59.5

64.1

60.3

30

NT

(1.5)

A

126

(4.98)

86

(3.39)

35.6

(1.40)

38

(1.50)

111

(4.37)

235

(9.25)

2.8

(6.2)

273

(10.73)

4.5

(9.9)

(4.96)

(2.85)

(3.02)

(2.87)

(1.18) F9811

80

126

72.3

76.7

72.9

30

NU

(2)

A

136

(5.37)

99

(3.90)

48.6

(1.91)

50

(1.97)

129

(5.08)

253

(9.96)

3.4

(7.5)

291

(11.44)

5.1

(11.2)

F9811

100

152

(5.98)

97

(3.82)

102.5 (4.04)

97.6

(3.84)

30

(1.18)

NV

65

(2.6)

A

156

(6.16)

117

(4.61)

60.3

(2.37)

66

(2.60)

147

(5.79)

271

(10.67)

4.5

(9.9)

309

(12.17)

6.2

(13.7)

125

180

(7.09)

123

(4.84)

141.2 (5.56)

135.7 (5.34)

40

(1.57)

F9811

NW

080

80

(3)

A

176

(6.94)

129

(5.08)

72.9

(2.87)

81

(3.19)

157

(6.18)

281

(11.06)

5.3

(11.7)

319

(12.54)

7

(15.4)

(12.09)

(13.56)

15

70

(2.76)

16

(0.63)

20

(0.79)

16

(0.63)

30

(1.18) F9811

ND

100

(4)

A

206

(8.13)

155

(6.10)

97.6

(3.84)

100

(3.94)

183

(7.20)

307

7.1

(15.7)

345

8.8

(19.4)

(10.88)

(7.20)

(5.34)

(4.92)

(8.35)

(13.23)

(24.3)

(14.70)

(28.0)

25

70

(2.76)

22.2

(0.87)

30

(1.18)

26

(1.02)

30

(1.18) F9811

NE

L

*1: When indicator code N is selected, subtract 12 mm

125

(5)

A

276

183

135.7

125

212

336

11

374

12.7

(0.47 inch) from the value in the figure.

*2: When option code DHC is selected, waterproof

glands and a 30m long cable are attached. Add 9.5kg (20.9lb) to the weight in the table.

Adapter for butt weld connection

KDB (DIN 1185 Butt Weld)

32

40

70

83

(2.76)

(3.27)

29.4

34.6

(1.16)

(1.36)

36

42

(1.42)

(1.65)

32

38

(1.26)

(1.50)

30

(1.18)

F9811

NF

NG

øA

50

96

(3.78)

47.6

(1.87)

54

(2.13)

50

(1.97)

30

(1.18) F9811

NH

øB

(4.49)

(2.34)

(2.76)

(2.60)

(1.18) F9811

65

114

59.5

70

66

30

NJ

E

80

126

(4.96)

72.3

(2.85)

85

(3.35)

81

(3.19)

30

(1.18) F9811

NK

100

152

(5.98)

97

(3.82)

104

(4.09)

100

(3.94)

30

(1.18)

F9811

NL

ød

(7.09)

(4.84)

(5.08)

(4.92)

(1.57)

F9811

125

180

123

129

125

40

NM

øC

F36.EPS

6-42

IM 01E20D01-01E

YOKOGAWA AXF series User Manual

Specifications and Main Features

Frequently Asked Questions

User Manual

CONTENTS

1. INTRODUCTION

1.1 Using the Magnetic Flowmeter Safely

1.2 Warranty

1.3 Combination Remote Converters

1.4 ATEX Documentation

2. HANDLING PRECAUTIONS

2.1 Checking Model and Specifications

2.2 Accessories

2.3 Storage Precautions

2.4 Installation Location Precautions

3. INSTALLATION

3.2 Handling Precautions

3.2.1 General Precautions

3.2.2 Flowmeter Piping

3.3 Mounting Procedures

3.3.1 Nominal Diameter 2.5 mm (0.1 in.) to 10 mm (0.4 in.), Union Joint Type

3.3.2 Nominal Diameter 2.5 mm (0.1 in.) to 40 mm (1.5 in.), Wafer Type

3.3.3 Nominal Diameter 50 mm (2.0 in.) to 300 mm (12.0 in.), Wafer Type

3.3.4 Nominal Diameter 2.5 mm (0.1 in.) to 400 mm (16 in.), Flange Type

3.3.5 Gaskets Size

3.3.6 Nominal Diameter 15 mm (0.5 in.) to 125 mm (5.0 in.), Sanitary Type

4. WIRING

4.1 Wiring the Integral Flowmeter

4.1.1 Wiring Precautions

4.1.2 Power Cable/Output Cable

4.1.3 Wiring Ports

4.1.4 Wiring Connections

4.2 Wiring the Remote Flowtube

4.2.1 Wiring Precautions

4.2.2 Cables

4.2.3 Wiring Ports

4.2.4 Wiring Connections

5. MAINTENANCE

5.4 Maintenance for Converter (Integral Flowmeter Only)

5.4.1 Fuse Replacement

5.4.2 Changing the Direction of the Display Unit

5.5 Setting of Switches (Integral Flowmeter Only)

5.5.1 Setting of Burnout Switch

5.5.2 Setting of Write Protect Switch

5.6 Regular Inspection Items

5.8 Maintenance of the LCD Display

5.9 Troubleshooting

5.9.1 No Indication

5.9.2 Unstable Zero

5.9.3 Disagreement Between Indication and Actual Flow

6. OUTLINE